^iixiuiiiiuuajji^^^ 


amammmmmimm 


giq»»jtw»»m:>^o<»»«»[»ii^»nwi>.iOLH*ii«i 


xnxnxaxixo:xxxjxn±i 


»<w»^BW»i  Liiii  ji  lUJjjtfrt  JJ  t.>v,  > 


S   CENTf^ 


/i^-y 


C-yTC. 


AS 


/  Ui 


(pk..<k./(JL4:4^ 


(g[R]El] 


MDi 


OF 
AND 


COMPILED  AND  WRITTEN  BY 

AUTHOR  OF 

THE  SHORT-RULE  ARITHMETIC 

AND  ACCOUNTANT'S  REFEREE,  PERPETUAL 

DISK  CALENDARS,  ETC. 


irijDD[P'S^°EDg]l]i]i^  ODD(iD©il[PSi'SD(o)iiQgn 


1889. 
\WM.    K.    DAYID! 

PUBLISHER, 

LOCK  BOX  507, 
CHICAGO. 


The  following  sent  to  any  part  of  the  world  on  receipt  of  price: 

SECRETS   OF   WISE    I^EN,   CHEMISTS, 

-^  AND  (;- 

GRE/^T  PHYSICIANS, 

By  Wm.  K.  David. 

Boand  in  cloth,  price $1.'25. 

DAVID'S   SHORT-RULE   ARITHMETIC 

^  AND  ^- 

ACCOUNT^NT'S    REFEREE, 

A  practical  \yc>rk<'i)ii1;iininfitli(>Hliort('st:iii(l  most  Kii)iiilt>  rules  and  labor 

HUviiiK  tiihlc.H  ever  devised.      The  mostori^iiuil  arith- 

motical  work  published  for  centuries. 

Elegantly  bound  in  cloth  and  gilt,  price $1.50. 


-^DAVID'S  DOUBLE-WHEEL  PERPETUAL  CALENDAR K- 

Giviiig  all  dates  forever. 
Elegant,  heavy  cardboard,  price $0.fiO. 


^«  DAVID'S   CHARM    CALENDAR  |^ 
An  ologant  little  metal  pendant  for  vest  chain, 

giving  ;ill  dates  fur  duo  hundred  years. 

Including  double-wheel  card  calendar  with  explanation,  iirico..  .$1.00. 


ADDRESS    ALL    ORDERS    TO 

Lock   Box   507.  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


THE  GETTY  CENTER 
LIBRARY 


PI^EFACE. 


It  is  surprising  how  many  large  enterprises  and  fortunes 
depend  upon  some  few  simple  trade  secrets  the  knowledge 
of  which  has  baffled  competition  and  crushed  all  rivalry. 
The  jealous  care  with  which  special  information  in  trade  and 
manufacture  is  guarded  frequently  renders  it  a  monumental 
task  to  procure  a  single  receipt  or  formula.  Some  idea, 
then,  may  be  formed  of  the  vast  amount  of  labor  and  ex- 
pense necessary  to  compile  a  work  of  this  character.  Books 
of  recipes  are  quite  numerous,  but  to  the  average  person  the 
good  they  contain  is  too  often  buried  beneath  a  mass  of 
wordy  rubbish.  In  the  preparation  of  this  work  the  object 
has  been  to  present  all  the  best  as  well  as  the  latest  practi- 
cal receipts,  prescriptions,  and  trade  secrets.  Over  a  quarter 
of  a  milhon  pages  of  patent-oflfice  reports,  encyclopedias, 
trade  journals,  receipt  books,  and  other  special  publications 
have  been  carefully  scrutinized.  To  the  knowledge  obtained 
from  them  we  include  the  original  matter  procured  from 
tradesmen,  chemists,  and  the  published  works  and  private 
practice  of  some  of  the  most  eminent  physicians  both  in  this 
country  and  Europe,  a  greater  portion  of  which  has  never 
before  appeared  in  print;  all  of  which  has  been  carefully 
tested  where  any  doubt  existed.  It  will  be  found  that  few, 
if  any,  misleading  directions  have  been  given.  The  prescrip- 
tions have  been  reproduced,  after  careful  thought,  in  the 
form  in  which  they  were  originally  written.  In  having  them 
filled  patronize  only  honest  and  capable  druggists.  In  test- 
ing the  recipes  follow  the  directions  with  rigid  care,  and 
practice  on  a  small  quantity  of  the  article  until  you  get  it 
right.  Realizing  that  perfection  in  anything  has  never  been 
attained,  yet  we  believe  that  the  work  contains  more  really 
practical  information  for  use  by  the  masses  in  every-day  life 
than  any  similar  publication. 

Chicago,  March,  1889.  THE  AUTHOR. 


IHDEX. 


PAGE 

A  Cheap  Charcoal  Stove 48 

Approximate  Measures 116 

Baking  Powders 15 

Bay  Kum,  Best 40 

Blood  Purifier,  Dr.  Hamilton's.  120 

Blood  Purifying  Tea 12] 

Breath  Solution 34 

Butter  Color 125 

Care  of  Teeth,  Mouth,and  Breath  32 

Cascara  Cordial 120 

Catarrh  Remedy,  Electric 121 

Catarrh  Snuff 122 

Catarrh  Salve 122 

Cenients^nd  G lue 24 

Armenian  Glue 24 

Glutina  Cement 24 

Iron  Cement 25 

Metal,  Glass,  and   Stone  Ce- 
ment   25 

Cement,  Rubber 123 

(^happed  Hands,  etc..  Lotion  for  39 

( 'hilblains.  Treatment  of 42,  43 

( 'ider.  Artificial 15 

Cleaning  Preparations 7 

Lightning  Grease  Renovator..    7 
Glove-Cleaning  Compound...    7 
Cleaning     Tarnished    Silver- 
ware      8 

Cleaning  Carpets 8 

Universal   Stain-Removing 

Table 9 

Cleaning  Soiled  Wall-paper..  12 
Cleaning  Marble  and  Tomb- 
stones    13 

Cleaning  Powder   for  Show- 
windows,  etc 13 

( "ologne,  Hoyt's  German 41 

Common    Names   of   Chemical 

Substances 117 

Copying  Paper,  Magic 6 

Copying  Pad,  Gelatine 1 

Corn  and  Wart  Salve 42 

Corn-Killer,  German 42 

Essential  Oils,  To  Extract 17 

Face  Lotion,  Calamine 39 

Fire  Extinguishers 4 

Fire  Hand  Grenades 4 

Fire  Extinguisliing  Compounds    5 
Fire-proofing  Compounds . .  123,  124 

Flavoring  Extracts 16 

Foliotypes 2 

Freckles,  To  Remove 36,  38 

Freezing  Mixtures 69  to  71 

Furniture  Varnish 13 

Furniture  Polish 14 

Gold  and  Silver  Imitations 32 

Hair  Tonic 41 

Hair  Grower,  Pomade 41 

Hair  Oil,  Cream 14 


PAGE 

Hamlin's  Wizard  Oil 119 

Hektograph 1 

Hog  Cliolera  Cure 125 

Himey,  Artificial 14 

How  to  Make  an  Incubator.43  to  48 

Ice  House  and  Refrigerator 64 

Ice  Houses,  Cheap 66 

Ice  Chest,  Cheap 69 

Ice  Without  an  Ice  House 69 

Inks 20 

Black  Inks 20,  21 

Red  Ink 21 

Violet  Ink 21 

Blue  Ink.. 21 

Green  Ink 21 

Copying  Ink 21 

Indestructible  Ink 22 

Hektograph  Ink 22 

White  Ink 22 

Rubber  Stamp  Ink 22 

Ribbon  Ink 22 

Marking  Ink 22 

Indellible  Ink 22 

Gold  and  Silver  Ink 124 

Ink  for  W  riting  on  Metals ....  23 

Ink  Powders 23 

Disappearing  Ink 23 

Invisible  Inks 23 

Ink  Erasing  Fluid 24 

Kitlney  and  Liver  Cure,  War- 
ner's Safe 121 

Lemonade  Sjtup,  Artificial 15 

Liniments 119 

Liniment,  Wonder 119 

Liniment,  Liquid  Lightning.  ..119 

Liniment,  Rarey's  Horse 125 

Lip  Salve 39 

Liver  Regulator 120 

Manicure  Powder 40 

Manicure  Salve 40 

Maple  Syrup,  Artificial 14 

Maple  Sugar,  Artificial 14 

Mead,  Genuine  New  Orleans 15 

Medical  Department— Prescrip- 
tions of  eminent  physicians, 
arranged  and  revised  by  F. 
V.  Luse,  M.  D.,  Chicago,  lU. 
Diseases  arranged  alphabet- 
ically. Authorities  quoted: 
Agnew,  AtthiU,  Bartholow, 
Basham,  Beasley,  Bibron, 
Browne,  Brown  -  S6quard, 
Chapman,  Da  Costa,  Dewees, 
Ellis,  Fenner,  Gerhard, 
Getchell,  Gross,  Guy,  Harts- 
horne.  Hazard,  Hebra,  Keyes, 
Leibreich,  Luse,  Mackenzie, 
Milton,  Mitchell,  Pancoast, 
Porcher,  Ricord,    Ringer, 


PAGE 

Schafliirt,  Smith,  Sqnibbs, 
Tanner,  Thornton,  Trous- 
seau. Waring 103 

Medicated  Pads 118 

Liver  Pad 118 

Kidney  Pad 118 

Lung  Pad 118 

Merchant's  Gargling  Oil 120 

Mexican  Mustang  Liniment 120 

Metal  and  Glass  Secrets. 28 

Hardening   Composition    for 

Steel 28 

Composition  to  Toughen  Steel  28 

Softening  Iron  or  Steel 28 

liestoring  Burnt  Steel 29 

Welding  ( 'ast  Steel 29 

To  DriU  Hardened  Steel 29 

To  Drill  Holes  in  Cast  Iron. . .  29 
To  Solder  Ferrules  for  Tool 

HancUes 29 

Soldering  Without  a  Soldering 

Iron 29 

Cleaning  Gun-Barrels 29 

To  Resharijen  Old  Files 30 

Mending  Tinware  at  Home...  30 
Good  Way  to  Sharpen  Razors.  30 

Razor-Strop  Paste 30 

Cutting  Ovals,  etc.,  on  Glass. .  30 

Etching  on  Glass 30 

To  Drill  and  Ornament  Glass.  31 

Moles,  to  Remove 88 

Paints 26 

Durable  Paint  for  Roofs.  ..215,  27 

Paint  for  Black  Ix  .ards 27 

Removing  Smell  of  Paint 27 

Removing  Paint 27 

Pastes 2.') 

Paste  for  Wall-paper 25 

Paste  for  Lal)eling  on  Tin —  25 
Pasting  Cloth  or  Leather  to 

Wood 2.') 

Perry  Davis'  Pain  Killer 119 

Perspiration  Powder 42 

Plira.ses  and  .\l)l)reviation8  Used 

in  Prescrii)tion8 114,  115 

Pimple  Lotion 40 

Plating  Without  a  Battery 31 

Silver-Plating  Soluticm 81 

Silvering  Powder 31 

Gold  Plating  Solution 31 

Nickeling  Iron 31 

Polishing  Preparations 12 

Polishing  Powder 12 

Polishing  Pa.stes  and  Biills....  13 

Preservative  Compoiuids 49 

BartT's  Boroglyccride 19  to  57 

Fickett's    Prcs(!rvativo    Com- 
pound   ._ 57 

Howard's  Preservative   Com- 
pound    58 

Preservation  of  Butter,  Lard, 

etc 58 

Corwin's    Prcsorvativo    Com- 
(loiiiul. 59 


P.\GE 

Fruit  Juice  Preservatives 59 

Smoke   or  Vapor  Preserving 

Compounds 60 

Salicylic  Acid  as  a  Preserva- 
tive  tiOto  64 

Radway's  Ready  Relief 120 

Red  Noses,  Preparation  for 39 

Rose  Water,  Fine 40 

Rubber  Patching 123 

Rubber  Stamps,  How  to  Make . .  17 

Sea  Foam,  Quillaya 41 

Shampoo  Compound,  Clifford's.  41 

Shirts,  How  to  Iron 10 

Silos  and  Ensilage 73  to  84 

Stage  Illusions 85 

The    Three-Headed     Woman 

85  to  87 
The  Mysterious  Voice. . .  .87  to  89 

An  Imi)roved  Psycho 89  to  92 

Magic   Cabinets,    Boxes,   etc. 

92  to  96 
The  Swinging  Half  Lady.  9t)  to  98 
The  Aerial  Suspension  ...W  to  100 

The  Ghost  Illusion 100  to  102 

Stamping  Patterns 6 

Sunburn,  to  Remove 36 

Symbols  or  Signs  Used  in  Pre- 
scriptions  _..  .114 

Table  for  Calculating  the  Period 

of  Utero-Gestation 116 

Table  to  Assist  the  Beginner  in 

Prescribing  Ijiquids 116 

Toilet  Preparatiims 39 

Toothache  Drops 34 

Tooth  Powder,  Best 33 

Tooth  Paste,  Cherry 34 

Toothwash,  Antiseptic 34 

Transferring  Photog:raphs 6 

Transferring  Eml)roidery 7 

Transferring  Leaves 7 

Vermin  Exterminators 19 

Phosphorus  Pasie 19 

Roach  and  Moth  Exterminator  19 

Moth  Powder 19 

Bedbug  P<jison 20 

Poison  Fly  Paper 20 

Sticky  Fly  Paper 20 

Mosiiuito  and  Fly  Frightener.  '20 

Washing  Fluid,  Lieljig's 20 

Wasliing  Bluing,  Licpiid 11 

Washing  Soaps,  Family 11 

Best  Soft  Soap.. 11 

Hard  Soap  with  Lard 11 

White  Hard  Soap  with  Tallow  12 

Water  Baths 72,  73 

Water-proofing  Cloth  and  Can- 
vas  ' 123 

Whitewash,  Brilliant  Stucco....  26 

Wood  Stains 27 

Staining  Wood  Rose  Color..  ..  27 

El  Mini  zing  Wood 27 

1  mi  tat  ion  of  Cedar 28 

Hani  Coating  for  Wood 28 

I  Worcestorshiro  Sauco 1'<S5 


PART  l.-MISCELLANEOUS, 


Gelaiiiie  Copyiiig  Pad> 

[hektogbaph.] 

By  this  process  a  letter,  postal  card,  drawing,  or  other  manascript 
can  be  duplicated  from  sixty  to  one  hundred  times  from  one  original. 
Reproductions  from  the  copying  pad  are  now  admitted  in  the  mails  as 
third-class  matter,  i.  e.,  one  cent  for  every  two  ounces  or  fraction 
thereof.  A  soft,  gelatinous  composition,  similar  to  that  used  in  making 
printers'  rollers,  is  made  and  poured  into  shallow  pans  of  the  required 
size.  The  pans  should  be  made  of  stout  zinc  one-half  inch  deep  on  the 
inside,  with  a  lid  or  cover.  The  length  and  breadth  of  the  pans  is 
determined  by  the  class  of  copying  to  be  done.  Always  make  the  pan 
slightly  larger  than  the  paper  used.  The  three  sizes  given  below  will 
answer  most  purposes: 

Postal  card  size 4x6  inches. 

Note  paper  size 6'  ixlO  inches. 

Full  letter  size 9x12  inches. 

The  composition  is  made  as  follows: 

Good  glue 4  ounces  av. 

Glycerine 16  ounces  av. 

Water 8  fluid  ounces. 

Break  up  the  glue  and  soak  in  the  water  for  a  few  hours,  then  heat 
by  water-bath  until  melted.  Next  add  the  glycerine  and  heat  together 
for  some  time  to  evaporate  part  of  the  water,  and  then  strain  into  the 
pan,  which  should  be  placed  perfectly  level  and  filled  about  two-thirds 
full;  skim  with  a  card  to  free  from  bubbles,  and  set  away  to  cool.  An 
improvement  consists  in  adding  one  ounce  of  carbonate  of  barium  to 
the  fluid  while  warm.  The  composition  should  be  made  somewhat 
softer  for  winter  use  than  for  summer,  which  can  be  done  by  adding  a 
little  larger  proportion  of  glycerine.  Another  way  to  make  the  compo- 
sition is  to  soak  over  night  in  cold  water  best  gelatine  or  glue  1  part, 
and  the  excess  of  water  poured  off.  The  glue  is  then  warmed  in  a  water- 
bath  with  the  addition  of  from  10  to  12  parts  of  glycerine,  to  which  may 
1 


2  SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

be  added  4  to  6  parts  of  finely  pround  heavj-  spar,  and  one  part  dextrine 
thoroaghly  mixed  by  constant  stirring.     (In  summer  less  glycerine.) 

The  letter  or  sketch  to  be  duplicated  is  written  on  a  sheet  of  paper 
with  ink  specially  prepared  for  the  purpose  (see  inks).  For  the  original 
it  is  best  to  use  smooth,  well-sized  writing  paper,  allowing  the  ink  to 
dry  without  using  a  blotter.  After  writing  the  original  place  it  face 
downward  on  the  pad,  and  rub  it  gently  with  the  hand  to  insure  contact 
at  every  point.  Let  it  remain  from  two  to  six  minutes,  according  to  the 
number  of  copies  you  wish  to  print.  In  cold  weather  it  should  be  left 
longer,  as  it  requires  more  time  for  the  composition  to  absorb  the  ink. 
Remove  the  original  carefully,  and  a  reversed  impression  will  be  ob- 
served on  the  pad.  To  take  off  copies  lay  dry  sheets  of  paper  on  the 
reversed  impression,  press  gently,  and  remove  quickly. 

When  you  have  taken  all  the  copies  you  require  wash  the  ink  from 
the  surface  at  once  with  a  sponge  and  plenty  of  luke-warm  water;  never 
use  hot  water.  The  surface  of  the  composition  will  allow  considerable 
rul)bing  without  fear  of  tearing  it,  if  not  done  roughly  and  carelessly. 
Be  sure  your  sponge  is  free  from  sand  and  grit,  and  also  avoid  scratch- 
ing with  the  finger  nails.  Always  wash  the  surface  with  a  sponge  before 
using,  and  dry  with  a  newspaper.  In  cold  weather  if  the  composition 
feels  chilled  it  will  not  absorb  the  ink  properly,  and  the  copies  will  be 
faint  unless  it  be  carefully  warmed  to  a  moderate  temperature.  Atten- 
tion to  these  details  will  produce  the  most  gratifying  resulta. 


Folioiypes. 


Horace  M.  Engle,  Esq.,  of  Marietta,  Pa.,  has  devised  a  method  of 
taking  leaf-prints  of  marked  beauty,  which  he  terms  "foliotypes," 
some  specimens  of  wliich  he  sent  to  Dr.  Gray,  the  eminent  botanist,  who 
pronounced  the  process  a  new  way,  and  advised  him  to  send  an  account 
of  it  to  the  Botanical  Gazette,  which  he  generously  did.  We  liave  em- 
ployed the  method  according  to  tlie  explanation  there  given  (which  we 
reprint  in  full)  with  the  most  delightful  results,  having  secured  prints 
of  gome  beautiful  leaves  which  are  faithful  to  nature  in  color  and  out- 
line, with  all  their  delicate  tracery:  "Tlie  inetliod  is  of  actual  usefulness 
to  the  botanist,  as  well  .is  a  refining  recreation  for  otiiers  who  love 
Nature  'on  general  ijrinciples.'  For  illustrating  monograpiis  and  simi- 
lar pa|>er8,  whore  the  number  is  too  limited  to  warrant  an  expensive 
litliograph;  for  identifying  a  rare  specimen,  or  as  an  adjunct  to  an 
lierbarium,  combining  |n>rt:ihility,  unalterability,  an<l  beant.T  witlial  tlie 
nietho<l  seems  particularly  fitted.  But  aside  from  tliis  f)thers  may  find  a 
delightful  and  instructive  recreation  in  taking  prints  of  tlie  entire  flora 
of  the  old  fnnn,  the  trees  of  a  certain  grove,  the  native  annuals  of  a 
connfy,  the  ferns  of  a  State,  or  any  other  special  field  that  seems  most 
inviting.  Huch  Cf)pies  may  be  taken  in  a  blank  book  suit«'d  l<i  the  pur- 
pose, or,  l)etter,  tako  them  on  single  sheets  of  uniform  size,  as  in  this 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  3 

way  imperfect  copies  may  be  thrown  out,  and  when  the  work  is  com- 
pleted they  may  be  named,  classified,  and  bound,  making  a  volume  of 
real  value  and  worthy  of  just  pride. 

"The  process  consists  in  using  the  leaf  for  producing  an  impression  as 
a  printer  uses  type,  the  ink  being  green,  and  the  pressure  applied  either 
by  hand  or  with  a  press.  There  will  be  needed  for  the  work  (1)  a  small 
ink  roller  such  as  printers  use  for  inking  type  by  hand  in  taking  proofs; 
(2)  a  stoat  window  glass  (10x12  is  a  good  size)  fastened  securely  (not 
glued,  as  it  may  warp  and  break,)  to  an  evenly  planed  board  about 
twice  ite  surface,  say  10x24.  A  small  quantity  of  the  ink  is  put  on  the 
glass  and  spread  with  a  knife,  after  which  it  is  distributed  evenly  by  going 
over  in  all  directions  with  the  ink  roller.  When  this  has  been  carefully 
done  the  leaf  to  be  copied  is  laid  on  a  piece  of  waste  paper  and  inked  by 
applying  the  roller  once  or  more  with  moderate  pressure.  This  leaves  a 
film  of  ink  on  the  veins  and  network  of  the  leaf,  which  should  then  be 
placed  bn  a  piece  of  blank  paper  and  considerable  pressure  applied  for 
a  few  moments.  When  the  leaf  is  removed  from  the  paper  the  work  is 
done. 

"To  get  the  best  results  several  points  must  be  carefully  noted.  Get  a 
quarter  or  half  a  pound  of  dark  green  ink,  which  is  put  up  in  collapsible 
tubes  costing  from  fifty  cents  to  $2  per  pound,  according  to  quality.  As 
sold  it  is  invariably  too  thick  for  this  purpose,  and  should  be  thinned 
by  adding  several  drops  of  balsam  of  copaiba  to  as  much  ink  as  may  be 
taken  on  a  salt  spoon.  Much  depends  on  the  proper  consistency  of  the 
ink.  In  inking  the  leaf  is  liable  to  curl  on  the  roller,  but  it  should  part 
readily  from  it.  In  case  it  sticks  tightly  the  ink  is  too  thick.  Take 
care  that  the  ink  is  evenly  distributed  on  the  glass  and  roller,  as  it  is 
essential  that  each  part  of  the  leaf  receives  an  equal  coating  of  ink.  If 
the  leaf  is  large  ink  it  part  by  part,  keeping  the  roller  well  supplied. 
A  roller  three  inches  long,  costing  forty  cents,  will  answer  for  all  small 
leaves  and  branches  of  plants.  Clean  the  roller  and  glass  with  benzine 
after  using.  If  the  leaf  is  finely  veined  the  lower  surface  makes  the 
better  print,  but  if  the  veins  are  coarse  and  large  the  upper  surface  may 
be  used.  If  the  specimen  is  fleshy  or  brittle  allow  it  to  wilt  until  it 
becomes  more  pliable,  or  if  necessary  it  may  be  pressed  and  dried  first. 
In  most  cases  the  best  copy  is  obtained  after  taking  one  or  two  impres- 
sions, as  the  leaf  takes  the  ink  better  after  several  applications.  A  good 
quality  of  unsized  paper  that  is  made  slightly  damp  by  placing  between 
sheets  of  moist  newspaper  is  best  for  general  work,  but  in  other  cases 
well  sized  paper  will  take  a  copy  that  will  allow  a  foUotype  (may  I  coin 
the  word?)  to  bear  inspection  side  by  side  with  a  good  lithograph.  I 
find  a  copying  press  very  valuable  in  making  the  impression,  especially 
if  the  leaf  is  at  all  coriaceous.  If  it  be  soft  it  should  be  covered  with  a 
few  thicknesses  of  newspaper.  If  it  is  irregular  in  thickness,  paper 
may  be  laid  over  the  thin  parts,  so  that  equal  pressure  is  received.  This 
is  necessary  with  all  leaves  that  have  thick  stems.  If  the  branch  is  very 
irregular  or  delicate,  or  in  the  absence  of  a  press  of  any  kind,  the  speci- 
men may  be  covered  with  several  layers  of  paper,  and  held  in  place  by 


4  SECKETS  OF  WISE   MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

one  hand  while  the  pressure  is  applied  by  the  thumb  or  palm  of  the 
other  hand  as  required. 

"These  particulars  are  as  complete  as  practicable.  Experiments  will 
lead  to  many  improvements  in  details.  Employ  tact  and  neatness,  and 
you  will  be  surprised  at  the  result. 


Fire«Ex:iii|gUisKers. 

Hand  Grenades. 

Prof,  F.  S.  Kedzie  of  the  Michigan  State  Agricultural  College,  after  a 
series  of  analyses  and  experiments,  draws  some  important  conclusions 
as  to  the  value  of  hand-grenades,  in  a  ijaper  which  he  publishes  in  the 
Chicago  Sanitary  News.  A  Harden  hand-grenade  was  opened,  and  the 
solution  contained  qualitatively  analyzed.  It  consisted  of  common 
salt,  sulphate  of  lime,  and  a  small  amount  of  acetate  of  soda.  The  prin- 
cipal ingredient  was  common  salt. 

The  effort  was  made  to  determine  CI)  whether  the  solution  in  the 
grenades  had  any  more  extinguishing  power  than  water;  (2)  if  the  solu- 
tion had  extinguishing  power  greater  than  water,  what  was  the  essential 
ingredient  in  the  solution.  The  question  that  first  arose  regarding  the 
composition  of  the  grenades  was:  Did  they  contain  carbon  dioxide  gas 
or  any  substance  that  would  give  up  the  gas  by  being  heated?  Opening 
the  grenades  under  water  and  collecting  the  gas  that  escaped  it  was 
found  that  the  average  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  contained  was  about 
one  cubic  inch  per  grenade.  Boiling  the  solution  liberated  a  slight 
amount  of  gas  in  addition;  but  altogether  the  gas  was  not  enough  to  be 
of  any  practical  benefit  in  extinguishing  fire.  It  was  then  certain  that 
the  extinguishing  power  was  in  the  solution  itself.  Replacing  the  solu- 
tion in  the  grenade  witli  pure  water  the  extinguishing  power,  while 
greater  than  water  thrown  from  a  dish  upon  flaming  boards,  was  still 
much  less  than  the  power  exerted  by  the  solution. 

By  a  careful  series  of  trials  it  was  found  that  the  essential  ingredient 
was  common  salt.  From  a  numljer  of  experiments  it  was  found  that 
wlien  a  grenade,  or  a  bottle  containing  a  strong  brine,  was  broken  in 
the  midst  of  the  burning  kerosene  the  flames  were  almost  instantly  ex- 
tinguished. A  vapor  seemed  to  spread  in  all  directions  from  where  the 
salt  solution  struck  the  board,  extinguishing  tlie  flame  as  it  went. 
Strong  solutions  were  also  made  of  suliiluite  of  soda,  liyposulphitc  of 
soda,  borax  (biborate  of  soda),  and  bicarbon,ate  of  soda  and  tried  as  fire 
extinguishers.  Some  worked  as  well,  but  none  any  better,  than  common 
salt  in  extinguishing  fira.  The  experiment  was  then  made  of  charging 
the  bottles  with  V)rine  an^^  generating  carlxm  dioxide  by  .ndding  lime 
dust'and  suli>huric  acid  and  corking  tightly.  No  practical  increase  in 
extinguishing  power  from  this  addition  was  noticed.  In  most  instances 
the  carbon  dioxide  gas  e8cai)ed  from  the  bottles  inside  of  four  days, 
proving  that  it  is  impracticahle  to  attempt  to  use  glass  vessels  with 
corks  as  a  means  of  storing  C02  under  pressure  for  fire  extinguishing. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  5 

Tiie  conclusion  reached  from  these  and  many  more  experiments  was- 
that  the  Harden  grenade  solution  possesses  much  <jrrater  extinguishing 
power  than  water  alone,  and  that  it  owed  this  power  to  common  salt 
held  in  solution.  We  t  hen  constructed  some  home-made  grenades,  using 
flat  bottles  bound  together  side  by  side  with  wire.  Using  two  bottles  in 
this  way  insures  their  being  broken  in  striking  the  burning  body,  which 
would  not  always  occur  when  only  one  bottle  is  used.  Bottles  tlms 
charged  with  brine  and  bound  together  were  broken  side  by  side  with 
the  Harden  grenades  and  found  to  be  equally  valuable. 

It  thus  appears  from  the  experiment  that  any  person  can  construct  as 
good  and  effective  grenades  as  those  offered  in  the  market  at  $7  and  $10 
per  dozen.  Bottles  filled  with  brine  and  placed  around  the  premises 
will  afford  considerable  protection,  especially  when  used  upon  the 
flames  when  the  fire  just  begins.  Salt  solutions  liave  the  further  advan- 
tage of  not  being  easily  frozen— never  enough  to  burst  the  bottles. 

The  Lewis  hand  fire-extinguisher  was  next  investigated.  This  con- 
sists of  a  tin  tube  about  two  feet  long  containing  thirty-four  fluid  ounces 
of  soda  in  weak  caustic  ammonia.  From  the  trials  made  we  could  not 
notice  any  appreciable  superiority  over  the  salt  solution  as  used  in  the 
Harden  grenade.  It  has  the  disadvantage  of  not  being  made  to  break 
by  being  thrown,  l)ut  must  be  opened  by  having  a  cork  extracted  from 
one  end  of  the  tul^e,  requiring  a  smart  jerk.  The  solution  is  then 
sprinkled  on  the  fire  by  the  operator. 

We  herewith  append  a  numlier  of  fire-extinguishing  compounds,  all 

of  which  are  highly  recommended  by  various  authorities: 

Munich  Fire-ExtinguisUing  Powder. 

Common  salt 43     per  cent. 

Alum 19.5  ijer  cent. 

Glauber's  salt 5.1  per  cent. 

Soda 3.5  per  cent. 

Water  glass " 6 . 6  per  cent. 

Water 22.3percent. 

Richardson's  Fire-Extlnffuishing  Powder. 

Alum 4i  pounds. 

Common  salt 10   pounds. 

Glauber's  salt 1    pound. 

Soda 1    pound. 

Water  glass 1*  pounds. 

Tienna  Fire-Extinguisbing  Powder. 

Green  vitriol 1  parts. 

Ammonium  sulphate Ifi  parts. 

Water 100  parts. 

Protean's  Fire-Extinaruishine  Powder. 

Carbonate  of  soda 8  pounds. 

Alum 4  pounds. 

Borax 3  pounds. 

Carbonate  of  potash 1  pound. 

Silicate  of  soda  solution 24  pounds. 

Mix  thoroughly  and  add  li  pounds  of  this  mixture  to  each  gallon  of 
water,  when  required. 


6  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Trai^sf erring   PHoiograpKs. 

[on  glass.] 

This  beautiful  andvalnablp  process  of  transferring  photographs  in 
plain  or  colored  work  has  been  taught  at  high  prices  under  various 
high-sounding  names,  such  as  "Roman  art,"  etc.  "Photographs  can  be 
transferred  and  preserved  for  years  which  would  have  been  soiled,  faded, 
and  ruined  if  allowed  to  remain  on  the  card. 

Separate  the  paper  print  from  the  liackground  or  card  by  steaming 
it,  after  which  dry  thorouglily.  Warm  the  glass  slightly  and  coat  evenly 
witli  balsam  or  negative  varnish  and  place  the  print  face  downward  on 
tlie  surface  thus  prepared.  After  smoothing  it  carefully  set  away  in  a 
cool  place  until  the  varnish  has  hardened.  Then  apply  water,  and  with 
a  soft  piece  of  gum  rubber  rub  off  the  paper  so  as  to  leave  the  photo- 
graphic image  on  the  varnished  glass. 


SiaT|ipii|g    Paiieri|s« 

Draw  the  pattern  upon  heavy  pajier  ami  perforate  with  small  holes 
all  the  lines  with  the  point  of  some  sharp  instrument,  dust  the  following 
powder  through  the  perforations,  remove  the  pattern  and  pass  a  warm 
iron  over  the  fabric,  when  the  pattern  will  become  fixed.  Any  desired 
color  can  be  used,  such  as  Prussian  blue,  chrome  green,  yellow,  ver- 
milion, etc.: 

Fine  white  rosin 2  ounces. 

(ium  sandarac 4  ounces. 

( 'olor 2  ounces. 

Powder  very  fine,  mix,  and  pass  through  a  sieve. 


Magic   Paper. 

[fob  transferring  and  copying.] 

This  paper  is  really  a  valuable  article,  and  is  manufactured  and  sold 
under  various  names,  such  as  the  "stylograph,"  "rapid  copying  i>roces»," 
etc.  It  is  use<l  principally  by  Halcsiucn  in  keeping  a  record  of  their 
sales,  iis  three  copies  can  be  taken  simultaneously  with  one  writing.  In 
this  way  traveling  salesmen  can  with  one  writing  give  a  copy  of  his  sale 
to  his  customer  (whi<'h  is  fre(|neiitly  demanded),  another  he  can  send  to 
his  firm,  and  retain  tiie  third  one  for  his  own  ust-.  It  is  used  in  a  similar 
manner  in  nearly  all  the  large  stores,  and  by  many  individuals  in  their 
business  cr)rrespondence.  1(  is  als(»  vahiabh-  for  transferring  figures  in 
embroidery  and  taking  impressions  of  leaves  for  herbariums,  etc.,  which 
it  does  beautifully,  l>ut  for  the  latter  purpose  nothing  eiiuuls  the  folio- 
type  method  previously  explained. 


AND  GEEAT  PHYSICIANS.  / 

The  paper  is  made  by  mixing  pure  lard  or  sweet,  oil  to  the  consiatpiice 
of  cream  with  either  of  the  following  paints,  the  color  of  which  is 
desired:  Prussian  blue,  lamp  black,  Venetian  red,  or  chrome  green, 
either  of  which  should  be  rubbed  with  a  knife  on  a  plate  or  flat  surface 
mitil  smooth.  Use  ra(  her  ttiin  but  firm  paper;  put  on  with  a  sponge  and 
wipe  off  as  tlry  as  possible.  Lay  the  sheets  between  uncolored  paper  or 
newspaper,  and  press  by  laying  books  or  some  other  flat  substance  upon 
them  until  the  surplus  oil  is  absorbed,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Fob  Copying  Letteks  and  Orders.— Either  two  or  three  copies  can 
be  made  at  one  time,  as  desired.  To  make  two  copies  place  a  sheet  of 
the  magic  paper  between  the  two  sheets  selected  for  the  order,  bill,  or 
letter,  and  write  upon  the  upper  sheet  with  a  hard  lead  pencil  (the 
harder  the  lead  the  cleaner  the  copy).  It  is  best  to  place  a  piece  of  hard 
cardboard  under  all  the  sheets  while  writing. 

To  make  three  copies  use  two  sheets  of  magic  paper,  placing  one  be- 
tween the  first  and  second  leaves  and  the  other  between  the  second  and 
third  leaves.  Proceed  as  in  taking  two  copies  by  writing  upon  the  top 
leaf.  A  stout,  thin  linen  paper  will  produce  the  best  results,  but  almost 
any  kind  will  do. 

To  Transfer  Embroidery  Patterns.— Place  a  piece  of  thin  paper 
over  the  embroidery  to  prevent  soiling;  then  lay  on  the  magic  paper  and 
put  on  the  cloth  you  wish  to  take  the  copy  on  to  embroider;  pin  fast  and 
rub  over  with  a  spoon-handle,  and  every  part  of  the  raised  figure  will 
show  upon  the  plain  cloth. 

To  Take  Impressions  of  Leayes.— Place  the  leaf  between  two 
sheets  of  the  magic  paper  and  rub  it  over  hard;  then  take  the  leaf  out 
and  place  it  lietween  two  sheets  of  white  jjaper;  rub  again,  and  you  will 
have  a  beautiful  impression  of  both  sides  of  the  leaf  or  flower. 


Cleai|ii|g  Preparaiioi|s. 

Li§;htning  (irease  Renovator. 

An  excellent  general  preparation  for  removing  grease,  paint,  etc. 

t^astile  soap  (cut  fine) 4  ounces. 

Hot  water 1  quart. 

Dissolve,  after  which  add  and  mix  thoroughly. 

Aqua  ammonia 4  ounces. 

Sulphuric  ether 1  ounce. 

Glycerine 1  ounce. 

Alcohol 1  ounce. 

Water 1  quart. 

An  elegant  general  preparation  for  cleaning  gloves,  silks,  etc.,  is 
made  as  follows: 

Deodorized  gasol  ine  (or  benzine) 1  pint. 

Alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  each i  fluid  ounce. 

Mix,  and  perfume  with  cologne,  lavender,  or  any  desired  odor.    Do 
not  use  near  a  flame. 


8  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

"Gantein"  for  Cleansing  Gloves.— The  preparation  sold  under 
this  name  is  made  as  follows:  Dissolve  6  parts  of  soap  in  2  parts  of 
water;  add  4  parts  of  bleaching  liquor  and  M  part  of  aqua  ammonia. 
Rub  the  gloves  with  the  fluid  until  clean. 


Cleai|ii|g  TariiisKed  Silverm/^are. 

[in  use  by  all  leading  jewelers.] 

Cyanide  potassium 3  ounces. 

Soft  water 2  gallons. 

Mix  and  dissolve.  Label  it  "poison,"  and  place  out  of  tlie  reach  of 
children.  Have  the  article  clean  and  free  from  ttrea.se;  dip  in  solution 
till  tarnisli  is  off,  but  no  longer  Cand  under  no  circumstances  leave  it  in 
too  long).  After  immersion  the  article  must  be  taken  out  and  thor- 
oughly rinsed  in  a  number  of  waters  (warm  preferred),  then  dried  with 
a  soft  rag  or  sawdust. 

Another  method,  which  is  safe  and  cheap,  consists  in  using  a  satu- 
rated solution  of  hyposnlpliite  f)f  soda  to  which  a  little  Ijolted  whiting 
hiis  been  added.  Apply  with  a  brush  or  cloth  until  the  tarnish  is  re- 
moved. 


dark's  \VasK  for  Carpels. 

Solution  l.— Dissolve  10  parts  of  soap  in  20  of  water,  and  add  3* 
parts  of  soda  and  tme-half  part  of  liquid  ammonia  and  spirit  of  wine. 

Solution  2.— Ts  tlu- «c/Ho/<7''<7;(.s;yi(/  //(/»/(/,  and  ccmsists  of  4  parts 
t)f  li()uid  ammonia  and  :i  of  alcohol  diluted  witli  water. 

The  last  solution  is  first  used,  and  when  the  dirt  loosened  by  it  has 
been  removed  the  soap  solution  is  applied.  Carpets  thus  treated  regain 
their  original  colors  in  all  their  freshness,  the  entire  operation  of  wash- 
ing and  drying  a  large  carpet  requiring  Init  two  hours,  and  th(>  carpet 
need  not  be  taken  up. 


lJi|iVersa)   S^aii|  Table. 

Showing  !it  a  glaiu-c  what  means  to  employ  in  removing  any  kind  of 
stain  from  any  kio<l  of  fabric,  lied  aciil  stains  arc  ilestroyed  b.\  am- 
monia, followed  by  thorough  washing  with  water.  Hurn  stains  of  nitric 
acid  are  permanent.  (Jreat  care  nuist  be  observed  when  ether  and  ben- 
zine are  uwhI.  Keep  the  open  bottle  and  the  fabric  being  cleaned  away 
from  an  open  fin- or  blaze.  The  ether  especially  is  so  volatile  that  an 
opiMi  botllr  will  laki'  fin-  from  a  gas-jet  or  l)laze  several  feet  away  if  the 
draft  is  right.     You  i-annot  be  too  carefui. 


AND  GEEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


9 


n 
o 


a  " 

95- 

•   p 

CD 
O 
d 


H 

r 

s 

3 

B 

a 

^? 

-a 

£-15 

p 

JO  « 

» 

c 

B 

r1- 

<p 

c 

w 


c 


S|<J 

B'M 

<1 

> 

b  ri 

•-a 

N 

B 

►-.CB 

►1 

B_ 

■a  5' 
5'p 

b' 

-   o 

B 

In-B 
■    & 

0 

B  "^ 

E^c- 

o'S 

-'"'5 

PK 

a"" 

C  SJ 

3-. 

is 

w 

M 

o 

o 

It) 


OB 


p 


■a 

CD 


o  § 


!         H 

loo  1  P 
!2-B  = 

O  (t  < 

|oF 

Sb^ 
3.0P 
o  w  2 

•    ST ' — ' 
n  O 


to 

B  ;yi. 
a  j;;s. 
p  *  p 
B  <i  I? 

&S 
P  <; 

<J  OJ  5 

P  S.2. 
S-B=^' 

■    P^ 

B  a- 
S^B 

a.§ 

^^^■ 
B 

^p 

0  0 

I  p 


p 


.si^3 

g"3  S,S  S' 


g 


2.S 

o  & 
a 

B- 


B  t. 

p3. 
p  p 

lp 


p  =f 
p 


-  „  B  2.~~ 
B  f^  P  o  B  ® 

O-ti  ;S  9=  &P 

M-o  le^  2.K3 
^«:t:S:BS 
c  a",'<5  ^.S"p 


CD  1     1^ 
aB 

tS    CD  I 


P  CD  g^l 


O  C 


Pip 

3  a' 

CD 

*^        I 

•     1^ 

B- 

CD 


O  I— B" 
CD  p  B 

p  S-ns 
®  *  9 

1.3  P 

a^  B 

CD  -*  w 

CD*  2 

t^2  o 

2.B 


<D 


o 

CD 


s  > 

B  an 

-^ 
§§ 

CD  '^ 


•a 

CD 

B 

CD 
P 
N 

5' 

P 
P 

i  P 

^-t   EL 


CD 

£,P 


QQ 
O 

P 

I 

P 


P 


P 

cp 


CD 


O 
P 


00 

o 

p 

•a 

Pi 

B  '^ 

B  CD 

O  Ji 
P 

P'O 


*3 

P 
cc 

B- 
t— 
P 
CfQ 
CE 

3 
5' 


g^o£.B 


M    ® 

B? 
C"CD 

K^ 

,  B   CE 

'J?  O 
•    P 


N 

B-P  0"  K' 

J^  03   p   B 

v-r'p'-.® 
0  -  B  CD 
~B  S  Si 

i^p3  5 

-tns  c  2 

S.g  3.'' 


o 


S*^ 


Q 

"=! 

t- 

o 

K 
W 

> 

u 

CO 
M 
Q 


el 
-1 

M 

» 

;»■ 

UK 
H 


© 

a? 

c 

H 
>• 
C0 


05 


10  SECBETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Liebig's  lkVasKii|g   Fluid. 

SAVING  HALF  THE  WASH-BOARD  LABOR. 

Sal  Boda 1  pound. 

Stone  lime i  pound. 

Water 5  quarts. 

Boil  a  short  time,  stirring  occasionally;  then  let  it  settle  and  pour  off 
the  clear  liquid  into  a  bottle  or  jug  and  cork  for  use.  Soak  your  clothes 
over  night  in  simple  water;  wring  out  and  soap  wrist-bands,  collars, 
and  dirty  or  stained  places.  Have  your  boiler  filled  with  water,  and 
when  at  scalding  heat  put  in  a  teacupful  of  the  fluid,  then  put  in  your 
clothes  and  boil  for  half  an  hour,  after  which  rub  lightly  through  one 
suds  only,  rinsing  well  in  the  bluing  water,  and  all  is  complete. 

For  each  additional  boiler  of  clothes  add  half  a  cup  of  the  fluid;  of 
course  boiling  in  the  same  water  through  the  whole  washing.  If  more 
water  is  needed  in  the  boiler  for  the  last  clothes  dip  it  from  the  sudsing 
tub.  Soak  your  woolen  and  calico  in  the  suds  from  which  you  have 
washed  the  white  clothes,  while  hanging  them  out  dipping  in  some  of 
the  Ijoiling  water  from  the  boiler,  if  necessary;  then  wash  out  the  woolen 
anil  calico  as  usual — of  course  washing  out  woolen  goods  before  you  do 
the  calico.    The  fluid  brightens  instead  of  fading  the  colors. — Dr.  Chase. 

Premium  Washing  Fluid.— This  fluid  is  equal  to  tlie  best  that  can 
be  pre|)ared,  and  as  it  is  recommended  to  be  used  in  a  simpler  manner 
than  the  foregoing  many  will  doubtless  prefer  it: 

Sal  soda 4  pounds. 

Borax 2  ounces. 

Sal  tartar 1  ounce. 

Aqua  ammonia {  pint. 

Spirit  of  camphor 2  ounces. 

Oil  of  turpentine 1  ounce. 

Hot  water ti  pints. 

Dissolve  tiie  sal  soda,  borax,  and  sal  tartar  in  the  hot  water  and  add 

the  otiier  ingredients.    Soak  tlie  clothes  over  night  in  water  U>  wliich 

lias  Ijeen  added  a  table-spoontul  of  the  tiuul  for  each  gallon  of  water; 

also  add  a  little  in  washing  water. 


flow   I   iron  shirts. 

IIY   MRS.   UUSBANDI'LEASER. 

Take  two  ounces  of  spermaceti,  one  ounce  of  wliife  wax,  one  ounce 
of  i)araffine.  Mix  and  put  in  a  saucer  over  a  lea-kettlo  in  which  water 
is  boiling,  until  melted,  stirring  several  times.  Then  let  it  get  cold, 
after  whi<-h  put  in  a  clean  box  for  use. 

To  make  tlic  starch:  For  two  shirts,  collars,  and  cnfTs  take  one  table- 
spoonful  of  starch  dissolved  in  water;  shave  a  piece  of  the  above  into  it 
the  size  of  a  Imau.  I'our  boiling  water  into  it  until  thick,  cook  twenty 
minutes  and  set  away  to  cool.    Take  one  tuble-Bpoonful  of  starch,  dis- 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  11 

solve  it  in  cold  water,  and  when  the  boiled  starcli  gets  lukewarm  pour 
it  over  it,  stir  well,  and  strain.  Have  the  garments  dry  and  lay  tlie  starch 
on  the  wrong  side  and  work  it  through.  Be  careful  that  the  starch  is 
rubbed  in  until  the  right  side  is  wet  all  over.  When  well  saturated  roll 
up  tight  in  a  clean  cloth.  They  need  not  lay  but  a  few  minutes.  Stretch 
them  on  a  bosom-board,  and  with  a  damp  cloth  rub  out  all  the  wrinkles. 
Lay  a  fine  cloth  over  and  iron  it  twice.  If  a  collar  or  cuff  turn  it  over 
and  do  the  same  on  the  other  side.  Take  off  the  cloth  and  iron  perfectly 
dry.  If  the  bosom  has  pleats  raise  them  before  ironing  di-y  and  dry 
under  them.  After  the  bosom  is  perfectly  dry  (for  this  polishing  process 
you  need  a  good,  smooth,  hard  )>oard  about  two  by  one  and  a  half  feet— 
the  harder  the  better—  a  marble  slab  of  that  size  is  better  still),  put  the 
bosom  on  the  bare  board,  dip  a  clean  white  cloth  n  water,  wring  almost 
dry,  rub  lightly  over  the  bosom,  then  rub  it  with  a  dry  cloth,  and  polish 
with  back  ot  iron  or  with  polishing  iron,  If  any  tlirt  gets  on  rub  off 
with  a  damp  cloth  and  polish  again.  The  polishing  is  not  necessarily 
done  the  same  day  they  are  ironed.  If  your  time  is  limited,  or  your 
work  interrupted  by  callers  or  other  duties,  lay  them  aside  after  harLng 
ironed  them  perfectly  dry. 


Liquid  \Vashii|g   plliii|g. 

Soluble  Prussian  blue 1  Ounce. 

Oxalic  acid i  ounce. 

Boiling  water 1  quart. 

This  makes  the  very  best  quality  of  bluing  at  a  slight  cost. 


Fai|ii)y  \VasKii|g  Soaps. 

We  see  no  reason  why  every  economical  housewife  should  not  profit 
by  these  simple  methods  of  preparing  cheap  laundry  soap,  as  they  are 
the  results  of  practical  experience. 

Best  Soft  Soap. 

Take  4  pounds  of  white  bar  soap,  cut  it  fine,  and  dissolve  by  heating 
in  4  gallons  of  soft  water,  after  wliich  add  1  pound  of  sal  soda.  Dissolve 
and  mix  thoroughly.  If  it  is  desired  the  soap  can  be  made  thicker  by 
adding  less  water. 

Hard  Soap  With  Lard. 

Sal  soda  and  lard,  each 6  pounds. 

Stone  lime 3  pounds. 

Soft  water i  gallons. 

Dissolve  the  lime  and   soda  in  the  water  by  boiling,  stirring,  and 

settling;  pour  off,  then  return  to  the  kettle    brass  or  copper),  add  the 

lard  and  boil  it  until  it  becomes  soap.    Then  pour  into  a  dish  or  molds, 

and  when  cool  cut  it  into  bars  and  dry  it. 


12  SECEETS   OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

White  Hard  Soap  With  Tallow. 

Take  2  pounds  each  of  fresh-slacked  lime,  sal  soila,  and  tallow;  dis- 
solve the  soda  iu  1  gallon  of  boiling  soft  water,  stirring  occasionally 
every  few  hoars  after  which  let  it  settle,  pouring  off  the  clear  liquor  and 
boiling  the  tallow  therein  until  it  is  all  dissolved;  cool  it  in  a  flat  box 
or  pan,  and  cut  into  bars  or  cakes  as  desired.  It  may  be  perfumed  with 
oil  of  sassafras  or  any  other  perfume  desired,  stirring  it  in  when  cool. 


C)eai|ii|g  Soiled   Wa))«paper. 

The  old  form  of  this  process  was  to  use  stale  bread  or  bread  baked 
to  a  proper  consistency,  but  it  seldom  produces  satisfactory  results  ex- 
cept in  the  hands  of  experts,  and  then  it  is  an  impossibility  to  keei) 
from  scratching  the  surface  of  the  paper  with  tlie  sharp  points  of  the 
crust.  A  dou^h  preparation  known  only  to  a  few  experts  engaged  in 
cleaning  walls  by  contract,  and  who  have  been  known  to  make  from  $5 
to  $25  per  day,  is  now  used,  which  is  far  superior  in  every  way  to  any- 
thing yet  discovered.  The  walls  can  be  cleaned  over  and  over  again, 
each  time  appearing  as  bright  as  new  paper. 

Wheat  flour _. Three  parts. 

Powdered  prepared  whiting One  part. 

Mix  the  fl«ur  and  whiting  thoroughly,  and  add  enough  water  to 
bring  it  to  the  consistency  of  ordinary  dough.  Use  l)y  taking  a  small 
piece — about  twice  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg.  Press  against  the  wall  and 
remove  the  dirt  by  making  long  strokes.  After  making  a  stroke  knead 
the  dirt  into  the  dough,  and  continue  doing  so  until  it  is  useless.  A 
quart  of  the  preparation  used  in  this  manner  will  clean  the  walls  of  a 
good-sized  room. 

When  It  is  desired  to  keep  the  ingredients  of  the  composition  a  secret 
a  coloring  matter  may  \w  a<lde(l  to  assist  in  mystifying.  Wlien  the  walls 
are  discolored  Ijy  grease  or  marks  where  people  have  rested  their  heads, 
mix  pipeclay  to  the  consistency  of  cream,  lay  it  on  the  spot  and  allow  it 
to  remain  until  tlio  following  day,  when  it  may  be  easily  removed  with 
a  penknife  or  brush. 


Po)ishii|g   Preparaiioi|S. 

PoLisiiiNfi  I'owuEK.— For  iiolisliing  silver  and  nickel-plated  ware, 

l)ra><»,  copper,  etc.: 

Fossil  silica » 2  ounces. 

itouge  (or  tine  crocus  martis) Jounce. 

Prepared  chalk 1  pound. 

Rub  the  fossil  silica  to  a  fine  jxiwder  and  tiioroughly  mix  witli  tlio 
clialk.  This  will  not  scratch  the  finest  surface.  L's«'  by  iiililiiiig  witli 
a  dam])  sponge  or  rug,  an<l  finisli  dry  with  chamois  skin  or  dry  rug. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  13 

Polishing  Pastes. 

Fossil  silica 1  ounce. 

Petrolatum *  pound. 

Cotton-seed  oil  (or  sweet  oil) 1  ounce. 

Subcarbonate  of  iron 3  ounces. 

Essential  oil  of  almonds 30  minims. 

Reduce  the  fossil  silica  to  a  very  fine  powder  and  mix  it  with  the 
iron;  melt  the  petrolatum,  add  the  cotton-seed  oil,  stir  in  the  powders, 
and  while  cooling  add  the  flavoring  oil  and  stir  until  ready  to  set,  then 
run  into  boxes  similar  to  ordinary  blacking  boxes.  Apply  with  a  soft 
rag  dipped  in  the  paste,  and  finish  with  a  clean  cloth.  Prepared  chalk 
or  whiting  can  be  used  instead  of  fossil  silica.  The  paste  does  its  work 
faster  than  the  polishing  powder,  and  if  the  articles  are  very  much 
corroded  it  is  preferable. 

Another  excellent  paste,  which  can  be  put  in  boxes  or  formed  into 
balls  and  allowed  to  harden,  is  to  take  finely  powdered  rotten-stone, 
sift  it  thoroughly  through  muslin  or  a  hair  sieve,  and  knead  with  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  soft  soap  to  form  a  stifif  paste.  To  i  pound  of  this 
mass  add  li  fluid  ounces  of  oil  of  turpentine. 

Cleaning  Powder  for  Show  Windows,  Mirrors,  Etc. 

Moisten  calcined  magnesia  with  pure  benzine.  The  mixture  should 
be  preserved  in  bottles  with  glass  stoppers,  as  the  Jjenzine  is  very  vola- 
tile. Use  by  placing  a  little  of  the  mixture  on  a  wad  of  cotton  and 
apply  to  the  glass. 


Marble  Cleai|ii|g. 

Rub  with  muriatic  acid  diluted  with  water,  care  being  taken  that  it 
IS  not  too  strong.  Repeat  the  process  till  clean,  then  wash  with  clear 
water.  When  the  marble  is  very  dirty,  as  in  the  case  of  old  tombstones, 
use  the  following: 

Muriatic  acid 2  ounces. 

Acetic  acid 1  ounce. 

Verdigris 1  drachm. 

Mix,  apply  with  a  brush,  and  sponge  ofif  with  clear  water.  Repeat 
until  clean,  then  polish  with  pumice  stone  continually  moistened  with 
water  as  you  proceed. 


FUri|RUre  Vari|ish> 

White  wax 5   ounces. 

Potash 7i  ounces. 

Boil  lightly  for  fifteen  minutes,  allow  to  cool,  and  then  skim  off  the 
wax  which  floats  on  the  surface.  Apply  the  wax  to  the  furniture,  and 
by  rubbing  it  an  hour  afterward  with  a  woolen  cloth  a  beautiful  luster 
will  be  the  result. 


14  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Frei|cK  Fliri|RUre  Polish. 

This  is  the  best  article  that  can  bo  made  for  restoring  the  luster  anil 

color  of  furnitare: 

Butter  of  antimony 3  fluid  ounces. 

Linseed  oil 12  tiuid  ounces. 

Alcohol 6  fluid  ounces. 

Shellac 2  ounces  av. 

Oil  of  turpentine 10  fluid  ounces. 

Hydrochloric  acid 1  ounce. 

Dissolve  the  shellac  in  the  alcoliol  and  add  the  linseed  oil  and  tur- 
pentine; then  add  the  hydrochloric  acid  and  butter  of  antimony,  which 
has  been  previously  mixed,  and  thoroufjhly  mix  all  together.  Apply 
with  a  tuft  of  cotton,  and  finish  by  rubbing  down  hard  with  Canton 
flarmel  or  a  woolen  rag. 

Maple  SyrUp  ai|d  SUgar* 

[aetifioial.] 

It  is  an  astonishing  fact  that  nine-tenths  of  the  so-called  maple  sugar 
and  maple  syrup  sold  as  tlie  genuine  articles  are  nothing  more  tlian 
clever  imitations.  The  method  of  making  the  best  quality  of  these  im- 
itations—and which  really  defies  detection  of  a  majority  of  dealers  and 
consumers — is  very  cheap  and  simple,  a  gallon  of  the  syrup  costing 
about  fifty  cents  and  the  sugar  simply  the  cost  of  ordinary,  cheap  sugar. 
We  were  told  by  a  Mr.  Baldwin  of  Kentucky,  a  son  of  the  reputed  dis- 
coverer of  the  secret  for  producing  the  maple  flavoring,  tliat  various 
manufacturers  of  imitation  maple  sugar  and  syrup  in  the  large  cities 
liad  paid  his  father  thousands  of  dollars  in  royalties  for  his  discovery. 

Procure  a  quantity  of  the  rough  outside  bark  of  wliat  is  known  as  scaly- 
bark  liickory  tree.  Take  at)f)ut  3  or  4  pounds  of  the  liark  and  boil  in 
one-half  gallon  of  water  until  it  is  reduced  to  a  quart,  then  strain  and 
add  T)  pounds  of  common  brown  or  yellow  sugar;  heat  again  until  thor- 
oughly dissolved  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  To  make  imitation  maple 
syrup  simply  boil  the  syrup  until  it  is  reduced  back  to  sugar  again,  and 
when  it  is  made  proi)erly  the  flavor  and  appearance  of  the  genuine  arti- 
cle is  obtained. 

Artificial   iloneW- 

riarified  sugar 10  pounds. 

Pure  honey  (strained) 8  pounds. 

Soft  water 3  pints. 

('ream  tartar 1  drachm. 

Essence  peii|>ermiiit 10  drops. 

Dissolve  thi-  sugar  in  the  wati-r  by  the  aid  of  gentle  heat;  take  off  the 
Hcuiii.and  the  honey  and  the  cream  tartar  previously  dissolved  in  a  little 
water;  bring  to  the  boiling  point,  stir  well,  then  let  it  cool. 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS.  15 

Ariificia)   Lei|ioi|ade  Syrlip. 

Loaf  sngar 2  pounds. 

Citric  acid 2  ounces. 

Concentrated  essence  of  lemon 2  drachms. 

Essence  of  almonds 20  drops. 

Hot  water 2  pints. 

Dissolve  the  citric  acid  in  hot  water,  add  the  sugar,  and  lastly  the 

lemon  and  almonds.    Stir  well,  cover  with  a  cloth,  and  leave  until  cold. 

Two  table-spoonfuls  to  a  tumbler  of  cold  water  will  make  an  excellent 

drink  as  refreshing  as  the  best  lemonade. 


Pesi  ArUficial   Ci^er. 

Water 25    gallons. 

Honey  (or  iine  syrup  J li  gallons. 

Catechu  (pure) 6   drachms. 

Alum li  ounces. 

Yeast i  pint. 

Ferment  for  fifteen  days  in  a  warm  place,  then  add: 

Bitter  almonds 2  ounces. 

Cloves 2  ounces. 

Whisky 6  pints. 

Burnt  sugar,  to  color. 

If  acid  should  be  in  excess  add  honey  or  sugar;  if  too  sweet  add  cider 

vinegar  to  suit  the  taste. 


Gei|Uii|e  INfeW  Or)eai|s  Mead. 

Sarsaparilla  root  (contused) 8  ounces. 

Licorice 8  ounces. 

Cassia  bark  (contused) 8  ounces. 

Cloves 2  ounces. 

Coriander  seeds 3  ounces. 

Ginger 8  ounces. 

Boil  for  fifteen  minutes  in  eight  gallons  of  water  and  let  stand  till 

cold  to  settle  down,  then  strain  through  a  tiannel  rag,  and  add  to  it  in 

the  fountain: 

Syrup 12  pints. 

Honey 4  pints. 

Tincture  of  ginger 4  ounces. 

Solution  of  citric  acid 4  ounces. 

Add  enough  water  to  complete  ten  gallons,  and  charge  with  gas. — 
Prnf.  E.  S.  Wayne,  in  Kilner  s  Formulary. 


|3akii|g  'PoW^^rs. 


Pure  baking  powders  are  very  simple  in  composition,  care  being 
used  in  preparing  them  and  procuring  pure  ingredients.  According  to 
the  advertised  statements  of  the  various  leading  manufacturers  we  are 


16  SECRETS   OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

forced  to  make  oiir  own  if  we  desire  a  pure  and  wholesome  article.  As 
the  essential  ingredients  of  the  best  baking  powder  are  baking  soda  and 
cream  of  tartar  we  need  only  be  careful  in  buying  of  honest  grocers  or 
druggists  who  wili  guarantee  their  purity.  It  is  not  difficult  to  procure 
pure  soda,  but  the  cream  of  tartar  is  frequently  adulterated,  and  care 
must  be  nsed  in  its  purchase. 

It  is  very  important  that  the  materials  used  must  be  finely  powdered, 
perfectly  dry,  and  thoroughly  mixed.  For  household  j)urposes  a  patent 
sifter  is  the  best  to  use  in  mixing.  Run  the  articles  through  a  number 
of  times  and  free  from  all  lumps.  The  ingredients  can  be  dried  by 
placing  them  in  an  oven  for  a  short  time  before  mixing. 

Baking  Pon^der  No.  1. 

Pure  cream  of  tartar 2  pounds. 

Pure  bicarbonate  of  soda 1  pomid. 

Corn  starch 2  ounces. 

This  is  the  best  that  can  be  made.    One  to  two  tea-spoonfuls  to  a 

qaart  of  floor. 

Baking  Powder  No.  2. 

A  cheaper  powder,  but  superior  to  the  majority  of  powders  you  will 
buy,  is  prepared  as  follows: 

Pure  cream  of  tartar 2  pounds. 

Pure  bicarb(mato  of  soda 2  pounds. 

Tartaric  acid 6  ounces. 

Corn  starch 1  pound. 

Best  flour 4  pounds. 

Use  two  tea-spoonfuls  to  a  quart  of  flower.  Do  not  be  afraid  of  the 
tartaric  acid,  as  it  is  harmless.  It  is  best  to  keep  your  baking  powder 
in  a  well-stopped  jar  or  bottle.  Flour,  terra  alba,  alum,  and  chalk  are 
the  chief  ingredients  used  in  the  adulteration  of  cream  of  tartar.  To 
determine  the  admixture  of  flour  ml)  a  few  grains  of  iodine  with  one 
ounce  of  the  suspected  cream  of  tartar;  if  so  adulterated  «  blue  tint  to 
the  mixture  will  be  produced;  or  by  dissolving  a  small  quantity  in 
water  you  can  prove  its  presence  by  the  stickiness.  Chalk  may  be  de- 
termined by  its  effervescing  on  the  addition  of  diluted  acids;  alum  by 
dissolving  in  hot  water  and  allowing  the  solution  to  chrystnllizo;  terra 
alba  and  other  clays  by  their  insolubility  in  a  hot  solution  of  caustic 
potaasa. 


FlaVoriiig   Exiracis> 

The  profits  to  manufacturers  and  dealers  on  these  household  necessi- 
ties are  very  large,  and  the  prudent  consumer  will  take  advantage  of  the 
flireclions  Lore  given.  Extracts  of  lemon  an<l  vunilla  are  most  fre- 
quently used;  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon,  etc.,  are  usually  used  dry  by 
grating. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  17 

Best  Lemon  Extract. 

Best  deodorized  alcohol 1  pint. 

Oil  of  lemon 1  ounce. 

Cut  the  peels  of  two  lemons  into  fine  pieces  and  add  to  the  alcohol 

and  oil  of  lemon.    Let  stand  for  a  few  days  and  filter  through  a  felt  bag 

or  filtering  paper. 

Extract  of  Tanilla. 

Extract  of  vanilla  is  prepared  direct  from  the  vanilla  bean.  Use 
care  in  the  purchase  of  the  beans,  as  there  are  several  varieties.  The 
Mexican  vanilla  beans  have  the  finest  flavor,  and  the  longer  the  bean,  as 
a  rule,  the  better  the  extract.  There  are  other  excellent  varieties  of 
vanilla  beans,  but  they  have  a  somewhat  ranker  flavor  than  the  Mexican. 
Unscrupulous  jobbers  and  dealers  have  been  known  to  soak  the  whole 
beans  in  spirits,  practically  stealing  all  their  flavor,  and  then  by  drying 
them  place  them  on  the  market.  They  can  be  detected  by  their  light 
color  and  brittleness.  Most  of  the  vanilla  extracts  sold  for  flavoring 
purposes  are  adulterated  with  Tonka  beans  and  other  adulterants, 
some  containing  not  a  i)article  of  vanilla. 

The  following  will  make  a  splendid  article,  and  you  know  what  you 
are  getting  without  paying  high  prices  for  weak  extracts  put  up  in  de- 
ceptive little  panel  bottles.  Dishonest  manufacturers  never  yield  a 
point  in  their  efforts  to  defraud.  Not  content  with  the  liberty  they  take 
with  the  contents  they  employ  the  bottle-makers'  art  to  deceive  us  in 
the  quantity  of  the  precious  stuff: 

Vanilla  beans 1  ounce. 

Sugar _. 1  ounce. 

Cologne  spirits  (deodorized  alcohol) 12  ounces. 

Water 4  ounces. 

Slit  the  beans  and  cut  them  very  fine,  then  mix  them  with  sugar  and 

bruise  until  moderately  fine;  then  mix  with  spirits  and  water  and  put  in 

a  warm  place;  allow  to  stand  for  two  weeks  (longer  the  better)  shaking 

every  day,  and  when  through  filter.    Manufacturers  color  with  caramel 

or  other  coloring,  but  for  home  use  this  is  unnecessary. 

To  Extract  Essential  Oils. 

To  extract  essential  oils  from  wood,  bark,  herbs,  etc.,  put  a  quantity 
of  the  herb  or  other  article  into  a  bottle  or  jar  and  pour  in  a  small  quan- 
tity of  ether.  Keep  in  a  cool  place  several  hours,  and  then  fill  the  nottle 
with  cold  water.  The  essential  oil  will  rise  to  the  surface,  and  may  be 
easily  separated. 


llow  io  Make  I^libber  Siai|ips. 

The  wording  of  the  desired  rubber  stamp  having  been  correctly  set 
up  in  ordinary  type,  the  same  is  locked  up  and  placed  upon  a  level  sup- 
port.   Around  it  is  put  an  iron  frame,  which  will  determine  the  shape 
and  size  of  the  matrix. 
2 


18  SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

By  means  of  a  soft  brush  the  type  as  well  as  all  surronndiiig  parts  • 
that  are  to  be  covered  by  the  plaster  of  Paris  are  well  oiled. 

For  the  purpose  of  making  the  cast  finely  ground  fresh  plaster  of  Paris 
is  needed;  if  of  long  standing,  the  same  will  lose  its  desirable  proper- 
ties. This  plaster  of  Paris,  of  which  a  sufficient  quantity  should  at  one 
time  be  mixed  to  the  consistency  of  pap,  using  clear  water,  is  poured 
over  the  frame  containing  the  type  in  a  thin  layer,  so  as  to  barely  cover 
it.  With  a  stout  brush  the  mixture  is  driven  into  all  spaces  and  inter- 
stices, until  all  details  are  thoroughly  covered.  After  this  the  remain- 
ing pap  of  plaster  of  Pans  is  added  until  the  frame  is  full  to  overflow- 
ing. The  surface  is  smoothed  down  after  tlie  plaster  has  settled  some- 
what, and  in  a  short  while  the  matrix  in  the  frame  may  be  removed  from 
the  type. 

After  this  it  becomes  necessary  to  bake  the  matrix  in  an  oven  for  a 
peiiod  of  from  four  to  six  hours.  When  thoroughly  baked  the  matrix 
should  be  well  brushed  with  a  thin  solution  of  shellac  to  impart  a 
smooth  surface,  and  at  the  same  time  greater  strength, 

The  matrix  at  this  stage  represents  a  yellowish-white  block,  in  which 
the  lettering  appears  indented,  but  in  proper  place.  The  indentation 
corresponds  to  the  height  of  the  letter  upon  the  piece  of  type  or  the 
marks  upon  a  cut,  while  the  remaining  parts  should  be  perfectly  smooth 
and  free  from  holes.  This  matrix,  obtained  by  a  coating  from  the  tyiie 
or  cut,  will  serve  as  the  mould  for  the  final  rul)ber  stamp. 

Pieces  of  caoutchouc  are  cut  to  the  required  size  and  laid  upon  the 
matrix.  If  pressure  is  now  exerted  the  soft  mass  will  adjust  itself  to  fill 
all  the  spaces  and  reproduce  the  mould  invertedly.  Iiidentati(m8  be- 
come raised  matter,  and  the  whole  will  show  as  did  primarily  the  type. 

But  as  the  caoutchouc  lias  a  tendency  to  return  to  its  jirevious  sliape 
it  becomes  necessary  to  apply  the  process  called  vulcanizing.  The  ob- 
ject is  to  impart  hardness  to  the  rubber,  and  to  prevent  its  losing  the 
form  into  which  it  has  been  pressed. 

To  accomplish  this  the  caoutchouc  mast  be  heated  to  a  temperature 
of  from  120  to  1150  deg.  ( ".  As  tlie  substance  is  ordinarily  softened  by  heat 
it  is  necessary  to  take  some  means  to  i)revent  it  from  sticking  to  the 
mould.  For  the  purpose  soapstone  will  answer,  and  the  mould,  as  well 
as  the  piece  of  caoutcliouc,  should  be  well  brushed  or  dusted  with  thia 
substance. 

The  duration  of  the  heating  varies  with  th<'  thickness  of  the  rul)lier 
sheet.  Ah  a  general  thing  from  twenty  to  thirty  minutes  ought  to  l)e 
sufficient.  It  may  be  mentioned  here  that  special  apparatus  can  ))e 
purchased  for  pressing  and  vulcanizing.  The  proper  vulciuiization  is 
of  the  greatest  import;ince  in  dcltTininiiig  the  dtiral)ility  of  the  stamp. 

All  that  remains  to  coiiipli-lc  the  stumps  is  thi-  mounting  of  the  rub- 
ber plalc  upon  a  suitable  basf  or  hamlh-.  This  is  bi-fl  done  t'itlier  with 
zinc  or  with  a  solution  <if  caoutchouc  iii  benzine.  Tlie  surface  of  the 
handle,  as  well  as  the  back  part  of  the  stamps,  having  been  covered  with 
Huch  a  solution  and  well  pressed  together,  aft«'r  drying  the  entire  stamp 
will  bo  ready  for  umj.—Amtjr.  Lith.  and  I'rintur, 


AND  GKEAT   PHYSICIANS.  19 

Veri|iii|  Ex^eri|i]i|ai;ors. 

Phosphorus  or  Luminous  Paste. 

This  is  an  unequaled  preparation  for  destroying  rats,  mice,  cock- 
roaches, etc.  It  attracts  them  by  its  luminous  appearance  and  also  Ijy 
its  odor,  which  is  very  attractive  to  all  vermin.  They  eat  it  with  groat 
avidity. 

Phosphorus i  ounce. 

Armenian  bole 1  ounce. 

Arsenic 1  ounce. 

Oil  of  rhodium i  drachm. 

Tallow '..  10  ounces. 

Rye  flour 12  ounces. 

Water .12  ounces. 

Cook  the  flour  and  water  to  a  thin  paste;  add  the  phosphorus— pre- 
viously melted  m  a  little  hot  water— and  mix;  then  add  the  rest  and  stir 
until  thoroughly  mixed. 

Other  Methods  of  Destkoying  Kats.— fl)  Mix  some  fine  plaster 
of  Paris  with  an  equal  quantity  of  flour;  put  the  mixture  in  the  place  in- 
fested by  the  vermin  and  a  vessel  full  of  water  beside  it.  The  rats  will 
devour  the  mixture  and  then  drink,  whereupon  the  plaster,  brought  into 
contact  with  the  water,  will  become  solid  and  like  a  stone  in  their 
stomachs,  which  will  cause  their  deaths.  (2)  When  a  house  is  infested 
with  rats  which  refuse  to  nibble  at  toasted  cheese  or  the  usual  baits,  a 
few  drops  of  oil  of  rhodium  poured  on  or  near  the  bait  will  at- 
tract them  while  the  most  tempting  baits  fail.  (3)  Cover  the  floor  near 
their  holes  and  place  into  their  haunts  a  quantity  of  caustic  potash. 
This  they  lick  with  their  tongues,  which  makes  tlieir  mouths  sore,  and 
they  not  only  shun  this  locality,  but  appear  to  tell  all  the  neighboring 
rats  about  it.  (4)  Instead  of  using  chloride  of  lime  or  potash  a  quantity 
of  tar  can  be  smeared  in  and  around  their  haunts  and  they  will  disappear. 
Tar  and  rats  do  not  agree.  If  a  live  rat  be  caught,  smeared  with  tar,  and 
allowed  to  escape  into  the  holes  he  will  do  the  smearing  process  thor- 
oughly. 

Koach  and  Moth  Exterminator. 

Thymol  — 2  parts. 

Salicylic  acid *. 2  parts. 

Alcohol 200  parts. 

Oil  of  lemon 1  part. 

This  new,  simple,  and  cheap  preparation  makes  no  stain  and  kills 
the  vermin  immediately.  The  odor  is  not  unpleasant,  and  is  quickly 
removed  by  airing  the  room.  Use  by  sprinkling,  or  moistening  blotting 
paper  with  the  solution. 

Moth  Powder. 

Lupulin 1  drachm. 

[Scotch  snuff 2  ounces. 

( 'amphor  gum 1  ounce. 

Black  pepjier 1  ounce. 

Cedar  sawdust 4  ounces. 

Mix  thoroughly  and  strew  among  the  furs  and  woolens. 


20  SECRETS  OF  WISE   MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Bedbug  Poison. 

Corrosive  sublimate  (in  powder) 2  onnces. 

Alcohol 1  pint. 

Apply  with  a  feather  or  stick  into  their  hiding  places.  Label  poison, 
and  place  all  such  compounds  out  of  the  reach  of  childen. 

Poison  Fly  Paper. 

White  arsenic 1   ounce. 

Sugar i  pound. 

( "oncentrated  lye i  ounce. 

Water 1    quart. 

Dissolve  the  concentrated  lye  in  the  water,  add  the  sugar  and  J)oil  the 
solution,  meanwhile  gradually  adding  the  arsenic.  Wliile  still  warm 
dip  porous  paper  (cut  into  small  squares)  in  the  solution  and  dry  thorn. 
For  use  place  in  plates  or  saucers  partly  filled  with  water  where  the  flies 
can  get  at  them. 

Sticky  Fly  Paper. 

Rosin 8  ounces. 

Lard  or  cotton-seed  oil 3  ounces. 

Boil  together,  spread  thinly  on  manilla  paper,  place  another  sheet  on 

top,  and  when  wanted  pull  them  apart  and  it  is  ready  for  use.    This  is 

now  usually  preferred  to  the  pcjison  paper,  as  the  flies  are  caught  and 

held  and  do  not  die  and  drop  iulo  food,  etc. 

Mosquito  and  Fly  Fri|;litener. 

Petrolatum 1   ounce. 

Paratiine i  ounce. 

Oil  pennyroyal i  <mnce. 

Oil  of  tar -Jounce. 

Carbolic  acid i  drachm. 

Melt  the  solid  ingredients  togetlier,  and  wlion  partly  cooled  add  the 

other  ingredients.    This  is  an  elegant  preparation  to  rub  on  the  hands 

and  face  where  flies,  mosquitos,  gnats,  etc.,  are  troublesome. 


Iliki 


Late  improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  inks  are  due  to  the  dis- 
covery and  clioapening  of  substances  whicti  can  Ix' used  in  preparing 
them.  While  good  common  writing  inks  are  iiuite  easily  procured  in 
the  market,  still  they  can  Ijo  manufactured  much  cheaper  by  the  con- 
sumer; and  (hen  again  tlicre  ace  a  variety  of  siiecial  jiurposes  which  re- 
qtiire  inks  tliat  are  iml  tm  sah>,  and  fonuiilas  for  making  them  are  very 
valual)li'.  In  this  concclion  wo  give  approved  and  tested  formulas  for 
cverytliing  in  tlic  ink  line 

KiiK'  itiHck  Ink. 

I  t'KoM    I.OIIWCMII).  I 

A  good  lilack  ink  can  be  made  by  lioiling:!  iinnndHof  h>gwn<id  with 
MiiHirient  water  1<»  leave  a  residue  <»t  Tt  quarts.  When  cold  add  H  drachms 
of  yellow  bichromate  of  potonh  and  stir  thoroughly.    To  prevent  thick- 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS,  21 

ening  add  a  few  drops  of  fiolution  of  mercury  salt.    It  flows  freely  from 

the  pen,    Its  color  at  first  is  of  a  dark  indigo-blue  tint,  changing  soon 

into  a  permanent  black.      A  Ijeautiful  gloss  may  be  given  to  this  or  any 

other  black  ink  by  adding  a  strong  solution  of  shellac  and  borax. 

Fine  Black  Ink. 

[from  aniline.] 

Black  aniline  crystals  f negrosine) li  ounces. 

Dextrine 1   ounce. 

Corrosive  sublimate 5    grains. 

Water 2    quarts. 

Dissolve  the  negrosine  in  a  quart  of  hot  water;  dissolve  the  corrosive 
sublimate  and  dextrine  in  the  remaining  quart,  and  pour  all  together. 
This  is  a  splendid  ink,  flows  freely  from  the  pen,  and  will  keep  well. 

In  making  ink  use  care  in  buying  the  best  anilines  and  other  ingre- 
dients.   This  is  important. 

Fine  Ked  Ink. 

Eosine  aniline 100  grains. 

Water 1  pint. 

Simply  dissolve  the  aniline  in  the  water.    No  better  bright,  fiery  red 

ink  can  be  made. 

Fine  Violet  Ink. 

Violet  aniline 70   grains. 

Alcohol i  ounce. 

Dextrine 4  ounce. 

Hot  water 1   pint. 

Dissolve  the  aniline  in  the  alcohol  and  the  dextrine  in  the  hot  water, 

and  mix  them. 

Fine  Blue  Ink. 

Water  blue  aniline 1    drachm. 

Dextrine i  ounce. 

Hot  water 1    pint. 

One-fourth  of  an  ounce  of  Prussian  blue  may  be  used  instead  of  the 

water  IdIuc  aniline. 

Fine  Green  Ink. 

Green  aniline 1   drachm. 

Dextrine i  ounce. 

Hot  water 1  iiint. 

Aniline  inks  of  any  color  can  )je  made  in  a  similar  manner.    Simply 

get  the  desired  color  of  aniline.    Maroon  ink  may  be  made  by  mixing 

equal  quantities  of  black,  blue,  and  red  inks;  yellow  by  adding  li 

drachms  of  picric  acid  to  1  pint  of  hot  water. 

Copying  Ink. 

Take  1  pint  of  the  violet-black  ink  and  add  1  ounce  each  of  sugar 
and  gum  Arabic.  This  is  for  what  is  called  moist  copying  where  a 
press  is  used.  For  what  is  termed  dry  copying  mix  about  i  pint  of 
glycerine  to  a  pint  of  any  good  black  ink.  The  manuscript,  if  written 
on  glazed  paper,  will  not  dry  for  hours,  and  will  yield  one  or  two  fair, 
neat,  dry  copies  by  simple  pressure  of  the  hand.  The  -writing  should 
not  be  excessively  fine  nor  the  strokes  uneven  or  heavy.  The  copies  and 
the  original  are  neater  than  when  water  is  used. 


22  SECKETS   OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

(iaflfnnrs  Iiidestrnrtible  Ink. 

Lampblack 1  part. 

Potash  water  >?lass 12  parts. 

A(iua  ammonia 1  part. 

Distilled  water 38  parts. 

The  potash  water  glass  should  be  of  the  consistency  of  syrup. 
Hektoirraph  Ink. 

(SKE  PAGE  1.) 

A  good  purple  ink  to  use  on  the  gelatine  copying  pad,  or  hektograph, 

is  prepared  as  follows: 

Methyl  violet 1   ounce. 

Water 8   ounces. 

Glycerine 1    ounce. 

Alcohol i  ounce. 

Dissolve  the  methyl-violet  in  tlie  water  and  aild  the  glycerine.  Gently 
warm  the  solution  for  an  hour,  and  after  cooling  adil  the  alcohol. 

When  black  liektograph  ink  is  desired,  instead  of  the  methyi-violet 
use  double  the  amount  of  negrosine. 

White  Ink. 

An  excellent  white  ink,  which  can  be  used  with  a  pen  for  writing  on 

colored  cards  or  paper,  may  be  made  as  follows: 

Flake  white 12  drachms. 

Mucilage  of  gum  Arabic C  drachms. 

If  too  thick  add  water;  if  too  thin,  more  mucilage.  Shake  well  while 

using. 

Riiliber-Stanip  Ink. 

Aniline  (desired  color) i  ounce. 

G  ly cerine 2   ounces. 

Itibbon  Ink. 

FOR  TYPE-WKITEK8,  DATING  STAMPS,  ETC. 

Aniline i  ounce. 

Alcohol 4   ounces. 

(ilycerino 7    ounces. 

Water 4    ounces. 

Dissolve  the  aniline  in  the  alcohol  and  add  the  other  ingredients. 

Markinif  Ink. 

FOB  PACKAGES  AND  BOXES. 

Extract  of  Lf)gwood 8   ounces. 

Jiichroniate  of  potash 1    fmnce. 

Hydrochloric  acid I  ounce. 

Dext  ri  no 4   ounces. 

Water i  gallon. 

Boil  the  logwood  with  the  water,  add  the  acid  and  potash,  and  lastly 
the  dextrine. 

Indelible  Ink. 

FOR  MARKINO   I-INEN,  ETC. 

Dissolve  T)  parts  of  lunar  caustic  in  10  parts  of  spirit  of  sal  ammoniac. 
Add  to  tlie  H(jlutiou  7  parts  of  pure  soda,  5  of  gum  Arabic,  and  12  of 
water. 


AND  GBEAT   PHYSICIANS.  23 

Ink  Tor  Writing  on  Metals. 

VALUABLE  IN   MASKING  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS. 

Muriatic  acid 1    ounce. 

Nitric  acid i  ounce. 

Cover  tlie  portion  of  metal  you  wish  to  write  upon  with  melted  bees- 
wax and  allow  it  to  cool.  Write  the  inscription  plainly  with  any  sharp- 
pointed  instrument  through  the  beeswax  to  the  metal.  Apply  the  acids 
with  a  feather  or  rag,  careftdly  filling  each  letter,  and  let  it  remain  from 
one  to  thirty  minutes,  according  to  the  desired  depth  of  the  lettering, 
after  wnich  wash  off  the  beeswax  and  acids  and  rub  over  with  a  little 
sweet  oil  to  prevent  further  rust  or  tarnish. 

Ink  Powders. 

As  in  the  case  of  fluid  inks  there-  are  many  formulas  for  preparing 
ink  powders.    The  following  are  the  best: 

Black.— Nut-galls,  1  ounce:  copperas,  i  ounce;  gum  Arabic,  7  ounces. 
Add  one  clove  to  to  this  quantity.  Or,  take  negrosine,  1  ounce;  dex- 
trine, 3  ounces;  mix. 

Blue. — Water  blue  aniline,  1  ounce;  dextrine,  5  ounces.  Or,  soluble 
Prussian  blue,  i  ounce;  dextrine,  t  ounce. 

Green. —Aniline  green,  44  parts;  gelatine,  4  parts,  and  lunar  caustic, 
2  parts.    Or,  green  aniline,  1  part;  dextrine,  4  parts. 

Ked. — Eosine  aniline,  1  ounce;  dextrine,  1  ounce. 

A  tea-spoonful  to  a  table-spoonftd  of  the  powder  is  dissolved  in  1 
pint  of  water,  requiring  from  i  to  1  hour  to  make  the  solution. 

Disappearing  Ink. 

Boil  some  nut-galls  in  aqua  fortis,  and  add  to  the  infusion  some  gum 
Arabic  and  a  little  sulphuric  acid.  When  written  on  paper  this  ink  is 
perfectly  legible,  but  will  disappear  from  the  paper  in  a  few  days. 

Invisible  Ink. 

Invisible  inks  are  those  which  when  first  written  are  not  visible,  but 

upon  the  application  of  heat  or  other  means  the  characters  are  made  to. 

appear  distinctly.    The  following  are  decidedly  the  best  preparations 

fortius  purpose: 

Oil  of  vitriol 1  fluid  ounce. 

Soft  water 1  pint. 

This  makes  a  fluid  which  is  perfectly  invisible  until  heat  is  applied 
by  holding  over  a  lamp  or  by  placing  in  an  oven,  when  it  changes  to  a 
permanent  blacK.  Write  with  a  clean  steel  pen.  All  invisible  inks 
will  show  on  glazed  paper,  therefore  unglased  paper  should  be  used. 

Another  singular  invisible  ink  is  made  as  follows:  Oxide  of  cobalt, 
i  ounce;  muriatic  acid,  sufficient  to  dissolve  it;  water,  4  ounces;  muci- 
lage of  gum  acacia,  1  drachm.  Place  in  a  stained  bottle.  Characters 
written  with  this  solution  are  invisible,  but  on  the  application  of  heat 
they  instantly  appear  in  blue.  On  cooling  they  again  become  in- 
visible. 


24  SECRETS   OF   WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

luk  Erasint;  Fluid. 

Hydrochloric  acid i  ounce. 

Water 1   pint. 

Mix,  bottle,  and  label  No.  1. 

Solution  of  chlorinated  soda I  pint. 

Water 1    pint. 

Mix,  bottle,  and  label  No.  2. 

To  erase  ink  dip  the  end  of  a  penholder  or  pencil  in  No.  1  and  apply 
to  the  writing,  and  do  the  same  with  No.  2.  Let  remain  a  moment  and 
bhit  off  with  clean  blotting-paper.  If  the  characters  are  not  erased  re- 
peat as  before. 


Cei|iei|is  ai|^  GlUe. 

Arinenimi  (ilue. 

The  jewellers  of  Turkey,  wiio  are  mostly  .\rmenians,  have  a  singular 
metho<l  of  ornamenting  watcli  cases,  etc.,  with  diamonds  and  other 
precious  stones  by  simply  gluing  or  cementing  tliem  on.  Tlie  stone  is 
set  in  gold  or  silver  and  the  lower  part  of  the  metal  made  fiat,  or  to  cor- 
respond to  that  part  to  which  it  is  to  be  fixed.  It  is  then  warmed 
gently  and  the  glue  applied,  which  is  so  very  strong  that  ttie  parts  thus 
cemented  never  sej«irate.  For  tliis  glue,  winch  will  firmly  unite  bits  of 
glass  and  even  iKdislied  steel,  and  whicn  may  of  course  be  applied  to 
a  vast  variety  of  useful  puri)oses,  large  number  of  formulas  have  been 
published.  The  following  is  the  original  recipe.  Dissolve  5  or  6  bits  of 
gum  mastic,  each  the  size  of  a  large  pea,  in  as  much  alcohol  as  will 
suffice  to  render  them  liquid;  in  another  vessel  dissolve  as  much  isin- 
glass, previously  softened  a  little  in  water  (though  none  of  the  water 
must  be  nsetl),  in  good  brandy  or  rum  as  will  make  a  two-ounce  vial  of 
very  strong  glue,  adding  two  small  bits  of  gaibanum  or  ammoniacuui, 
which  must  be  rubbed  or  ground  until  they  are  dissolved.  Then  mix 
the  whole  with  a  sufficient  heat.  Keep  the  glue  in  a  vial  closely  corked, 
and  when  it  is  to  be  used  set  the  vial  in  boiling  water.  To  avoid  crack- 
ing the  vial  by  exposure  to  such  sudden  heat  use  a  thin  green  glass  vial 
and  hold  it  in  the  steam  for  a  few  seconds  before  iinmersing  it  in  the 
hot  water. —  Workshop  firrcijit/t. 

(ilutiiia  Cement. 

FOB  OLASS,  CHINA,  W(?OD,  LEATHEB,  ETO. 

(ielatine  (Cooper's  or  Cox's) 3  ounces. 

Acetic  acid 2  ounces. 

<  'arbolic  acid .'i  grains. 

Oil  of  cloves (J  minims. 

Water  enough  to  make 1  jiint. 

Hoak  the  gelatine  in  half  a  pint  of  water  for  four  hours.  Place  in  a 
bottle  ami  heal  in  a  water  bath:  add  the  acids,  dissolve,  add  the  oil  of 
cloves  and  sufficient  hot  wat<>r  to  make  a  pint,  and  strain. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  25 

To  Cement  Iron  to  Iron. 

Powdered  cast-iron  bore  chips 60  parts. 

Sal-ammoniac 2  parts. 

Flowers  of  sulphur 1  part. 

Mix,  and  stir  the  mixture  into  a  stifif  paste  by  adding  water.  Use 
while  fresh. 

Cementing  Metal  to  (ilass,  Stone,  Etc. 

For  attaching  metal  plates,  such  as  metal  letters,  etc.,  to  flat  sheets 
of  glass  or  windows,  the  following  is  excellent: 

( "opal  varnish 15  parts. 

Drying  oil 5  parts. 

Turpentine 3  parts. 

Melt  in  a  water  Ijath,  and  add  10  parts  of  slaked  lime.  The  cement 
commonly  used  for  fastening  the  tops  on  kerosene  lanips  is  plaster  of 
Paris,  which  is  porous,  quickly  penetrated  by  the  kerosene,  and  readily 
destroyed.  A  cement  which  does  not  have  this  defect  is  made  by  boil- 
ing 3  parts  of  resin  and  1  of  caustic  soda  in  5  of  water.  This  composi- 
tion forms  a  soap,  which  mix  with  half  its  weight  of  plaster  of  Paris. 
Use  while  fresh. 


Pasiesj 


Paste  for  Wall-paper,  Etc. 

Dissolve  I  ounce  of  salicylic  acid  in  half  a  gallon  of  warm  water,  and 
when  cold  stir  in  as  much  flour  as  will  bring  it  to  the  consistency  of 
cream,  being  particular  to  break  up  all  the  lumps;  next  place  it  on  the 
fire  and  allow  it  to  cook  gently  for  a  few  minutes,  stirring  well  mean- 
while. This  paste  answers  a  variety  of  purposes.  The  salicylic  acid  is 
to  keep  it  from  spoiling.  The  addition  of  1  ounce  of  powdered  colo- 
cynth  to  the  above  amount  will  effectually  banish  all  insects  and  worms 
from  the  walls  where  the  paper  is  pasted. 

Paste  for  Labeling  on  Tin. 

Ordinary  pastes  will  not  adhere  labels  to  tin.  The  following  is  a 
good  one:  Make  a  paste  of  gum  tragacanth  and  add  a  little  oil  of  winter- 
green.  Apply  by  removing  the  film  of  grease  from  the  tin  by  a  solution 
of  caustic  soda  (10  parts  of  water  to  1  of  soda).  Apply  with  a  rag  to  the 
spot  on  which  you  wish  to  affix  the  label. 

Paste  to  Fasten  Cloth  or  Leather  on  Wooden  Surfaces. 

Wheat  flour 2}  pounds 

Resin  (powdered) i  ounce. 

Salicylic  acid i  ounce. 

Rub  together  till  a  uniform  paste  is  formed,  transfer  to  a  small  ket- 
tle over  a  fire,  heat,  and  stir  until  the  lumps  are  all  dissolved  and  the 
paste  becomes  stiff;  tranfer  to  another  vessel  and  cover  up.  This  paste 
is  applied  in  a  thin  layer  to  the  surface  of  the  table  or  desk  to  be 
covered,  the  cloth  or  leather  is  then  laid  on  and  smoothed  with  a  roller. 
If  leather  is  to  be  fastened  on  it  must  be  first  dampened. 


26  SECBETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Brilliant  Stucco  Whitewash. 

This  is  a  time-tried  whitewash,  either  for  inside  or  outside  work,  and 
has  lieen  known  to  retain  its  brilliancy  for  over  thirty  years.  Nice  un- 
slaked lime,  '2  bushel;  slake  it  with  boiling  water;  cover  it  during  the 
process  to  keep  in  the  steam.  Strain  the  liquid  through  a  fine  sieve  or 
strainer,  and  add  to  it  '4  busliel  of  stilt,  previously  well  dissolved  in 
water;  rice,  3  pounds — boiled  to  a  thin  paste  and  stirred  in  Ijoiling  hot; 
Spanish  whiting, '2  pound;  best  glue,  1  pound,  which  has  been  pre- 
viously dissolved  by  soaking  it  well,  and  then  hanging  it  over  a  slow  fire 
in  a  small  kettle  immersed  in  a  larger  one  filled  with  water.  Nt)W  add 
hot  water,  5  gallons,  to  the  mixture,  stir  well,  and  let  it  stand  a  few  days 
covered  from  the  dirt.  It  should  be  put  on  hot.  For  this  purpose  it  is 
best  to  keep  it  in  a  kettle  on  a  portaljle  furnace,  or  use  otlier  means 
more  convenient.  It  answers  as  well  as  oil  paint  for  brick  or  stone,  and 
is  much  cheaper. 

Coloring  matter,  dissolved  in  alcohol,  may  be  put  in  and  made  of  any 
shade  you  like.  Spanish  brown  stirred  in  will  make  red-pink,  more  or 
less  <leep,  according  to  (juantity.  A  delicate  tinge  of  this  is  very  j)retty 
for  inside  walls.  Finely  pulverized  common  clay,  well  mixed  with 
Spanish  white,  makes  reddish  stone  color.  Yellow  ochre  stirred  in 
makes  yellow  wash,  but  chrome  goes  furtlier,  and  makes  a  color  gener- 
ally esteemed  prettier.  In  all  these  cases  the  darkness  of  tlic  shade  is 
of  course  determined  by  the  quantity  of  the  coloring  used.  It  isditiieult 
to  make  roles,  because  tastes  diflfer.  It  would  be  best  to  try  experiments 
on  a  shingle,  and  let  it  dry.  Green  must  not  be  mixed  with  lime.  The 
lime  destroys  the  color,  and  tlie  color  has  an  effect  on  the  whitewash 
whicli  makes  it  crack  and  peel.  When  insiile  walls  liave  been  badly 
smoked  and  you  wish  to  make  tlieiii  a  clean,  clear  wliite,  it  is  well  to 
squeeze  indigo  plentifully  througli  a  bag  into  the  water  you  use  before 
it  is  stirred  intf>  the  whole  mixture;  or  blue  vitriol  pulverized  and  dis- 
solved in  boiling  water  and  jmt  into  wliitewash  gives  a  beautiful  blue 
tint.  If  a  larger  quantity  than  five  gallons  be  wanted  the  same  propor- 
tiops  should  be  observed. 

Durable  I'aint  for  Tin  Roors. 

liinseed  oil 30  jnirts. 

Oil  of  turpentine Ill  parts. 

Colcothar 14  parts. 

Ke<l  chalk Hi  parts. 

The  cohiring  substances  are  pulverized  .and  tlie  mixture  ground. 
Should  the  mixture  be  too  thick  reduce  it  with  equal  parts  of  linseed 
oil  and  oil  of  turpentine.  Give  the  roof  two  coats,  allowing  the  firhl  to 
dry  before  a|>plying  the  second.  See  that  the  tin  is  free  from  rust,  and 
the  cuatH  should  not  lje  laid  on  Uh)  thick  nor  too  tliin. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS  27 

Paint  for  Roofs. 

Pulverized  slate  (argrillaceous  schist) 35  parts. 

Palverized  mica  slate  (mica  schist) ;50  parts. 

Pulverized  rosin 35  parts. 

Mix,  and  add  one-half  its  volume  of  pure  coal-tar  and  boil  to  a  fluid 
mass. 

This  paint  gives  a  very  durable  and  pliant  covering,  which  does  not 
melt  in  the  greatest  heat  of  summer  nor  cracli  or  I^reak  in  the  greatest 
cold.  It  resists  moisture,  and  a  roof  painted  with  it  need  not  be  gone 
over  again  for  four  or  five  years. 

Paint  for  Blackboards. 

Common  glue,  4  ounces;  flour  of  emery,  3  ounces,  and  just  lampblack 
enough  to  give  an  inky  color  to  the  ijreparation.  Dissolve  the  glue  in 
%  quart  of  warm  water,  put  in  the  lampblack  and  emery,  stir  till  there 
are  no  lumps,  then  apply  to  the  board  with  a  woolen  rag  smoothly 
rolled.    Three  coats  should  be  given. 

Removing  Smell  of  Paint. 

Place  a  vessel  of  lighted  charcoal  in  the  room  and  place  on  it  two  or 
three  hanilfuls  of  juniper  berries;  shut  the  windows,  chimneys,  and 
doors  and  twenty-four  hours  afterward  the  room  may  be  opened,  when 
it  will  be  found  that  the  sickly,  unwholesome  smell  will  be  gone.  An- 
other very  simple  method  is  to  plunge  a  handful  of  hay  into  a  pail  of 
water  and  let  it  stand  in  the  newly-painted  room. 

Paint  Remover. 

To  remove  dry  paint  or  hard  iiutty  make  a  satorated  solution  of 
caustic  of  potassa  with  water.  Apply  to  the  paint  with  a  swab.  After 
a  short  time  it  will  be  easily  removed. 


S^a]i|iig  iVoo^* 


Ebouizing  Wood. 

Logwood  chips 8   ounces. 

Copperas i  ounce. 

Lampblack i  ounce. 

Water,  sufficient. 
Boil  the  logwood  for  30  minutes  in  a  gallon  of  water,  and  then  add 
the  copperas  and  lampblack.    Apply  to  the  wood  hot,  giving  a  number 
of  coats.    In  varnishing  ebonized  wood  a  little  drop  black  must  be 
added  to  the  varnish  or  it  will  give  a  brown  shade. 

Staining  Wood  Rose  Color. 

A  brilliant  and  uniform  rose  color  can  be  imparted  to  wood  and  veg- 
etable ivory  by  chemical  precipitation,  as  follows:  The  first  bath  con- 
sists of  8  parts  of  potassium  iodide  to  100  parts  of  water.  Tlie  second 
bath  is  prepared  by  mixing  2i  parts  of  corrossve  sublimate  with  100 


28  SECEETS   OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

parts  of  water.  Immerse  the  wood  for  a  few  hours  in  the  first  bath, 
then  place  it  in  the  second,  in  whicli  it  will  acquire  a  beautiful  rose 
color.  Varnish  the  wood  after  drying.  Both  baths  can  be  repeatedly 
used  without  renewing  them. 

Imitation  of  Cedar. 

Mix  2  parts  by  weight  of  catechu,  1  part  of  caustic  soda,  and  100  of 
water.  The  best  wood  to  use  is  white  wood,  and  after  the  article  is 
linislied  it  is  boiled  in  the  stain  for  several  hours,  rinsed,  and  dried. 
The  length  of  time  in  boiling  depends  upon  the  depth  of  color  desired. 
This  is  a  very  deep  and  natural  stain. 

Hard  Coatiiii;  for  Wood. 

To  coat  wood  with  a  substance  as  hard  as  stone  apply  the  following 

mixture  while  hot  with  a  jrush: 

Lime 40  parts. 

Resin 50  parts. 

Linseed  oil 4  parts. 


Meial  ai|d  Glass  Secreis. 

Hardening  Coniposition  for  Steel. 

Spermaceti  oil 95   quarts. 

Melted  tallow 20   pounds. 

Neat's  foot  oil 4!  quarts. 

Pitch 1    pound. 

Bosin 3   pounds. 

Melt  the  rosin  and  pitch  together,  add  the  other  ingredients,  and 
heat  all  in  an  iron  vessel  until  all  moisture  is  driven  out,  and  the  heated 
mass  ignites  from  a  burning  cliip  of  wood  held  over  it;  the  fiame  is  at 
once  extinguished  by  a  chise-fitting  lid. 

In  using  the  method  for  saw  blades,  they  are  first  heated  in  a  suitable 
furnace  and  then  placed  vertically,  teetli  upward,  in  trouglis  filleil  with 
the  mixture.  After  sufficient  cooling  they  are  taken  out  and  wiped  with 
a  piece  of  leather  so  that  only  a  slight  film  of  fat  reiiiains.  They  ar(» 
then  i)laced  flat  over  a  coal  fire  until  the  coating  of  fat  ignites,  which 
may  burn  as  freely  as  required  for  great  harcbiess.  Screws,  or  other 
articles  which  require  a  less  degree  of  hardness,  are  dipped  into  the  hot 
mixture  and  brought  to  a  white  heat. 

Composition  to  Toughen  Steel. 

Resin 2  ponnds. 

Tallow 2  ponnds. 

Ulack  i)itch 1  pounii. 

Melt  togetlier  and  dip  the  steel  in  the  mixture  when  hot. 
To  Soften  Iron  or  Steel. 

Anoint  the  article  all  over  with  tallow,  temper  it  in  a  gentle  charcoal 
fire,  and  let  it  cool  itself;  or  take  a  little  clay,  cover  your  iron  with  it, 
and  temper  in  a  charcoal  tire. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  29 

Restorinc  Iliirnt  Steel. 

It  is  not  generally  known  that  burnt  steel  may  be  almost  instantane- 
ously restored  by  plunging  it  while  hot  in  cold  water  and  hammering  it 
witli  light  strokes  on  the  anvil,  turning  it  so  as  to  hammer  all  over  it, 
again  dipping  in  tlie  cold  water,  and  repeating  the  hammering  process 
as  before.    Try  again  if  you  do  not  succeed  the  first  time. 

Welding  Cast-Steel. 

Rock  saltpeter k  pound. 

Oil  vitriol i  pound. 

Water 1   gallon. 

Dissolve  the  saltpeter  in  the  vitriol  and  add  it  to  the  water.  After 
scarfing  the  steel  get  it  hot;  and  quench  in  the  preparation.  Then  weld 
the  same  as  a  piece  of  iron,  hammering  itvery  quickly  with  light  blows. 
It  answers  the  purpose  much  better  than  borax.  Cork  it  in  a  bottle  and 
it  will  keep  for  years. 
Another: 

Borax 15  parts. 

Sal-ammoniac 2  parts. 

Cyanide  of  potassium 2  parts. 

Dissolve  all  in  water,  and  evaporate  the  water  at  a  low  temperature. 
To  Drill  Hardened  Steel, 

Cover  your  steel  with  melted  beeswax,  and  when  cold  make  a  hole  in 
the  wax  with  a  fine-pointed  needle  or  other  article  the  size  of  the  hole 
you  require;  put  a  drop  of  strong  nitric  acid  upon  it,  and  after  an  hour 
rinse  off  and  apply  again.    It  will  gradually  eat  through. 

To  Drill  Holes  in  Cast-Iron. 

By  means  of  carbolic  acid  a  hole  '4  of  an  inch  in  diameter  has  been 
drilled  through  '4  inch  thickness  of  cast-iron  with  a  carpenter's  brace. 

To  Solder  Ferrules  for  Tool  Handles. 

Take  your  ferrule,  lap  round  the  "joining"  a  small  piece  of  brass 
wire,  then  wet  tlie  ferrule,  scatter  on  the  joining  ground  borax,  put  it 
on  tlie  end  of  a  wire,  and  liold  it  in  tlie  fire  till  the  brass  fuses.  It  will 
fill  up  the  joining  and  form  a  perfect  solder.  It  may  afterward  be 
turned  in  the  lathe. 

Soldering;  Without  a  Soldering  Iron. 

Cut  a  piece  of  a  tin-foil  the  size  of  the  surface  to  be  soldered,  then 
pass  over  the  surface  a  solution  of  sal-ammoniac,  place  the  tin-foil  be- 
tween the  pieces,  and  heat  over  a  lamj)  or  fire  until  the  foil  melts.  In- 
stead of  the  solution  of  sal-ammoniac  equal  jiarts  of  water  and  hydro- 
chloric acid  saturated  with  zinc  can  be  used  just  as  well. 

To  Ck'.in  (lun-liarrels  from  Lead. 

Pour  in  a  little  mercury,  agitate  it  over  the  interior  surface  of  tlie 
barrel,  and  pour  it  out  again.  The  mercury  will  amalgamate  the  lead 
and  remove  it. 


30  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

To  Ko-sUarpen  Old  Files. 

Ralpratns 4  ounces. 

Water 1  quart. 

Dissolve  the  salenitus  in  tlie  water.  Boil  the  old  files  or  rasps  in  this 
solution  for  half  an  hour.  Tlien  take  out,  wash,  and  dry  them.  Next 
stand  them  in  a  jar,  filling  it  up  with  rain  water  and  suljihuric  acid  in 
the  proportion  of  water,  1  quart;  sulphuric  acid,  4  ounces.  Coarse  files 
should  remain  in  the  batli  twelve  hours  and  fine  ones  two  or  three  hours 
less.  Take  them  out,  wasli  them  clean,  dry  quickly  and  thoroughly,  and 
rub  them  with  sweet  oil  to  prevent  rusting. 

Anotlier  method,  though  not  so  effectual,  is  to  pour  a  few  drops  of 
benzole  upon  the  file  and  brush  thoroughly  w4th  a  scratch  brush. 

Meiidintr  Tinware  by  Candle  Heat. 

This  is  such  a  simi)le  and  cheap  way  of  mending  tinware  that  a  per- 
son with  just  a  l)it  of  ingenuity  can  do  his  own  work  in  this  line.  Take 
a  vial  anout  two-thirds  full  of  muriatic  acid  and  put  into  it  little  bits 
of  sheet  zinc  as  long  as  the  acid  will  dissolve  tliem.  Then  put  in  a 
crumi)  of  sal-ammoniac  and  fill  uj)  witli  water  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 
Wet  the  cork  in  tlie  vial  and  with  it  wet  the  edges  of  the  place  to  1)0 
mended.  Then  put  a  piece  of  sheet  zinc  over  the  liole  and  hold  a  lighted 
candle  or  spirit  lamp  under  the  place,  which  melt.s  the  solder  on  the  tin 
and  causes  the  zinc  to  adhere  without  further  trouble.  Do  not  forget  to 
wet  the  zinc  also  with  the  solution. 

A  Good  Way  to  Sharpen  Razors. 

Put  tlie  razor  blade  for  half  an  liour  in  wafer  to  which  has  been  added 
one-twentieth  of  its  weight  of  muriatic  or  sulphuric  acid,  and  after  a 
few  hours  "set"  it  on  a  hone.  Tlie  acid  acts  as  a  whetstone  by  corrod- 
ing the  whole  surface  uniformly. 

Ilazor-Strop  Past*. 

Moisten  flour  of  emery  witli  tallow  or  sweet  oil. 

C'lifliiiK  Ovals  and  hifferent  Shapes  on  filasN. 

Scratcli  the  glass  around  the  shape  you  desire  witli  tlie  corner  of  n  file 
or  graver;  then  having  bent  a  piece  of  wire  the  same  shape  heat  it  red- 
hot  and  lay  it  upon  the  scratch,  and  sink  the  glass  into  cohl  water  just 
(Ifcp  enough  for  the  water  to  come  almost  on  a  level  with  U.s  upper  sur- 
face.   It  rarely  fails  to  break  perfectly  true. 

Ktohinir  on  (ilasN. 

narinm  sulphate H  ounces. 

Ainiiioiii.'i  fluoride 1  ounce. 

Afirl  snipliiiric,  ii  Miifficient  (pianfity  to  derompoHo  llie  ammonia 
fliioridf  and  maxim;  the  iiiixtiiri- of  a  semi-fluid  coiiMistency.  It  iiiiisl 
]»•  prep.'in-d  in  a  leadi-ii  vessel.  It  can  be  iihimI  with  a  ciiimiiini  pen,  but 
must  bf  kfpt  ill  bottles  coated  inside  with  paratline,  beeswax,  or  gutta- 
percha, with  ruljber  stoppers. 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS.  31 

To  Drill  and  Ornament  Glass. 

Any  hard  steel  tool  will  cut  glass  with  great  facility  when  kept  freely 
wet  with  camphor  dissolved  in  turpentine.  A  drill-bow  may  be  used, 
or  even  the  hand  alone.  A  hole  bored  may  be  readily  enlarged  by  a 
round  file.  The  ragged  edges  of  glass  vessels  may  also  be  thus  easily 
smoothed  by  a  flat  file.  Flat  window  glass  can  reailily  be  sawed  by  a 
watch-spring  saw  by  aid  of  this  solution.  In  short,  the  most  brittle 
glass  can  be  wrought  almost  as  easily  as  brass  by  the  use  of  cutting- 
tools  Isept  constantly  moist  with  camphorized  oil  of  turpentine. 


Plaiiiig  \VUhoUl  a  paHery. 

Silver-Plating  Solution. 

Nitrate  of  silver  (crystals) i  ounce. 

f 'yanuret  potassa i  ounce. 

Prepared  Spanish  whiting 1   ounce. 

Pure  rain  water 2i  ounces. 

Mix  all  together  in  a  glass  vessel,  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  Thoroughly 

clean  the  article  from,  all  grease  and  dirt  (see  polishing  preparations, 

page  12j,  and  apply  with  a  soft  rag  or  brush  and  polish  with  a  chamois 

skin. 

Silvering  Powder. 

Chloride  of  silver 1   ounce. 

Pearlash 3   ounces. 

Common  salt li  ounces. 

Whiting 1   ounce. 

Powder  and  mix  the  articles  thoroughly.  This  is  excellent  in  silver- 
ing brass  and  copper  articles.  Clean  the  surface  of  the  article,  as  in 
the  preceding  preparation,  and  apply  the  mixture  by  rubbing  on  witli  a 
cork  or  piece  of  soft  leather  moistened  with  water  and  dipped  in  the 
powder.  Afterward  the  metal  should  be  well  washed  in  hot  water  and 
wiped  dry. 

(iold-Plating  Solution. 

Gold  amalgam i  ounce. 

Nitro  muriatic  acid 1  ounce. 

Alcohol 2   ounces. 

Dissolve  the  amalgam  in  the  acid  and  then  add  the  alcohol.  Thor- 
oughly clean  the  article  to  be  plated  and  apply  the  solution  with  a  soft 
brush.  Rinse  and  dry  in  sawdust  or  with  tissue  paper  and  polish  with 
cliamois  skin. 

Nickeling  Iron  Without  Electricity. 

To  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  5  or  10  per  cent  strong  add  enough 
nickel  salt  to  give  the  usual  color  of  nickel  bath.  Cleanse  the  articles 
and  put  them  in  the  solution  for  from  ]  to  1  hour. 


32  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Go)^  ai)^  Silver  ii|iiiaiioi|S> 

Imitation  Gold. 

An  American  has  discovered  a  beautiful  alloy,  which  has  been  most 
successfully  applied  as  a  substitute  for  gold.  It  is  composed  of  pure 
copper,  100  parts;  pure  tin,  17  parts;  magnesia,  6  parts;  tartar  of  com- 
merce, 9  parts;  sal-ammoniac,  3.6  parts,  and  quicklime,  1.6  parts.  Tiie 
copper  is  first  melted,  then  the  lime,  magnesia,  sal-ammoniac,  and  tar- 
tar are  added,  little  at  a  time,  and  the  whole  is  briskly  stirred  for  about 
lialf  an  hour,  so  as  to  mix  thoroughly,  after  which  the  tin  is  thrown  on 
the  surface  in  small  grains,  stirring  until  entirely  fused.  The  cruciljle 
is  now  covered  and  the  fusion  kept  up  for  about  thirty-five  minutes, 
when  the  dross  is  skimmed  off,  and  the  alloy  found  ready  for  use.  It  is 
quite  maleable  and  ductile,  and  may  be  drawn,  stamped,  chased,  lieaten 
into  powder,  or  into  leaves,  like  gold  leaf,  in  all  of  which  conditions  it 
is  not  distinguishable  from  gold  even  by  good  judges,  except  by  its  in- 
ferior weight. 

Iiiiittition  Silver. 

Combine  by  fusion  1  part  pure  copper,  24  parts  block  tin,  1!  parts 
pure  antimony,  i  part  pure  bismuth,  and  2  parts  clear  glass.  The  glass 
may  be  omitted  save  in  cases  where  it  is  an  object  to  have  the  metal 
sonorous. 


Care  of  Teeih,  MoUiH,  ai|^  preaiK. 

Tlie  tooth,  through  negligence  and  ignorance,  receive  less  attention 
among  the  majority  of  people  than  any  otiier  subject  of  a  personal  char- 
acter. The  care  of  children's  teeth  is  very  important,  imd  if  parents  do 
not  p08t  themselves  in  the  matter  freciuent  visits  to  a  skilled  dentist 
should  in  their  case  \x  imperatively  enforced,  as  well  as  upon  the  older 
members  of  the  family. 

The  first  tooth  of  tlie  infant  are  called  the  tliciduons  or  milk  teeth, 
and  are  twenty  in  nnmber  tr'u  in  each  jaw.  These  twenty  tootli  are  as 
follows:  Eight  incisors,  four  in  eacl>  jaw  the  four  being  composted  of 
two  central  and  two  lateral  incisors — also  four" canine  or  cuspid  teeth, 
two  in  each  jaw,  and  eight  molars,  four  in  each  jaw— the  molars  being 
called  first  and  socfjud  inf>lars,  indicating  their  relative  positions  an 
well  as  the  periods  of  their  eruption  iconnnonly  ealleil  cutting).  It  is 
generally  recognized  among  physicians  that  all  diseases  of  rhildren  are 
more  (liHIcult  to  treat  during  dentition  than  before  or  after,  it  is  well 
(Mioiigh  for  parents  to  recogni/e  this  fact  in  administering  niodicinesto 
their  children.  Although  the  time  of  eruptions  of  the  teeth  differ  with 
difTereut  persons,  yet  the  fi^llowiug  table  gives  u  close  upijroxinio- 
tiou: 


AND  GKEAT   PHYSICIANS.  33 

ERUPTION  OF  THE  TEETH. 

Deciduous  Teeth.  I  Permanent  Teeth. 

(The  lower  generally  precede  the  '  First  molars 5  to   6  years 

npper  by  two  or  three  months.)         i  Central  incisors 6  to   8  years 

Lateral  incisors 7  to   9  years 

Central  incisors 5  to   8  months    First  bicuspids 9  to  10  years 

Lateral  incisors 7  to  10  months    Second  bicuspids 10  to  11  years 

First  molars 12  to  16  months    Canines 11  to  12  years 

Canines li  to  20  months    Second  molars 12  to  14  years 

Second  molars 20  to  36  months    Third  molars 17  to  21  years 

It  would  be  difficult  indeed  to  condense  in  so  short  a  space  so  much 
practical  information  from  a  reliable  source  as  has  been  given  in  the 
following  prize  essay  on  the  teeth,  which  was  awarded  by  the  Dental 
Society  of  Philadelphia: 

1st.  Cleanse  your  teeth  once,  or  oftener,  every  day.  Rinse  the  mouth 
after  eating.  Cleansing  the  teeth  consists  in  removing  every  particle  of 
foreign  matter  from  around  the  teeth  and  gums. 

2d.  To  cleanse  use  well-made  brushes,  soft  quill,  or  wood  toothpicks, 
an  antacid  stji^tic  tooth  wash,  and  precipitated  chalk.  If  these  means 
fail  apply  to  a  regular  dentist. 

3d.  Avoid  eating  hot  food.  Thoroughly  masticate  the  food,  and  well 
salivate  it  liefore  swallowing. 

4th.  Parents  ought  to  carefully  attend  to  the  child's  second  dentition. 
Prevail  upon  your  children  to  visit,  at  frequent  intervals,  a  careful 
and  skillful  operator. 

5th.  Remember  that  four  ot  the  permanent  double  teeth  come  in  at 
the  age  of  six  years.  They  are  very  liable  to  decay  early,  are  very  large, 
and  should  never  be  allowed  to  require  extracting. 

6th.  Never  allow  any  one  to  extract  a  tooth  or  dissuade  you  from 
having  them  filled  unless  absolutely  necessary. 

7th.  Carelessness  and  proscrastination  are  responsible  for  a  large 
proportion  of  teeth  that  are  lost. 

The  teeth  were  never  intended  to  take  the  place  of  nut-crackers  nor 
to  rival  scissors  in  cutting  thread.  The  teeth  must  be  taken  care  of  or 
your  health  will  suffer. 

Remember,  a  clean  tooth  would  not  decay  in  a  hundred  years. 

Best  Tooth  Powder. 

Precipitated  chalk 4  ounces. 

Powdered  cuttle-bone 2   ounces. 

Powdered  orris  root li  ounces. 

Powdered  borax i  ounce. 

Oil  of  cloves .5   minims. 

Oil  of  wintergreen 2   fluid  drachms. 

Mix  the  powder  thoroughly,  and  with  a  small  portion  add  the  oils 
and  mix  them  until  in  the  form  of  a  moist  powder.  Then  add  the  rest 
of  the  mixed  powders  gradually  until  all  are  evenly  distributed  through- 
out. A  solution  of  carmine  can  be  added  in  with  the  oils,  which  will 
color  it  as  desired. 

Some  prefer  a  preparation  in  the  form  of  a  paste,  as  follows: 
3 


34  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Cherry  Tooth  Paste. 

Precipitated  chalk 4   onnces. 

Powdered  areca  nut 1    ounce. 

Powdered  quillaya  bark  (or  soap  root) i  ounce. 

Powdered  cuttle-bone 1    ounce. 

Powdered  borax !  ounce. 

Powdered  orris  root 4    ounces. 

Tincture  of  mjTrh i  ounce. 

Oils  of  nutmeg,  cloves,  and  bitter  almonds, 

each 15   minims. 

Oil  of  rose 5   minims. 

Honey,  glycerine,  and  mucilage  acacia  equal  quantities  of  each 
sufficient  to  make  into  a  paste  of  the  desired  consistence.  First  mix 
the  powders  and  color  with  carmine,  and  then  add  the  other  ingredients 
and  thoroughly  mix. 

Mouth  washes  are  a  valuable  addition  to  the  toilet  as  they  assist  to 
harden  and  heal  the  gums,  cleanse  the  mouth  and  purify  the  breath. 

Antiseptic  Tooth  Wash. 

Salicylic  acid 12  parts. 

Alcohol  (95  per  cent ) 315  parts. 

Distilled  water 00  parts. 

Oil  of  wintergreen 15  parts. 

Essence  of  orange  flowers 15  parts. 

Color  with  tincture  of  cochineal.  A  few  drops  of  carbolic  acid  may 
be  added  to  the  above  in  the  case  of  decayed  teeth  and  foul  breath. 

When  the  breath  is  very  ofifensive  the  following  should  be  taken  in 
addition  to  rinsing  the  mouth  with  the  mouth  wash: 
Solution  for  the  Breath. 

Solution  chloride  soda 1   ounce. 

Liquor  potassa 1    ounce. 

Phosphate  soda i  ounce. 

Water 8   ounces. 

Mix  and  take  one-half  tea-spoonful  in  water  after  each  meal. 
When  the  services  of  a  dentist  are  not  at  hand  and  the  teeth  are  badly 
decayed  and  aching,  the  following  mouth  wash  is  recommended.    It  is 
used  by  holding  a  tea-spoonful  in  the  mouth  as  long  as  possible  and 
spitting  out: 

Spanish  camomile  root 4!  drachms. 

Sal-ammoniac "21  drachniH. 

Vinegar  and  lavender  water,  each 2i  fluid  ounces. 

Cut  the  camomile  in  jjieces  and  rub  fine  with  the  sal-ammoniac;  add 
the  lavender  water  and  vinegar  by  placing  all  in  a  glass  flask  and  let  it 
digest  for  twelve  hours  and  filter. 

The  following  preparation  is  one  of  the  best  for  relieving  toothache 
until  a  dentist  can  be  consulted: 

Tootliache  Dropn. 

Chlorril  hydrate 1  ilraclim. 

Cainiiluir I  ilriiclim. 

Morpliia  siilpliate '_'  drai'lmis. 

Oil  pi'pperiiiint li  itiacliniH. 

Hub  the  solids  in  a  mortar  until  they  Ii(iuefy,  then  add  the  oil  of 
pt'Pperniint.    Api)ly  on  cotton. 


AND  GBEAT  PHYSICIANS.  85 

]^ei|ioVal  of  Freckles,  Moles,  E^c- 

The  following  practical  treatise  on  this  much-abused  subject  is 
copied  from  the  B.  <f-  C.  Dnu/gint,  and  although  originally  written  in  the 
interests  of  druggists  it  is  of  more  value  to  persons  affected  with  these 
blemishes;  hence  we  reproduce  the  essay  in  its  entirety  with  the  form- 
ulas stripped  of  their  technical  terms  and  phrases: 

At  this  time  of  the  year  there  are  few  questions  which  are  more  fre- 
quently addressed  to  the  "family  chemist,"  and  fewer  still  to  which  he 
ordinarily  gives  so  unsatisfactory  a  reply,  as,  "What  shall  I  do  to  care 
my  freckles?" 

Knowing  as  we  do  how  greatly  the  popularity— i'.  e.,  the  business 
prosperity— of  the  majority  of  our  friends  depends  upon  the  Totes  and 
interest  of  their  lady  customers,  we  have  been  at  some  pains  to  lay  be- 
fore them  such  an  amount  of  practical  information  upon  the  above  sub- 
ject as  wiU  enable  them  to  retain  the  good  will  and  material  gratitude 
of  their  fair  interrogators  on  the  one  hand,  and  to  put  a  little  extra 
profit  in  their  own  pockets  on  the  other. 

We  do  not  propose  to  convert  these  pages  into  an  elaborate  treatise 
upon  the  skin;  but  for  the  benefit  of  those  who  are  only  just  commenc- 
ing cusiness  it  will,  perhaps,  be  as  well  to  make  a  few  observations 
which  our  more  experienced  friends  may  consider  of  the  "leather  and 
prunella"  order.  In  the  first  place  it  will  be  generally  admitted  that 
upon  the  subject  of  our  present  notes  there  is  no  published  information 
of  a  practical  and  reliable  character,  and  that  medical  writers  and  prac- 
titioners either  shun  the  question  altogether  or  approach  it  in  a  per- 
functory manner,  and  leave  it  very  much  where  they  found  it.  For  our 
present  purpose  the  cutaneous  discoloration  commonly  designated  by 
the  term  "freckles"  may  be  considered  mider  two  heads— the  so-called 
"summer"  or  temporary  variety  (ephelis),  and  the  permanent  kind 
Uentigo').  Both  are  commonly  stated  to  be  simply  morbid  alterations  of 
the  skin-pigment,  and  to  be  situated  solely  in  the  refe  niucosum,  but 
this  is  not  absolutely  true,  inasmuch  as  ep/ie?/s,  properly  so  called,  is 
generally  due  to  a  darkening  of  the  under  surface  of  the  epidermis  either 
in  small  ovoid  patches  ("summer  freckles")  or  extended  over  a  large 
surface  ("tan"  or  "sunburn"),  while  with  lentigo  the  brownish  discolor- 
ations  are  at  a  greater  depth,  and  remain  in  sihi  after  the  covering  epi- 
dermis has  been  completely  removed.  Strong  sunshine,  or  any  power- 
fully actinic  light,  and  radiant  heat  from  any  source  are  apt  to  produce 
the  first  named,  and  to  enhance  the  latter  form  of  the  skin's  chroma- 
togenous  function,  the  manifestations  of  which  vary  greatly  according 
to  individual  idiosyncrasies. 

Similarly  the  treatment  which  answers  liest  for  some  persons  is  not 
so  efficacious  in  other  cases,  hut  the  old,  old  adage  that  "prevention  is 
better  than  cure"  applies  here  with  considerable  force,  and  as  regards 
the  rationale  of  remedial  applications,  it  may  be  said  in  general  terms 
that  the  application,  in  the  right  place,  of  active  reducing,  or  deoxidiz- 


36  SECKETS  OF   WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

ing,  agents  is  as  a  rule  successful  in  removing  cphcUs  altogether,  and  in 
greatly  toning  down  the  shade  of  leiitir/o.  Commencing  with  the  mildest 
form  we  will  give  a  good  formula  for  a 

SUNBURN   LOTION. 

Citric  acid 1  drachm. 

Sulphate  of  iron  I  pure) 18  grains. 

Elder-tiowder  water Bounces. 

Camphor,  sufficient  quantity. 

The  sulphate  of  iron  must  b^  in  clear  green  crystals,  unless  the 
"granulateil"  form,  wliich  is  preft'ral)l(',  he  available,  and  in  eitlier  case 
the  salt  should  be  fresh  and  free  from  oxidized  portions,  or  "rustiness;" 
it  should  be  dissolved  in  lialf  the  elder-flower  water  (all  of  which  is 
better,  if  not  quite  recently  distilled,  for  being  quickly  raised  to  the 
boiling  point  and  cooled  out  of  contact  of  air  before  use),  the  citric 
acid  being  also  in  solution  in  the  other  half,  and  the  two  iiuiils  mixed, 
filtered  if  necessary,  and  bottled  immediately,  a  lump  of  can\phor  about 
the  size  of  small  peppercorn  to  be  added  to  the  contents  of  each  bottle, 

WASH   FOR  THE  SKIN. 

Hydokinine 48  grams. 

Glacial  i)hosphoric  acid 30  grains. 

Glycerine 2  drachms. 

Dist  illed  water (5  ounces. 

Mix. 
Tlie  two  lotitms  are  stated  to  give  excellent  results,  est)ecially  the 
latter.  They  are  to  be  applied  to  tlie  skin  of  tlie  face,  etc.,  in  the  usual 
way,  at  least  twice  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  after  it  has  been 
waslied  ami  dried  carefully.  If  the  slcin  l)e  cf  tlie  nature  known  as 
"greasy,"  a  prc'liminary  wash  with  tepid  water  containing  a  few  drops 
of  stronger  water  of  ammonia  is  advisable. 

ALBADERSUNE. 

Under  this  empirical  title  a  process  of  removing  "tan"  and  the 
milder  variety  of  "freckles,"  a  foreign  surgeon  has  devised  the  follow- 
ing: 

SOLUTION  A. 

Iodide  potassa 2  drachms. 

Pure  iodine ti  grains. 

Glycerine 3  drarluns. 

Infusion  of  rose  leaves 4  oniiccs. 

Dissolve  the  ioflide  of  pdtassium  in  a  small  i|iiaiit  ily  (if  tli«  iiifusidn 
and  a  dr;i''hni  of  the  glycerine;  with  this  tluld  moisten  IIk^  iodine  in  a 
glass  mortar  and  rub  it  down,  graihially  adding  nmrc  li(iiiid  imtil  com- 
))lete  solution  hits  been  obtained;  then  stir  in  tlio  remainder  of  the  in- 
gredients, and  bottle  the  mixture. 

SOLUTION  B. 

ITyposulphate  of  soda 1 )  ounce, 

Itose  water 1  pint. 

Dissolve  and  filter. 

With  a  Etmall  camel's  hair  pencil  or  piece  of  fine  sponge  apply  a  little 


AND  GEEAT  PHYSICIANS.  37 

of  "Albadprmine  A"  to  the  tanned  or  freckled  surface,  until  a  Klight  l)nt 
toleraljly  uniform  browniwli-yellow  skin  has  Ijeen  produced.  At  the 
pxiiiratiou  of  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  moisten  a  piece  of  cambric,  lint, 
or  soft  rag  with  "R"  and  lay  it  upon  tlio  affected  part,  removing,  squeez- 
ing away  the  liiiuid,  soaking  it  afresh,  and  again  applying  until  the 
iodine  stain  has  disappeared.  Repeat  the  entire  process  thrice  daily, 
but  diminish  the  frequency  of  the  application  if  tenderness  be  pro- 
duced. In  tlie  course  of  from  three  or  four  days  to  as  many  weeks  the 
freckles  will  either  have  disappeared  entirely  or  their  intensity  will  be 
very  greatly  diminislied.  "Summer  freckles"  yield  very  speedily  to  this 
treatment. 

ANTI-FKECKLE  LOTION. 

Corrosive  sublimate 12   grains. 

Hydrochloric  acid  (pure) 3   drachms. 

Kernels  of  bitter  almonds li  ounces. 

t-rlycerine 1   ounce. 

Tincture  benzoin 2   drachms. 

Orange-flower  water,  sufficient  quantity. 

Dissolve  the  corrosive  sublimate  in  three  ounces  of  the  orange-flower 
water,  add  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and  set  aside.  Blanch  the  bitter 
almonds  and  bruise  them  in  a  Wedgwood  mortar,  adding  thereto  the 
glycerine  and  using  the  pestle  vigorously;  a  smooth  paste  is  thus  ob- 
tained. Then  add  gradually  about  nine  ounces  of  the  orange-flower 
water,  stirring  constantly,  continuing  this  operation  until  a  fine,  creamy 
emulsion  is  the  result.  Subject  this  to  violent  agitation— preferably 
with  the  aid  of  a  mechanical  egg  whisk — and  allow  tlie  tincture  of  ben- 
zoin to  fall  into  it  the  while  drop  by  drop.  Then  add  the  mercurial 
solution,  filter,  and  make  up  the  whole  to  the  measure  of  one  imperial 
pint  (20  ounces)  with  more  orange-flower  water. 

This  preparation  is  recommended  to  us  by  an  eminent  dermatologist 
as  being  invarialily  efficacious  in  the  treatment  of  I'phvUs,  and  always 
greatly  ameliorating  lentigo,  even  if  it  does  not  entirely  decolorize  the 
I)atclie8  in  the  latter  case.  A  general  whitening  of  the  skin  is  produced 
by  this  lotion  without  any  irritation.  It  is  as  well,  however,  not  to 
apply  it  to  any  abraded  surfaces.  It  has  been  found  far  superior  in 
practice  to  a  preparation — which  it  somewhat  resembles— sold  at  a  high 
price  in  Paris  mider  the  name  of  Lait  Antiphelique. 

BISMUTH  OINTMENT  FOR  FRECKLES. 

Subnitrate  of  bismuth 3  drachms. 

Simple  ointment 2  ounces. 

Apply  to  the  face,  etc.,  at  night,  and  remove  in  the  morning  with  a 

lift  le  cold  cream  previous  to  washing.    This  is  from  a  private  American 

source. 

COPPER  OLEATE  FOR  FRECKLES,  ETC. 

This  is  a  much  more  effective  and  reliable  ointment  for  the  purpose 
than  the  preceding,  which  is  really  only  suited  for  the  milder  form  of 
sunburn,  while  the  oleate  of  copper  will  remove  the  more  persistent 
and  obstinate  lentigo.    It  is  thus  prepared" 


38  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Oleate  of  copper 1  ounce. 

Pet  roiatuiii 3  ouuces. 

Mix. 

Ttiis  is  (o  be  applied  in  the  same  nianuer  as  the  precediuK,  washing 
the  the  surface  of  tlie  skin,  liowover  (after  tlio  cokl  cream),  about  every 
third  moniiiig,  with  a  little  weak  ammouia  water,  in  order  to  prevent 
any  inadvertent  accumulation  of  copper. 

Several  of  the  preceding;  are  well  adapted  for  the  treatment  of  very 
dark-colored  and  tleep-seated  examples  of  k'nti(jo,  of  whicu,  however, 
some  seem  capable  of  resisting  all  treatment  of  this  kind.  The  only 
method  of  reaching  these  its  by  the  complete  removal  of  the  epidermis 
f)f  the  part  and  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  cutis  also.  A  Turkish  bath 
is  often  useful  as  a  preliminary  for  an  effort  of  this  kind,  which,  of 
course,  needs  the  application  or  some  disorganizing  substance.  Per- 
manganate of  potassium  answers  in  this  direction,  but  we  find  that  a 
moderately  strong  solution  of  Mr.  il.  B.  I'ondy's  new  disinfectant — 
permanganate  of  aluminum — is  undoubtedly  the  best  of  the  two  for  this 
purpose.  It  should  be  applied  several  times  until  the  skin  has  acijuired 
a  uniform  brown  tint.  At  from  one  to  twelve  hours  after  this  is  noticed 
it  should  be  removed  by  a  warm  and  dilute  solution  (about  8  or  10  per 
cent)  of  hydrochloric  acid,  to  wliicli  a  little  glycerine  may  be  added  to 
prevent  too  rapid  drying.  Still  better,  however,  is  nitric  acid,  which  if 
"painted"  upon  a  colored  spot  of  this  kind  first  renders  it  more  dis- 
tinctly yellow,  then  orange-brown.  In  a  day  or  two  this  becomes  a 
deeper  brown,  and  more  or  less  disorganized,  cracking,  either  round 
the  edge,  or  right  across  the  center,  so  that  it  can  be  readily  peeled  away. 
Freckles  removed  in  this  manner  seldom  crop  up  again,  in  that  partic- 
ular place,  at  all  events.  In  this  connection  it  is  a  somewliat  curious 
fact  tiiat  whereas  diltttc  nitric  acid  often  caused  S{)renes8  and  irritation 
when  applied  in  this  mariner,  a  stronger  acid  does  nothing  of  tlie  kind, 
but  ipiietly  and  ([uickly  "deadens"  that  portion  of  the  outer  covering  it 
has  lieen  applied  to,  so  that  in  a  day  or  two  it  can  be  removed  quite 
I)ainlessly.  What  is  known  as  "French  nitric  acid,"  of  from  l.'i'HO  to 
1.3.")0  specific  gravity,  is  very  appropriate  for  this  purpose. 

COC.UNE  AND  NITRIO  ACID  FOR  MOLES,  ETC. 

Tlie  removal  of  either  deep-seated  freckles  or  moles  is,  as  before 
hinted,  not  always  an  easy  task,  but  nitric  acid  is  i)erhaps  ajjout  as  good 
an  agent  for  the  purpose  as  any  other.  The  mole  should  be  surrounded 
by  a  little  "cell"  or  ring  of  wax,  so  that  tlie  acid  can  be  applied  direct 
without  fear  (if  disorganizing  the  adjacent  skin.  As,  however,  nitric 
acid  by  itself  sometimes  occasions  a  good  deal  of  smarting,  etc.,  when 
applied,  it  is  better  to  avoid  this  by  mixing  cocaine  with  it.  The  mix- 
ture given  below  answers  the  purpose  very  well  indeed: 

Nitric  acid 1  drachm. 

Cocaine (5  grains. 

This  should  be  kept  ready  for  use  in  a  small  bottle  with  agood-fitting 
stopper.  The  end  of  a  glass  rod  dipjied  in  and  then  cautiously  api>lied 
to  the  surface  of  tlie  mole  or  freckle,  the  |<roces8  being  reiieated  ouco  or 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS.  39 

twice  a  day,  and  the  unsightly  spot  has  its  vitality  destroyed  without 
pain,  being  then  easily  and  effectually  removed. 


PreparaUoii  for  I^edl  ]>^oses. 

This  formula  was  procured  from  a  friend  of  the  author  residing  at 
Little  Rock,  Ark.  I  can  vouch  for  its  efficacy  in  his  case,  as  it  removed 
the  unnatural  color  in  a  few  days,  and  he  told  me  that  others  had  tried 
it  with  equally  gratifying  results.  It  is  translated  from  a  formula  of  a 
young  physician,  a  graduate  of  Jefferson  Medical  College: 

Oxide  of  zinc i  ounce. 

Corrosive  sublimate 2   grains. 

Sulphur  (precip.) i  ounce. 

Glycerine 4  ounce. 

Calamine 3   drachms. 

Rose  water,  sufficient  to  make  8  ounces. 
Mix  and  apply  with  a  small,  soft  sponge.  The  medical  works  say 
little  about  the  red  nose.  The  cause  is  usually  attributed  to  drinking, 
but  gluttony,  tight  lacing,  nasal  catarrh,  chronic  enlargement  of  the 
tonsils,  exposure  to  strong  sunlight,  etc.,  all  contribute  to  a  reddening 
of  the  nasal  organ. 


O^Ker  Toiled  Preparations. 

The  following  formula,  prescribed  by  the  late  Dr.  Tilbury  Fox,  is  a 
very  sootlung  application,  and  is  a  great  favorite  with  ladies  who  have 
flushed  faces: 

Calamine  Face  Lotion. 

Levigated  calamine 120  grains. 

Oxide  of  zinc 60  grains. 

Glycerine <50  drops. 

Rose  water,  sufficient  to  make  3  ounces. 
Be  sure  and  get  the  white  calamine,  and  not  the  red.    Apply  with  a 
small,  soft  sponge  and  allow  to  dry  on,  the  excess  of  powder  being 
lightly  dusted  off  vrith  a  soft  cloth. 

Lotion  for  Chapped  Hands,  Face,  and  Lips. 

Glycerine 3   drachms. 

Strained  honey 1    drachm. 

Cologne 1   drachm. 

Oil  of  bitter  almonds 3   drops. 

Alcohol 4   ounces. 

Water U  ounces. 

Mix  and  apply  with  a  soft  sponge  while  the  skin  is  damp,  and  wipe 
dry  with  a  towel.    This  is  the  best  preparation  of  its  class. 

Lip  Salve. 

For  healing  and  softening  the  lips,  preventing  them  from  cracking, 
etc.,  the  following  is  an  elegant  preparation: 


40  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Petrolatum 2  oances. 

Wliito  wax,  or  paraffiue i  onnce. 

Tannin i  drachm. 

Oils  of  lavender  and  bergamot,  each i  drachm. 

Oil  of  rose  geranium -5  drachm. 

Melt  the  petrolatum  and  wax  together  and  add  the  tannin  while 
cooling;  add  the  oils  and  stir  until  cold.  When  it  is  desired  to  color 
the  lips  add  20  grains  of  carmine.  This  is  done  by  reducing  tho  carmine 
to  a  fine  powder  in  a  mortar  and  rub  with  a  small  portion  of  the  salve 
ontil  it  is  thoroughly  incorporated,  and  then  mix  the  remainder  gradu- 
aUy. 

Pimple  Lotion. 

Carbolic  acid i  drachm. 

Borax 2   drachms. 

Glvcerine 1   ounce. 

Tannin 1   drachm. 

Alcohol IJ  ounces. 

Rose  water 5   ounces. 

Mix  and  dissolve.    Apply  night  and  morning. 

Manicure  Poirder. 

This  is  used  for  polishing  and  cleaning  the  nails: 

Powdered  pumice  stone -t   ounces. 

Powdered  French  clialk i  ounce. 

Carmine  (No.  40)  in  powder i  drachm. 

Bulk  perfume  (violet  or  rose) i  ounce. 

Manicure  Salve. 

This  is  for  softening  the  nails,  caring  hang-nails,  etc.: 

Petrolatum 1  ounce. 

Powdered  ctustile  soaj) 2  drachms. 

Oil  of  Ijergamot l'>  drops. 

Mix  thoroughly  and  apply  upon  going  to  bed,  wearing  a  pair  of 
gloves. 

BeNt  Bay  Bum. 

Oil  of  bay  leaves 4  fl""^  drachma. 

Oil  of  jjimenta :WiiuuiinH. 

Oil  of  Ijergamot ''0  iiii luins. 

Acetic  ether *>  minimH. 

Concentrated  lye 4  drachms. 

DefMiorized  alcohol ^  l>ints. 

Water "••  l»'its. 

Color  HuHicicnt  with  grass  green. 
Mix  tho  oils  ami  dissolve  them  in  the  alcohol;  to  this  gradually 
add  tho  lye,  previously  dissolved  in  tho  water,  then  add  tho  acetic  ether 
and  coloring  luattor,  and  let  stand  a  few  days  and  filter  through  a  glass 
funnel  into  a  glass  vessel. 

Fine  BoNe  Water. 

Oilof  rose !•''>   <lropB. 

White  sugar .,*';""*","• 

Carbonate  of  magnesia ^  drachms 

Water 2    pint«. 

Alcohol 2   ounces. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  41 

Add  the  oil  ( o  the  alcohol,  rub  with  magnesia  and  Bugar,  then  add 
the  water  and  filter. 

Hoyt's  (jeriiian  Cologne. 

Oi  1  of  berKamot 1   ounce. 

Oil  of  NtToli i  ounce. 

Oil  of  lemon 1    ounce. 

Oil  of  sandal  wood i  ounce. 

Camphor 20   grains. 

Deodorized  alcohol 7    pints. 

Rose  water 1   pint. 

Mix,  let  stand  30  days,  and  then  filter. 

Hair  Tonic. 

Tincture  red  cinchona 3   ounces. 

Glycerine H  ounces. 

Jamaica  rum 1   ounce. 

Tannic  acid i  drachm. 

Tincture  cantharides 2   drachms 

Tincture  caj^sicum 1  drachm. 

Cologne,  sufficient  to  make  9  ounces. 

Apply  once  or  twice  a  day,  rubbing  well  into  the  scalp. 

Clifford's  Shampoo  Compound. 

Borax 3  ounces. 

Salts  of  tartar 1  ounce. 

Mix,  and  dissolve  1  ounce  of  the  mixture  in  1  pint  of  water  when 

wanted  for  use. 

Quillaya  Sea  Foam. 

Tincture  of  qnillaya 1  ounce. 

Bay  rum 1  ounce. 

Water 6  ounces. 

This  is  much  better  than  the  old  form  containing  ammonia. 

Cream  Hair  Oil. 

Pure  winter-strained  lard  oil 2  ounces. 

Strong  solution  of  borax 2  ounces. 

Perfume  with  bergamot  or  any  desired  odor.  This  makes  an  elegant, 
creamy  preparation,  and  is  one  of  the  best  that  can  be  made.  The  addi- 
tion of  li  ounce  of  tincture  of  cantharides  to  the  above  amount  will 
stop  the  hair  from  falling  out  and  assist  Nature  in  suppljdng  new  hair, 
A  great  many  persons  are  prejudiced  against  hair  oils,  but  they  have 
been  used  for  ages,  and  will  continue  to  be  used.  Some  hair  actually 
demands  oil,  owing  to  a  lack  of  that  supplied  by  nature. 

Pomade  Hair-Grower. 

Petrolatum *  pound. 

Tincture  cantharides 4  ounce. 

Oil  of  cinnamon 15   minims. 

Oil  of  bergomot 60   minims. 

Oil  of  citronella 30   minims. 

Oil  of  cloves 5    minims. 

Melt  the  petrolatum  and  add  the  tincture  of  cantharides,  and  while 
cooling  add  the  other  ingredients. 


42  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Perspiration  Powder. 

Salicylic  acid 15  grains. 

Carbolic  acid 10  drops. 

Burnt  alnm  (powdered) 1  drachm. 

Starch  (powdered) 2  ounces. 

French  chalk  (powdered) 1  ounce. 

Oil  of  lemon 20  drops. 

Mix  thoroughly,  and  apply  by  dusting  the  powder  into  the  stockings 
and  gloves. 

Com  and  Wart  Salve. 

Caustic  soda  or  potassa 1   ounce. 

Water 1   ounce. 

Starch  (powdered) i  ounce. 

Glycerine 2   ounces. 

Mix  the  starch  with  the  glycerine,  heat,  and  stir  until  thoroughly  in- 
corporated. Dissolve  the  potassa  in  the  water  heated  to  a  boilinj,'  point 
and  add  the  other  mixture  to  it.  This  preparation  needs  to  bo  applied 
only  once  or  twice.  Spread  a  little  of  the  salve  on  the  corn,  bunion,  or 
wart.  Do  not  touch  tlio  tiealthy  skin.  Allow  it  to  remain  several  hours 
and  then  soak  the  part  in  warm  water. 

German  Corn-Killer. 
A  very  popular  liquid  preparation  for  removing  corns,  etc.,  is  pre- 
pared as  follows: 

Salicylic  acid i  drachm. 

Extract  of  Indian  hemp 8   grains. 

Collodion 4  ounoe. 

Apply  once  a  day  to  the  hard  skin  by  means  of  a  small  brush. 


cKi)))laii|S. 


In  the  treatment  of  chilblains  wo  give  a  detailed  list  of  formulas 
from  t  ho  works  and  practice  of  a  number  of  the  most  eminent  physicians 

and  surgeons. 

OINTMENT  TO  BE  USED  AT  NIGHT. 
Dr.  Rartholow's  prescription  is  as  follows: 

Carbolic  acid 1  ilrachin. 

'I'i net II re  of  iodine adraciiiiiH. 

'J'aiuiic  acid 2draclims. 

Simple  cerate '  ounce. 

POWDER  TO   I'llEVENT  CHILBLAINS. 

Dr.  Bandt  uives  the  following  proscrijjtion: 

Hodiimi  borate •'  parts. 

A I  mil  and  IxMizoin,  each 2  parts. 

M iirttanl 12  parts. 

Orris  root  and  bran,  each 10  parts. 

Almond-skins '. '-10  Parta. 

Mix  with  a  little  water  and  apply. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  43 

WASH  FOR  NON-DLCERATED  CHILBLAINS. 

Dr.  Beasley's  prescription  is  as  follows: 

Sulphate  of  aluminum  and  potash 1  part. 

Vinegar  and  weak  alcohol,  of  each 25  parts. 

Dissolve  and  filler.    Apply  night  and  morning. 

OINTMENT  FOR  NON-ULCERATED  CHILBAINS. 

Dr.  Giacomini's  prescription  is  as  follows: 

Prepared  lard 8  parts. 

( 'hrystallized  acetate  of  lead 1  part. 

Distilled  cherry  laurel  water 2  parts. 

Mix,  and  apply  night  and  morning. 

FOE  UNBROKEN  CHILBLAINS. 

Sulphuric  acid 1  drachm. 

Spirits  of  turpentine 1  drachm. 

Olive  oil 3  drachms. 

Mix  the  oil  and  turpentine  first,  then  gradually  add  the  acid.    Apply 

by  rubbing  on  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

FOR  UNBROKEN  CHILBLAINS. 

Lard 4  ounces. 

Turpentine 1  ounce. 

Camphor 2  ounces. 

Oil  of  rosemary 15  drops. 

Kub  in  with  continued  friction. 

FOE  BROKEN  CHILBLAINS. 

Yellow  wax ) 

Olive  oil >■  of  each,  3  ounces. 

Camphorated  oil ) 

Goulard's  extract ,li  ounces. 

Melt  the  wax  with  the  oil,  then  add  the  camphorated  oil  and  Goulard 

extract. 


l4.o\hf  io  Make  ai|  ii|cUl>aior. 

[_From  Scientific  American  SupjJlement.^ 

Experiments  with  the  incubator  here  given  have  been  made  all  over 
the  country.  It  is  one  that  is  in  actual  use,  and  has  always  given  satis- 
faction. Having  secured  permission  from  the  originator,  we  here  illus- 
trate it  for  the  benefit  of  our  readers. 

To  make  this  incubator  get  your  tinner  to  make  you  a  tank  1.5  inches 
wide,  30  inches  long,  and  12  inches  deep,  of  galvanized  iron  or  zinc,  tlie 
iron  being  preferable.  On  the  top  should  be  a  tube  1  inch  in  diameter 
and  8  inches  high.  In  front  should  be  another  tube,  9  inches  long,  to 
which  should  be  attached  a  spigot,  as  illustrated  in  Fig.  2.  Having 
made  your  tank,  have  what  is  called  the  ventilator  made,  which  is  a  box 
with  a  bottom  but  no  top.  The  ventilator  should  be  8  inches  deep,  and 
1  inch  smaller  all  round  than  the  tank,  as  the  tank  must  rest  on  inch 


44 


SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 


boards.  In  ilie  ventilator  Hhould  m  four  or  six  tin  tubes  ;»  inch  in 
rhameter  and  ()  indies  lony.  Tlicy  should  extend  tlirough  the  bottom, 
so  Hs  to  admit  air  from  below,  and  to  within  2  inches  of  the  top  or  a 
little  less.  Now  make  an  cKg  drawer,  whicii  is,  a  frame  of  wood  3  inches 
deep  having  no  top  or  bottom,  except  that  the  front  should  be  Ijoxed  o£f 


FIO.  1.— THE  UOT-WATER  INCUBATOK. 

and  filled  with  sawdust,  whldi  is  covered  over  afterward  with  a  piece  of 
muslin  to  keep  the  sawdust  from  si)illing.  Tliis  box  in  front  of  the 
drawer  e::actly  tits  the  opening  in  Fig.  3,  when  the  drawer  is  in  its  j.lace. 
Of  course  the  egg  drawer  must  be  made  longer  than  the  tank  and  venti- 
lator, in  order  to  allow  for  this  space  which  it  fills  in  the  opening,  wiiich 


KIO.  2.— TUK  TANK. 

Observe  tluit  the  tubes  on  the  tup  and  the  spiijol  are  quite  ioug,  in  order 
that  tJiey  mai/  extend  through  the  packintj  of  sawdust  trhieti  is  to 
surround  it.  This  tank  is  to  have  a  etose-filtinij  coverin;/  {lop  and 
sides)  o/iroiid,  to  resist  pressure  of  vtder.  The  bottom  is  not  to  be 
covered. 

is  the  packing  all  aroiiinl  the  incubator.  The  bottom  of  the  egg  drawer 
should  be  iiiude  by  nailing  a  few  slat.s  lengthwise  to  llie  under  side,  or 
rather,  fitting  them  in  nicely,  and  over  the  slats  in  the  inside  of  the 
drawer  a  jiieco  of  thick,  strong  muslin  should  be  tightly  dnuvn.  On 
this  muslin  the  eggs  are  jilaced,  in  the  same  position  as  if  laid  in  a  hen's 
nest,  and  it  allows  tiie  air  to  pass  through  to  the  eggs  for  vent iluliou. 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


45 


The  eggs  can  bo  turned  Ijy  hand,  marked  for  designation,  or  an  egg 
turner  may  he  made  by  fastening  slats  crosswise  to  one  on  each  side 
ruiming  lengthwise,  something  like  a  window  lattice,  and  when  the  eggs 
are  placed  between  these  slots  by  merely  poshing  the  frame  the  eggs  will 
'  turn  over,  exactly  on  the  same  principle  that  an  egg  will  roil  when  it  is 


FIG.   3.— DEAWER  OPENING. 

Shoivs  the  thick  packing,  ivhich  is  noticed  at  the  opening.  This  extends 
all  around.  The  front  of  the  egg  drawer  {Fig.  4)  fits  iii  its  place  in 
order  to  complete  the  surrounding  packing,  rvhen  the  incubator  is 
closed,  as  at  Fig.  1. 

pushed  by  a  block,  a  book,  or  anything  else;  but  we  believe  the  method 
is  patented,  and  do  not  advise  infringement. 

Having  prepared  the  tank,  let  it  be  covered  with  a  box,  but  the  hox 
must  not  have  any  bottom.    This  is  to  protect  the  tank  against  pressure 


FIG.  4.— THE  EGG  DRAWEE. 

The  space  just  in  front  of  the  eggs  is  the  portion  partitioned  off  to  fit  in 
the  opening  at  Fig.  3.  The  egg  drawer  is  therefore  longer  than  the 
tank  and  ventilator. 

of  water  on  the  sides,  and  to  assist  in  retaining  heat.  Such  being  doce; 
place  your  ventilator  first,  egg  drawer  next,  and  tank  last.  Now  place 
a  support  imder  the  tank  and  the  box,  or  have  them  rest  on  rods,  and  as 
the  weight  of  water  will  be  great  in  the  center,  the  iron  rods  should  oe 
placed  crosswise  under  the  tank  every  6  inches.  Now  fasten  the  three 
apartments  (ventilator,  egg  drawer,  and  tank)  together,  with  boards 


46  SECBETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

nailed  to  the  sides  and  back  and  front  (of  course  leaving  the  opening 
for  the  egg  drawer),  care  being  taken  to  drive  no  nails  in  the  egg 
drawer,  as  it  must  move  in  and  out,  and  should  have  a  strong  strip  to 
rest  on  for  that  purpose.  Having  completed  these  preparations  make  a 
larger  box  to  go  over  all  three,  so  that  there  will  be  a  space  on  the  sides. 


FIG.  .5.— THE  VENTILATOR. 

The  tubes  admit  air  from  beloiv,  which  passes  into  the  er/ff  drawer  above 
through  the  imislin  bottora  of  the  er/fj  drawer  to  the  eggs.  The  eggs 
rest  upon  the  iinislin,  vhich  is  tigtidii  drawti  over  narrow  slats  rutv- 
niiig  lengthwise  the  bottom  of  the  dran-rr. 

back,  front,  and  on  top;  but  as  the  ventilator  must  be  filled  with  saw- 
dust to  within  I  nchofthotoj)  of  the  tubes,  it  serves  for  the  bottom 
packing.  Make  the  outer  box  so  that  there  will  be  room  for  filling  all 
around  the  inside  box  with  sawdust,  and  also  on  top,  being  careful  to 
let  the  tube  for  pouring  in  the  water  come  through,  as  also  the  spigot  in 


FIG.  6. 

Tlcre  ice  remove  the  froiU  of  the  incubator  in  order  to  show  tlw  positions 
of  the  ventilator,  egg  drawer,  and  tank.  First  the  ventilator,  tlwti 
the  egg  drawer  (which  of  course  should  be  longer  than  tlw  others  in 
order  to  fit  in  the  opening  shown  at  Fig.  3,  hut  which  ive  did  not  do 
here  in  order  to  mark  the  places),  and  on  the  top  is  the  tank.  When 
Ihr  fniiit  is  C4tiiijilfle(t  the  iitcnbiilor  is  seen  at  Fig.  I. 

front.  About  4  inches  or  HO  thickness  of  sawdust  is  suflicient,  accord- 
ing to  itri'ference.  The  front  of  Iho  incubator  munt  be  packed  also,  but 
an  idea  of  how  it  should  be  done  may  be  earned  by  observing  the  open- 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  47 

ing  in  Fig.  3,  which  is  so  constructed  that  the  box  in  front  of  the  egg 
drawer  (Fig.  4j  exactly  fits  into  it,  and  completes  the  packing  when  the 
drawer  is  shut.  The  incubator  should  be  raised  from  the  floor  about  an 
inch,  when  completed,  to  allow  the  air  to  pass  under  and  thence  into 
the  ventilator  tubes. 

The  incubator  being  complete,  the  tank  is  filled  with  boiling  water. 
It  must  remain  untouched  for  twenty-four  hours,  as  it  requires  time 
during  which  to  heat  completely  through.  As  it  will  heat  slowly,  it 
will  also  cool  slowly.  Let  it  cool  down  to  120  deg.,  and  then  put  in  the 
eggs,  or,  what  is  better,  run  it  without  eggs  for  a  day  or  two  in  order  to 
learn  it  and  notice  its  variation.  When  the  eggs  are  put  in,  the  drawer 
will  cool  down  some.  All  that  is  required  then  is  to  add  atjout  a  bucket 
or  so  of  water  once  or  twice  a  day,  but  be  careful  about  endeavoring  to 
get  np  heat  suddenly,  as  the  heat  does  not  rise  for  five  hoars  after  the 
additional  bucket  of  water  is  added.  The  tank  radiates  the  heat  down 
on  the  eggs,  there  being  nothing  between  the  iron  bottom  of  the  tanjs 
and  the  eggs,  for  the  wood  over  and  around  the  tank  does  not  extend 
across  the  bottom  of  the  tank.  The  cool  air  comes  from  below  in  the 
ventilator  pipes,  passing  through  the  muslin  bottom  of  the  egg  drawer 
to  the  eggs.  The  1.5x30-inch  tank  incubator  holds  100  eggs  if  turned  by 
hand,  but  less  if  the  eggs  are  placed  between  slats.  Lay  the  eggs  in  the 
same  as  in  a  nest — promiscuously. 

DIRECTIONS. 

Keep  the  heat  inside  the  egg  drawer  as  near  103  deg.  as  possible;  the 
third  week  at  104  deg.  Avoid  opening  the  egg  drawer  frequently,  as  it 
allows  too  much  escape  of  heat.  Be  sure  your  thermometer  records 
correctly,  as  half  the  failures  are  due  to  incorrect  thermometers,  and 
not  one  in  twenty  is  correct.  Place  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer  even 
with  the  top  of  the  eggs,  that  is,  when  the  thermometer  is  lying  down  in 
the  drawer.  The  upper  end  should  be  slightly  raised,  so  as  to  allow  the 
mercury  to  rise,  but  the  Isulb  and  eggs  should  be  of  the  same  heat,  as 
the  figures  record  the  heat  in  the  bulb  and  not  in  the  tube.  Keep  a  pie 
pan  fiUed  with  water  in  the  ventilator  for  moisture  and  keep  two  or 
three  moist  sponges  in  the  egg  drawer,  displacing  a  few  eggs  for  the 
purpose.  Turn  the  eggs  half  way  round  twice  a  day  at  regular  intervals. 
Let  the  eggs  cool  down  for  fifteen  minutes  once  every  day,  but  do  not 
let  them  cool  lower  than  70  deg.  No  sprinkling  is  required  if  the 
sponges  are  kept  moist.  If  the  heat  gets  up  to  liO  deg.  or  as  low  as  60 
deg.  for  a  little  while  it  is  not  necessarily  fatal.  Too  much  heat  is  more 
prevalent  than  too  little.  A  week's  practice  in  operating  the  incubator 
will  surprise  one  how  simple  the  work  is.  The  tank  will  be  trouble- 
some to  fill  at  first,  but  the  matter  will  be  easy  after  it  is  done,  as  it  can 
be  kept  hot.  Heat  the  water  in  two  or  more  boilers,  as  a  large  quantity 
will  be  required,  and  pour  it  in  through  the  tulje  on  top  of  the  incubator 
boiling  hot,  using  a  funnel  in  the  tube  for  the  purpose.  Just  at  the 
time  of  hatching  out  do  not  be  tempted  to  frequently  open  the  drawer. 
Pold  draughts  are  fatal.    Patience  must  be  exercised. 


48 


SECRETS   OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


BEOODEBS. 

An  excellent  brooder  may  be  made  with  a  tank  of  hot  water,  covered 
well,  the  same  as  the  incubator.  A  piece  of  muslin  or  woolen  cloth 
should  be  next  the  bottom  to  prevent  burning  the  chicks.  Keep  the 
heat  among  the  chicks  at  about  90  deg.  Let  the  tank  rest  on  inch  boards 
with  no  opening  under  it,  but  in  front;  a  fringe  should  hang  in  frcmt 
for  the  chicks  to  run  in  and  out  under  the  tank.  A  little  yard  may  be 
constructed  of  glass  sash,  something  like  a  hot-bed.  Feed  the  chicks 
four  or  five  times  a  day,  at  first  on  hard-boiled  eggs,  chopped  fine,  giving 
them  also  a  little  milk,  fine  screenings,  and  millet  seed.  After  they  are 
a  week  old  feed  anytlung  they  can  eat,  but  never  feed  meal  in  a  raw 
state,  as  it  should  be  scalded  first.  Keep  a  little  sand,  fine  gravel,  and 
bone-meal  within  reach  of  them  all  the  time,  and  see  that  they  are  always 
dry,  clean,  and  warm.  Do  not  crowd  them,  as  the  fewer  the  number 
together  the  better,  and  never  have  different  ages  together. 

This  incubator  will  hatch  chicks,  ducks,  turkeys,  or  guineas,  and  we 
see  no  reason  why  it  should  not  liatch  the  egg  of  the  ostrich  or  anything 
else  as  well.  Chicks  hatched  l)y  incul)ators,  if  rightly  cared  for,  do 
better  than  with  hens,  and  are  stronger  and  more  vigorous. 

We  have  endeavored  here  to  embody  all  the  answers  to  questions  that 
we  suppose  may  be  asked.  Sliould  you  be  in  doubt,  read  the  directions 
carefully  again.  We  trust  that  with  the  lielp  of  our  illustrations  our 
readers  will  have  no  difficulties  in  tlio  way.— r/ic-  FuuUry  Keejier. 


A  C)ieap  charcoal  SioVe. 

I  saw  the  other  day  at  a  friend's  house  one  of  the  simplest  and  most 
effective  stoves  for  a  small  conservatory  it  is  i>ossible  to  imagine.  It 
was  composed  of  tliree  12-inch  ordinary  flower 
pots.  The  hole  at  the  Ijottom  of  the  lowest  was 
cf)vered  with  a  sin.ill  pot,  into  the  sides  of  which 
had  been  bored  a  number  of  holes.  The  pot  was 
then  three  part.s  filled  with  charcoal,  and  lighted 
from  the  top.  This  is  the  furnace.  It  is  covered 
by  pots  Nos.  2  and  3,  and  a  light  tin  funnel  and 
cliimney  carry  off  the  vapor.  The  <lraiight  is 
maintained  by  placingthe  apparatus  on  a  couple 
f>f  bricks,  and  regulated  by  closing  the  inter- 
vening space  witli  mud,  leaving  only  fi  sufficient 
aperture  to  keep  the  fire  linrning.  Tliis  im- 
provised stove  will  l)urn  witliout  attontif)n  for 
twenty-four  hours,  and  it  is  amazing  what  a 
great  amount  of  heat  is  given  o6F  from  so  small 
a  surface.— S.  J.,  in  the  Gardener'' s  Chronicle. 


AND  GKEAT   PHYSICIANS.  49 

Preservative  Coi|ipoUi|^s. 

Within  a  few  years  some  valuable  methods  of  keeping  meats,  fish, 
oysters,  fruits,  fruit  juices,  milk,  butter,  etc.,  in  a  healthful,  nutritious, 
and  palatable  condition  for  a  considerable  time  past  the  ordinary  period 
of  their  decay  have  been  discovered.  In  the  following  treatise  we  give 
the  results  of  the  most  patient  research  in  securing  all  the  latest  and 
most  valuable  information  in  regard  to  this  important  subject. 

We  will  not  deal  with  processes  which  necessitate  complicated  ap- 
paratus or  which  require  almost  impossible  chemical  combinations, 
but  we  will  explain  inventions  which  have  undoubted  value  combined 
with  as  much  simplicity  in  the  preparation  as  the  circumstances  will 
permit. 

Of  all  the  anti-septic  agents  used  for  the  purposes  mentioned  boracic 
acid  is  the  favorite,  and  salicylic  acid  next  in  choice.  Various  other 
anti-septic  agents  are  used  and  combined  in  different  ways,  according 
to  the  results  of  experiments.  They  are  applied  either  by  immersion, 
coating,  injecting,  vapors,  etc.,  according  to  specified  instructions. 

Prof.  Frederic  S.  Barff  of  Kilburn,  England,  it  seems  was  the  first 
to  combine  boracic  acid  with  glycerine,  and  to  produce  a  preservative 
compound  known  as  boroglyceride,  which  is  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol.  As  boracic  acid  is  but  slightly  soluble  in  water  and  other 
common  solvents  this  combination  with  glycerine — which  is  also  a  use- 
ful agent  in  arresting  the  growth  of  germs— is  peculiarly  valuable.  It 
is  tasteless  and  inodorous  and  imparts  no  disagreeable  taste  or  odor  to 
the  substance  being  treated.  Solutions  of  the  compound  may  be  applied 
to  the  preservation  of  all  organic  substances,  either  animal  or  vegeta- 
ble. The  process  was  patented  in  England  in  1881  and  in  the  United 
States  in  1882. 

To  prei)are  Ijoroglyceride,  glycerine  is  heated  to  near  its  boiling 
point  and  boracic  acid  added  until  it  ceases  to  be  dissolved,  the  propor- 
tions being  about  92  parts  by  weight  of  glycerine  to  62  parts  by  weight 
of  boracic  acid  in  chrystals.  Maintain  the  mixture  to  a  temperature  of 
about  200  deg.  centigrade  as  long  as  water  is  given  oif .  When  the  mass 
cools  it  ))ecomes  a  yellowish,  transparent,  glacial  substance,  tough  and 
deliquescent.  This  dissolves  in  water,  Imt  when  boiled  in  large  quanti- 
ties of  the  same  it  is  decomposed  into  glycerine  and  boracic  acid.  In 
order  to  to  employ  the  compound  preiiare  a  solution  either  in  water, 
alcohol,  or  other  suitable  solvent  and  immerse  in  or  impregnate  with 
such  solutions  the  organic  substances  to  be  operated  upon.  Solutions 
may  be  prepared  of  various  degrees  of  strength,  but  it  has  been  found 
that  a  solution  consisting  of  1  part  by  weight  of  the  compound  and  40 
parts  by  weight  of  water  will  give  good  results;  but  other  desired  pro- 
portions may  be  adopted. 

Prof.  Barff,  the  inventor  of  the  boroglyceride  process,  read  a  paper 
before  the  Royal  Society  of  Arts,  London,  in  regard  to  his  method  of 
preserving  food.    The  date  of  the  reading  is  not  at  hand,  but  it  is  sup- 


50  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

posed  to  be  slightly  prior  to  May  13, 1882,  on  which  date  it  was  printed 
in  the  Scientific  American  Supplement,  Although  quite  lengthy  the 
paper  contains  so  much  interesting  data  and  light  upon  the  subject  that 
we  reproduce  it  almost  entirely,  together  with  remarks  by  other  eminent 
gentlemen  who  were  present  at  the  meeting: 

"This  evening  I  have  on  the  table  specimens  of  food  which  have  been 
kept  for  longer  or  shorter  periods,  as  they  are  intended  to  illustrate 
various  applications  of  this  preserving  material.  As  you  know  oysters 
are  imported  very  largely  in  tins.  They  are  cooked  at  a  liigh  tempera- 
ture and  hermeticaUy  sealed.  The  high  temperature  to  which  they  are 
exposed  necessarily  causes  a  loss  of  flavor,  and  it  is  generally  remarked 
that  tinned  oysters  are  not  a  success.  *  *  *  I  have  oysters  on  the 
table  which  were  opened  on  the  :3d  of  December  in  last  year.  I  will  ask 
you  to  taste  them  and  see  in  what  conditic)n  they  are,  and  I  would  also 
remind  yoa  that  they  have  not  been  kept  in  hermetically  sealed  tins,  but 
simply  in  corked  or  stoppered  bottles;  hence  this  method  of  preserving 
oysters  is  cheaper  than  the  other,  and  I  maintain  tliat  it  is  more  effective, 
because  thiir  natural  and  fresh  flavor  is  preserved.  1  am  informed  by  a 
friend  in  Jamaica  that  lie  has  sent  me  some  Jamaica  oysters  and  other 
things— I  trust  they  will  be  here  in  time  for  mo  to  submit  tliem  to  you 
this  evening. 

"Another  substance,  the  perfect  preservation  of  wliich  is  very  im- 
imrtant,  is  cream,  both  for  home  use  and  for  exportation.  Cream  in 
London  costs  from  four  to  five  shillings  per  quart;  it  can  be  bought  in 
country  places  for  two  shillings,  and  even  for  less.  This  preservative  sub- 
stance will  keep  cream  for  mouths  perfectly  good  and  sweet,  liaving  its 
full  flavor;  so  that  it  would  be  quite  possible  to  send  it  in  (juantities 
from  tlie  country,  and  its  sale  need  not  be  pre.ssed  as  it  need  not  be  used 
immediately.  I  liave  regularly  every  week,  except  during  the  liolidays, 
brought  witli  me  f rt)m  Heaumont  ( 'oUege,  near  Windsor,  where  I  lecture, 
a  quart  of  cream  treated  with  one  ounce  of  the  boroglyceride;  it  has 
always  kept  perfectly  good  even  in  the  liottest  weather.  I  liave  done 
this  for  a  year  antl  a  lialf;  a  near  rehitive  has  taken  the  greater  part  of 
this  regularly  for  llie  lime  stated,  aii<l  this  proves  conclusively  that  there 
is  nothing  at  all  injurious  to  healtli  in  the  compounil.  1  see  a  gentle- 
man present  here  to-night  who  is  connected  with  that  college  iie  a  pro- 
fessor of  natual  science,  and  he  will,  in  tlie  iliwussion,  l)e  a!)le  to  give 
you  very  valuable  information  as  to  the  material  and  as  to  its  perfect 
wholesomeness.  Last  month  I  sent  some  cream  to  the  Hev.  J,  Ryan,  a, 
Jesuit  priest  in  Jamaica,  and  I  have  received  a  letter  from  him,  from 
which  1  will  read  you  an  extract: 

'2tl  NOBTH  STHEET.  KlXriSTON,  JAMAICA, 

'February  U4,  1»S'2. 
'Tlie  cream  wldch  yon  sent  was  used  by  eight  of  ns  in  coffee,  and  was 
pronounced   tf>  be  wonderfully  gooil.     Next    morning   it   was  taken  in 
pri>rerenwi^  to  a  beaten  egg,  by  the  capluiu  of  Ji.  M.  iS.  Teuedos,  to  his 
coffee.' 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  51 

"Lapt  year  I  sent  somp  Devonshire  clotted  cream,  which  I  prepared 
myself,  to  Zanzibar,  on  the  east  coast  of  Atrica.  The  climate  here  i.s 
very  hot;  fresh  food  will  only  keep  a  few  hours.  This  cream  had  to  pass 
through  the  hot  climate  of  the  Red  Sea.  1  will  read  an  extract  from  a 
letter  written  by  a  lady  who  received  the  cream: 

'Universities  Mission  to  Central  Africa, 
'Mbweni,  Zanzibar,  March  8,  1881. 

'The  Devonshire  cream  you  sent  us  was  quite  a  success.    I  received  it 

last  night.    Fortunately  the  Bishop  and  Miss  A came  to  Mbweni, 

to-day,  so  we  had  it  for  ilinner.  That  I  might  have  everything  correct 
I  opened  a  pot  of  raspberry  jam  which  we  had  from  London  a  longtime 
ago.  The  Bishop  said  it  had  kept  perfectly,  but  had  not  quite  tlie  rich 
flavor  that  it  has  when  quite  fresh;  he  has  been  used  to  it  in  Devonshire. 
Every  one  pronounced  it  most  excellent.    We  sent  some  in  to  Mrs. 

H ,  and  were  surprised  at  her  sending  for  more,  for  she  seldom 

eats  half  anything  we  send  her.  She  did  not  know  what  it  was,  but  she 
said  she  liad  never  had  anything  liere  slie  enjoyed  so  much.' 

'A  year  ago  I  sent  some  cream  from  Beaumont  College  dairy  to  the 
Rev.  Thomas  Porter,  the  head  of  the  Jesuit  Mission  in  the  West  Indies, 
He  states  that  the  cream  was  as  good  as  any  he  had  eaten  at  home,  that 
he  gave  it  to  several  strangers  to  eat,  and  that  they  would  not  believe 
that  it  came  from  England.  These  experiments  and  these  testimonies 
prove  conclusively  that  this  compound  will  preserve  cream.  I  sliall 
this  evening  show  you  specimens.  It  is  easy  to  send  cream  in  good 
condition  to  the  tropics.  A  great  objection  to  condensed  milk  is  that 
it  is  always  too  sweet.  The  boroglyceride  will  preserve  condensed  milk, 
and  will  give  t  no  flavor  at  all.  My  friend,  the  Rev.  Thomas  Porter, 
sent  me  some  articles  preserved  with  the  material  which,  I  sent  him 
from  England.  They  aiTived  about  .June  in  last  year.  Some  raw,  fresh 
turtle  came  quite  fresh.  It  was  cooked  and  eaten  by  several  persons,  who 
said  It  was  quite  fresh  and  good,  and  had  the  flavor  of  fresh  turtle.  At 
my  own  house  I  had  turtle  cutlets  fried;  tliey  were  perfectly  good,  and 
tasted  like  turtle.  Another  article  which  Father  Porter  sent  me  was  an 
uncooked  Jamaica  pigeon;  it  was  roasted  at  Beaumont  College.  I 
divided  it  and  brouglit  half  of  it  home  It  was  tasted  by  twelve  people, 
who  all  pronounced  that  it  was  perfectly  good,  and  had  the  true  pigeon 
flavor.  In  the  same  parcel  came  some  green  sugar-cane,  fresh  tama- 
rinds taken  direct  from  tl\e  tree,  fresli  limes,  and  the  juices  of  two 
different  fruits.  All  were  fresh,  and  were  tasted  Isy  gentlemen  who  had 
lived  in  Jamaica,  who  all  declared  that  they  liad  all  their  own  peculiar 
flavors.  On  the  3d  of  September,  iHSl,  another  box  was  sent  me  from 
Jamaica,  containing  sugar-cane,  guavas,  fresh  ginger,  and  turtle;  the 
turtle  had  come  to  grief,  because  it  was  not  properly  treated  on  the 
other  side;  the  cane,  guavas,  and  fresh  ginger  have  been  tasteil  by  those 
who  have  lived  in  Jamaica,  and  have  been  pronounced  to  liave  their 
true  flavors. 

Ordinary  milk  cannot  be  kept  good  for  a  long  time,  especially  m  hoi 
weather.    If  milk  were  concentrated  in  this  country,  and  heated  with 


52  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

the  boroglyceride,  carriage  would  be  saved,  and  the  milk  might  be  kept 
good  and  fresh  for  a  fortnight  and  more;  all  it  would  require  would  be 
to  reduce  it  again  to  its  original  strength.  If  fresh  milk  be  treated  with 
this  preservative  it  can  be  set  for  cream  for  several  days,  even  in  hot 
weather.  Tlie  cream  which  rises  will  keep,  and  the  skini-milk  will  re- 
main sweet  for  several  weeks;  this  I  have  tried  in  the  dairy  at  Beaumont 
College.  From  the  cream  so  prepared  butter  was  made,  and  was  kept 
for  several  weeks  without  a  particle  of  salt,  and  was  eaten  by  members 
of  the  college.  1  also  wish  to  show  another  methoil  liy  vvhicli  meat  can 
be  preserved  and  cheaply  transported.  In  8outh  America,  aljout  Buenos 
Ayres  and  tlie  River  Platte,  many  cattle  are  killed  simply  for  the  hides 
and  fat;  the  flesh  is  tlirown  away.  Now,  if  this  flesh  were  cut  up  in 
small  pieces,  and  put  into  the  preserving  liquid  for  a  night,  it  woukl, 
even  in  that  hot  climate,  keep  good  for  stmie  time.  It  cotdd  then  in  a 
few  hours  be  dried  in  the  sun,  packed  in  casks,  and  sent  to  this  or  to 
other  countries.  I  have  a  specimen  of  beef  treated  in  this  way.  It  was 
I)ut  into  the  solution  on  Jan.  19, 1882,  dried  Fel).  1,  and  has  lately,  within 
a  few  days,  been  boiled,  and  here  is  the  resulting  beef  tea,  which  has  not 
in  any  way  been  flavored.  I  have  also  small  quantities  of  beef  juico 
here  preserved  in  l)ot ties.  The  juice  was  expressed  and  lias  l)een  kept 
raw.  Haw  lieef  and  mutton  juice  is  recommended  l)y  medical  men  iu 
many  conditions  of  the  digestive  system.  I  administered  it  to  a  near 
relation  for  six  weeks,  and  the  juice  was  preserved  good  by  my  material. 
In  the  case  referred  to  the  effect  was  very  satisfactory.  It  appears  to 
me  to  be  a  most  important  inatl^'r  that  soup  meat,  and  meat  for  i)ottiug 
and  stewing,  should  be  sent  to  tliis  country  in  the  way  I  propose.  The 
supplywould  bo  large,the  prices  low,  and  tlie  profit  sliigldy  satisfactory, 
and  it  would  greatly  relieve  tlie  meat  market,  because  a  very  large  quan- 
tity of  fresh  meat  which  is  now  uscil  for  soup  could  lie  omi'loyed  in 
other  ways.  It  has  Ix-eii  remarked  to  me:  'Hut  would  you  get  people  to 
use  it?'  I  think,  to  begin  with,  that  if  jirojirietors  of  hotels  and  heads 
of  large  puiilic  institutions,  workhouses,  and  hospitals  could  be  sliown 
that  for  half  tlie  cost  they  could  have  equfrtly  good  soup  and  S(  up  stock, 
tlii'y  would  willingly  use  it,  and  from  thence  it  would  come  into  private 
use.  1  have  spi'ci mens  to  sliow  the  cffi'ct  of  boroglyceride  on  fish.  Here 
are  sjjrats  which  liave  been  kept  for  a  year;  they  are  tlry,  l)ut  perfectly 
good  and  r^atabie;  also  some  preserved  fresh  since  Jan.  VA,  l.ss'2.  You 
will  be  able  to  judge  of  their  api>earance  and  flavor.  1  have  also  her- 
rings anil  a  piece  of  skate  which  have  1 n  ])reserv('d  for  the  sami"  time. 

If  tishmongcrs  had  a  lank  of  this  M>liilioii  they  could,  at  the  enil  of  the 
day,  put  thfir  fish  in  it,  and  take  them  out  when  reciuired.  Bloaters,  when 
lightly  ciircit  in  hot  weather,  df>  not  keep  good  many  days;  if  a  small 
quantity  of  tliis  slufT  was  used  with  the  salt,  they  would  lu>ep  good  for 
iiionlliH.  'rii4<  name  may  lie  said  of  smoked  salnion.  'I'lial  which  is  very 
salt  costs  '.Ic  I  per  pound.  In  it  the  mild  cured  kinds  cost  lis.  lid.  to  Is.  per 
IMiiiiid.  .'Ml  could  lie  mildly  cured  if  this  nialerial  was  used  with  the 
other  curing  substuiices.    As  an  adjunct  iu  curing  mild  humti  and  bucuu 


AND  GREAT   PHtSICIANS.  53 

it  would  be  of  sreat  nse,  for  these,  wlien  cured  lightly,  would  not  go 
bad,  as  they  often  do  in  tlie  suniiner  time.  What  I  have  said  as  to  the 
temporary  preservation  of  fish  by  fishmongers  applies  e(iually  to  the 
preservation  of  meat  and  fowls  by  butchers  and  poulterers. 

"It  is  justly  complained  of  that  the  Australian  cooked  meat  is  over- 
cooked. If  it  were  for  a  short  time  dropped  in  this  preservative  solu- 
tion it  would  keep  perfectly  well  after  being  lightly  cooked,  even  under- 
done. I  have  a  laiece  of  beef  which  was  dipped  Feb.  28  and  boiled  on 
March  9.  It  has  been  left  in  its  own  liquid,  it  was  not  flavored,  and  no 
salt  was  added.  Here,  too,  is  a  vast  field  for  the  application  of  the 
process.  Here  is  also  lobster  which  was  taken  out  of  the  shell  Feb.  1, 
and  here  are  two  lobsters  in  their  shell  which  were  immersed  on  the 
same  day. 

"I  now  wish  to  draw  your  attention  to  a  i^arcel  from  Jamaica,  which 
has  just  arrived,  and  from  which  I  am  able,  I  am  happy  to  say,  to  show 
you  specimens  which  must  be  of  interest.  In  a  jar  on  the  table  is  some 
fresh  turtle,  which  I  had  simply  cooked.  I  thought  it  better  so  to  pre- 
sent it  to  you  rather  than  raw.  There  is  also  a  Jamaica  pigeon,  also 
just  cooked  here,  and  a  vol  uu  vent,  which  I  have  had  made  from  oysters 
which  were  sent  open  in  the  preserving  stuff  from  Jamaica.  These 
specimens  will  prove  conclusively  that  food  sent  from  a  tropical 
climate  retains  its  freshness  and  delicate  flavor.  I  have  reserved  one  of 
the  pigeons  raw,  that  you  may  see  in  what  state  it  arrived.  Some  mut- 
ton was  shipped  to  me  from  the  Falkland  Islands  at  the  beginning  of 
last  August;  a  piece  of  it  is  uncooked  on  the  table.  I  have  also  had  a 
piece  stewed,  which  you  will  be  able  to  taste  this  has  of  course  passed 
the  tropics.  Through  the  kindness  of  my  friend  Mr.  Haffenden  of  the 
'Andaluzia,'  in  the  Strand,  who  owns  vineyards  in  the  southwest  of 
Spain,  1  can  show  you  some  perfectly  fresh  sardines  which  he  had  placed 
in  the  preserving  fluid  several  months  ago  in  Spain,  and  which  he 
brought  with  him.  You  will  yourselves  judge  of  their  condition;  I  will 
only  remark  that  they  have  the  peculiar  fragrance  of  that  delicate  fish, 
and  will  it  not  be  a  boon  to  have  a  supply  of  this  fresh  delicacy  at  a 
moderate  cost? 

"You  will  also  see,  and  I  hope  taste,  a  pigeon  pie.  The  pigeons  and 
the  steak  have  been  preserved  raw  in  stoppered  bottles  since  the  21st  of 
last  November  and  the  eggs  since  the  4th  of  July,  1881.  I  will  also  call 
your  attention  to  a  tongue  which  I  myself  placed  in  the  solution  Feb.  9 
in  this  year,  with  some  garlic,  sugar,  and  juniper  berries,  my  object  be- 
ing to  show  that  salt  can,  if  desired,  be  dispensed  with.  You  will  doubt- 
less find  that  it  will  require  salt;  but  you  will  readily  infer  that  hams, 
tongues,  etc.,  can  be  made  just  as  salt  as  one  pleases,  and  will  yet  keep 
perfectly  sweet,  in  fact  sounder,  than  those  cured  only  with  salt.  This 
tongue  was  boiled  out  of  pickle.  I  exhibit  two  shoulders  of  mutton, 
one  cooked,  the  other  raw;  they  are  from  sheep  killed  Jan.  10,  1882. 
Also  a  piece  of  beef  preserved  on  the  same  day;  this  when  you  have  in- 
spected it  shall  be  cut  in  slices  and  broiled.  You  will  see  some  sausages, 


54  SECRETS  OF   WISE  MEX,   CHEMISTS, 

both  cooked  and  uncooked;  they  were  made  for  me  by  Mr.  Bowron, 
poulterer,  of  Paddington,  early  in  July  las^t,  before  I  went  to  Callsbad. 
I  took  Home  with  nie  to  that  place,  and  they  were  there  eaten  and  pro- 
nounced good.  These  are  some  of  the  same  lot;  they  were  made  as  fol- 
lows: The  meat  was  chopped,  put  into  the  preserving  fluid  for  one 
night,  and  then  mixed  with  the  other  materitd  in  tlie  ordinary  way. 
They  have  been  kept  since  in  an  earthenware  jar;  they  liave,  therefore, 
been  made  more  than  nine  months.  I  may  remark  that  the  bread  in 
these  sausages  was  not  treated,  and  therefore  it  has  become  slightly 
sour,  but  the  pork  has  kept  perfectly  fresh.  1  have  also  some  other 
sausages  which  I  bought  Jan.  1'2,  and  at  once  preserved;  these  having 
been  steeped,  the  bread  has  not  turned  in  the  sliglitest  degree  sour. 

'"Mock  turtle  soup,  bought  ready  made  from  a  confectioner's  shop  in 
Oxford  street,  Jan.  2.">,  treated  with  the  pre.'servative  stuff,  has  remained 
quite  good  and  unchanged  in  flavor. 

"There  is  also  a  specimen  of  gravy  soup  made  in  October  last,  and 
some  vermicelli  soup  made  about  three  weeks  ago.  The  preservative 
action  of  boroglyceride  in  cooked  foods  is,  it  seems  to  me,  of  great  im- 
portance to  hotel-keepers,  confectioners,  and  restaurant  proprietors,  as 
it  will  enable  them  to  buy  large  stocks  when  certain  articles  are  cheap, 
and  from  the  specimen  I  show  of  cooked  beef  you  see  it  remains  quite 
moist,  as  it  can  be  kept,  without  getting  sour,  in  its  own  gravy  and  un- 
der a  layer  of  its  own  fat.  To  prove  that  articles  can  be  kept  and  dried 
without  losing  their  flavor,  I  liad  some  partridges  treated  and  dried 
last  February  twelvemonth,  and  I  exhibit  some  soup  made  from  two  of 
these  birds.  The  other  articles  on  the  table  are  one  raw  and  one  roast 
fowl,  bought  Jan.  17;  one  raw  and  one  roiust  iiheasant,  bought  Feb.  5;  one 
rabbit  boiled,  bought  Jan.  17.  There  are  also  from  Jamaica  a  greeu 
lime,  some  fresh  tamarinds,  and  some  pieces  of  fresh  ginger.    *    *    » 

"I  thank  yon,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  for  the  patient  hearing  yoa  have 
given  me." 

DiscnssiON, 

The  Chairman  said  the  paper  was  marked  by  the  clear  and  philo- 
sophic way  in  which  tlie  subject  was  treated,  and  before  inviting  dis- 
cussion upon  it  he  would  mention  shortly  his  own  exi)erience  of  the 
process,  tlif  only  interest  of  which  wjus  that  it  was  ipiite  inile|>endent  of 
Prof.  Harff.  When  he  was  asketl  to  take  tlie  cliair  he  communicateil 
witli  Mr.  Harff,  and  inquiretl  wlia^  the  process  was.  Mr.  Barff  kindly 
Bent  hiui  a  specimen  of  this  substance,  whicli  Iw  melted,  antl  put  some 
of  it  into  oiii'-half  of  a  i>int  of  cream.  Tlie  other  half  very  soon  turiu'd 
Hour,  and  had  to  be  thrown  away,  but  that  to  which  (lie  suhstance  was 
added  was  perfectly  fresh  that  nuirning.  Ho  was  confirme<i  in  tlio 
opinion  of  it«  freshness  by  the  cook,  though  she  said  there  was  a  very 
slight  tartness  perceptible,  by  which  she  could  <listinguisli  it  from  fresh 
cream,  lit;  had  also  tried  another  fXpfriiricMl  on  meat  which  was 
clioppetl  vi-ry  fint',  an<l  divided  into  two  parts;  to  one  part  he  added 
merely  tepid  water,  to   the   otlii-r,  lepid  waItT   to  which   oue-sixtefUtli 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  55 

of  its  balk  of  this  compound  had  been  added.  This  was  left  on  the 
meat  for  eighteen  hours,  and  t]ien  filtered  off  through  muslin.  Several 
days  ago  the  jjortion  which  had  no  preservative  was  very  offensive,  but 
the  other  portion  was  that  morning  oerfectly  free  from  any  odor  what- 
ever. 

The  Rev.  J.  L.  Dobson  said  he  had  had  the  pleasure  of  being  associ- 
ated with  Mr.  Barff  in  most  of  the  experiments  he  had  detailed,  and 
might  therefore  anticipate  his  reply  to  one  or  two  points  raised  by  Dr. 
Graham.  An  experiment  which  was  tried  for  some  time  in  a  large 
school  would  answer  the  question  of  wholesomeness.  At  the  Beaumont 
College,  Windsor,  there  was  a  large  staff  of  teachers  and  over  200  pupils, 
and  during  the  hot  weather  of  last  summer  the  dairymaid  was  very  much 
annoyed  at  the  milk  turning  sour,  and  applied  to  him  to  see  if  he  coukl 
do  anything  to  counteract  it.  He  handed  lier  some  14  or  1.5  lbs.  of  this 
material,  and  during  the  whole  of  the  hot  weather  and  well  on  into  Sei)- 
tember  it  was  constantly  used,  and  the  milk  was  preserved;  but  the 
method  was  not  detected  by  any  one,  either  by  the  younger  members  or 
by  those  who  might  be  expected  to  oe  more  critical.  No  ill  effects  were 
observed  by  the  medical  officer  or  by  individuals.  From  his  own  ex- 
perience he  thought  the  aroma  was  very  well  preserved  throughout. 
For  instance,  in  oysters  which  had  been  preserved  over  three  months 
there  was  the  characteristic  aroma  of  the  fresh  oyster;  mutton  could  be 
easily  distinguished  from  beef,  and  the  peculiar  smell  of  the  turtle  was 
also  very  distinct.  They  had  not  yet  tried  beer  with  so  much  fullness  as 
other  articles,  but  about  nine  months  ago  a  small  quantity  was  treated 
emd  left  exposed  to  the  air,  with  only  a  loose  stopper  of  cottorf  wool. 
It  did  not  grow  cloudy  in  tlie  ordinary  way,  but  owing  to  the  severity  of 
the  experiment,  and  perhaps  to  not  sufficiently  treating  it,  after  four 
months  it  lost  all  flavor,  became  extremely  flat,  and  a  slight  fungus  ap- 
peared. 

Dr.  Thudichnm  had  listened  with  great  pleasure  to  the  paper,  and 
had  no  doubt  if  the  application  of  the  invention  could  be  effected  on  a 
large  scale  it  would  be  very  useful.  He  had  some  experience  with  re- 
gard to  a  portion  of  the  ingredients  used,  viz.:  boracic  acid,  though  lie 
had  none  of  this  beautiful  new  compound.  It  might  not  be  known  to 
the  meeting  that  boracic  acid  had  been  used  for  a  great  many  years  for 
preserving  food,  and  in  fact  many  of  them  in  summer  time  had  their 
milk  well  dosed  with  it.  It  had  been  sold  to  milkmen  in  London  for 
years  under  the  name  of  "aseptin."  He  had  tested  it  in  186.5  and  found 
a  great  many  of  those  effects  which  Mr.  Barff  described.  For  instance 
eggs  were  beautifully  preserved,  and  steak  immersed  in  the  solution  did 
not  become  either  mouldy  or  decomposed,  but  on  the  contrary  appeared 
to  retain  its  flavor.  A  variety  of  other  things,  such  as  cheese  and  cream, 
were  for  a  long  time  preserved  by  this  application  of  aseptin.  He  hoped 
the  addition  of  the  glycerine  would  increase  the  power  and  prevent 
some  drawbacks  which  would  otherwise  stand  in  the  way  of  boracic 
acid  alone  as  a  preservative  of  raw  or  cooked  meat. 

Prof.  Barff,  in  reply  to  the  various  questions  which  had  been  asked, 


56  SECEETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

said  he  had  used  salicylic  acid  and  had  found  it  useful  in  preserving 
food,  but  for  several  reasons  discontinued  further  investigations,  one 
beiut?  on  the  score  of  its  unwholesonieness,  and  he  found  that  his  views 
on  that  point  had  been  borne  out  by  the  action  taken  by  the  French 
(iovernment.  Dr.  Graham  had  asked  him  about  flavor;  he  had  given 
Dr.  Graham  a  few  days  ago  some  specimens  of  preserved  fish,  whicli  he 
said  had  lost  their  flavor,  but  that  would  not  be  found  to  be  the  case 
with  the  box  of  sardines.  The  herrings  had  been  kept  in  an  open  vessel 
exposed  to  the  air  ever  since  the  day  they  were  put  into  the  liquid,  and 
therefore  it  was  not  surprising  that  tliey  had  lost  their  flavor.  If  they 
would  try  any  of  the  tilings  whicli  had  been  tinned,  not  soldered  up,  but 
such  as  the  Jamaica  pigeons,  which  were  in  a  comuum  corked  bottle,  it 
would  be  found  that  the  aroma  and  flavor  were  retained.  The  only 
thing  requisite  was  to  keep  tlie  vessel  so  as  to  exclude  the  air,  as  you 
would  with  tea  or  coffee.  Dr.  Tliudichum  made  some  very  interesting 
remarks  which  there  was  not  time  to  refer  to  at  length,  if  he  were  com- 
petent to  do  so,  but  not  being  a  medical  man  he  could  not  enter  into 
medical  questions.  As  to  the  wholesomeness  of  the  compound,  how- 
ever, he  might  say  that  he  liad  taken  largo  quantities  of  it  himself  and 
it  had  never  done  him  any  liarm;  anil  a  near  relative  had  taken  an  ounce 
per  week  regularly  for  a  year  and  a  half,  withfiut  any  ill  effect— a  persim, 
too,  not  very  strong  or  of  good  digestive  powers.  The  boys  and  teachers 
of  Beaumont  College  drank  milK  preserved  with  it  without  distinguisli- 
ing  the  taste  or  suffering  any  ill  effects.  He  knew  there  were  medical 
ojjinions  in  favor  of  ooracic  acid,  and  one  physician  he  was  acquainted 
with  used  it  as  a  medicine.  If  it  were  at  all  unwholesome  he  certainly 
should  not  recommend  it,  Irat  he  did  not  think  there  was  the  slightest 
fear.  As  to  boron  getting  into  the  system,  it  was  not  boron  which  was 
used,  but  oxide  of  boron;  but  even  if  it  did-  and  he  should  not  be  sur- 
prised if  traces  of  boron  were  found  in  tlie  excreta — it  did  not  follow 
that  any  harm  was  done.  There  were  many  things  which  went  through 
the  system  without  injury;  for  instance,  silica,  of  which  most  people 
took  a  great  deal  in  the  twenty-four  hours.  As  to  the  cost  of  the  process 
the  cost  per  gallon,  as  far  as  he  cfaild  tell— he  could  not  tell  exactly — 
would  be  under  Is.— i)erhaps  8d.  or  9d.— and  a  gallon  would  affect  an 
enormons  quantity.  Most  of  the  articles  on  the  table  were  put  into  one 
pan  of  solutif)n,  and  the  cost  of  lh(>  whole  stuff  was  about  Hid.  Should 
the  i)rocess  be  adopted  commercially  exporinients  as  to  the  cost  would 
be  most  carefully  made  and  the  results  publislied.  A  joint  of  any  size 
could  be  soaked;  the  only  thing  was  to  give  it  plenty  of  time.  You 
might  soak  a  piece  of  Ijeef  of  twenty  pounds,  forty  pounds,  or  fifty 
pounds;  or  you  might  use  an  inj"cting  syringe,  such  as  butchers  em- 
ployed for  salting  riu^at  quickly,  ami  the  meat  so  Invited  would  keep  for 
a  week  or  a  fortnight  |perf(!Ctly  good,  but  he  di<l  not  think  it  would  keep 
well  enough  to  pass  under  a  tropical  sun.  In  order  to  ilo  that  you  nuist 
inject  by  the  aorta,  by  means  of  a  force  pump,  so  as  to  send  the  liquid 
into  all  the  interstices  of  the  flesh.  As  to  the  jiroportions,  1  in  20  wan 
the  btrougest  ho  used,  and  1  in  00  the  weakest;  for  preserving  meat  1  i  , 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  57 

50  answered  perfeetlywell— 1  lb.  of  the  compound  added  to  50  lbs.  of 
water.  The  bottle  should  be  put  before  the  fire  until  melted,  and  then 
poured  into  hot  water,  and  it  would  dissolve.  With  regard  to  preserv- 
ing morbid  specimens  he  thought  it  would  answer  perfectlj-  well.  He 
had  had  some  practice  in  morbid  anatomy,  and  he  might  say  that,  for 
the  injection  of  bodies  to  be  used  for  anatomical  purijoses  it  would 
keep  them  perfectly  sweet.  It  should  be  injected  by  tlie  aorta  in  the 
usual  way  before  injecting  with  the  red  wax.  In  reply  to  Mr.  Dipnall 
he  would  say  that  the  compound  penetrated  right  through  into  the  inner- 
most parts  of  the  meat.  If  you  had  an  eartlien  pan  and  put  into  it  1 
lb.  of  this  and  50  lbs.  of  water,  and  placed  in  it  a  joint  which  came 
home  on  the  Saturday  night  in  hot  weat Iter,  you  could  take  it  out  tlie 
next  day  and  it  would  keei)  perfectly  for  a  fortniglit.  Of  course  it  took 
time  to  penetrate  into  the  meat,  but  the  first  superficial  penetration 
stopped  the  injurious  effects  of  germs  which  set  ui>  putrefaction.  An- 
other important  fact  was  this:  if  you  had  a  roast  leg  of  lamlj,  ijerfectly 
good,  but  did  not  eat  it  all,  and  put  it  away  in  hot  weather,  it  would 
turn  sour,  but  if  it  had  been  treated  in  this  way  it  would  not;  it  would 
keep  for  six  months  without  going  sour.  By  adding  a  small  quantity 
from  time  to  time,  which  you  could  only  learn  by  experience,  the  bath 
would  keep  perfectly  f resli  and  effective,  though  it  would  be  found  after 
a  time  to  get  rather  dark  colored.  That  arose  from  the  juice  of  the 
meat,  and  the  advantage  of  this  process  was  that  you  need  not  throw  it 
away,  as  you  must  brine,  but  could  boil  it  down  into  very  good  soup. 
In  conclusion  he  would  only  ask  his  hearers  to  read  the  paper  and  dis- 
cussion carefully  when  published,  and  he  was  sure  any  one  would  be 
able  to  carry  out  the  process. 

The  Chairman,  in  proposing  a  hearty  vote  of  thanks  to  Prof.  Barff, 
said  the  process  he  had  described  was  remarkable  for  its  great  simplic- 
ity and  the  ease  with  which  it  could  be  carried  out.  Any  cook  could 
readily  apply  it. 

The  vote  of  thanks  was  carried  unanimously. 

An  Improved  Boracic  Acid-Glycerine  Compound. 

The  following  is  the  invention  of  an  American,  William  S.  Fickett 
of  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  and  is  an  improved  process  of  combining  boracic 
acid  with  glycerine  for  preservative  purposes.    (Patent  No.  285,350.) 

"My  invention  consists  in  a  new  mode  of  producing  a  new  preserva- 
tive compound  from  boracic  acid  and  glycerine,  as  hereinafter  described. 
Heretofore  by  one  method  *  such  a  compound  has  been  produced  from 
these  ingredients  by  heating  glycerine  to  near  its  boiling  point  and  add- 
ing boracic  acid  until  it  ceases  to  be  dissolved,  and  maintaining  that 
mixture  to  a  temperature  of  200  deg.  centigrade  as  long  as  water  is  given 
off,  etc. 

"Now  my  process  consists  in  taking  equal  quantities  of  glycerine  and 
crystallized  boracic  acid,  placing  the  same  in  a  closed  or  sealed  vessel, 

*  Doubtless  the  Barff  process— [author. 


58  SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

and  then  applying  heat  at  abont  300  deg.  Fahrenheit  for  aljont  two  hours, 
which  causes  tlie  Ixn-acic  acid  to  dissolve  and  hlend  witli  the  trljcerine. 
On  cooling  it  forms  without  loss  of  woiglit  into  on  opah^scont  semi- 
solid, freely  soluble  in  cold  water,  entirely  devt)id  of  bitter  or  metallic 
taste,  and  communicating  no  objectionable  taste  to  butter  or  like  deli- 
cate foods. '  Wiien  thus  produced  it  is  an  unfailing  preventive  of  fer- 
mentation and  decay  in  animal  and  vegetable  matter  or  fluid  com- 
I)ouuds." 

Tlie  following  is  a  different  process  of  using  boracic  acid,  and  ex- 
plains itself: 

James  Howard,  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  composition  for  preserving  foods. 
(Patent  No.  27t),21l>-) 

"I  liave  discovered  a  method  of  obtaining  a  chemical  compound  of 
boracic  acid  for  the  ijroducticm  of  which  neither  solution  nor  the  em- 
ployment of  heat  is  necessary,  the  salt  being  formed  by  the  union  of  the 
component  substances  in  a  dry  state,  so  that  the  difficulties  of  solution 
and  of  loss  through  volitization  is  avoided.  Moreover  the  compound  has 
anti-septic  proiierties  distinct  from  those  of  the  acid,  due  to  one  of  the 
other  elements  tliereof,  and  is  tasteless. 

"I  take  preferably  not  less  than  .'j  parts  by  weight  of  pure  boracic« 
acid  in  crystals,  and  add  thereto  1  ijart  of  pure  phosphate  of  soda.  The 
ingredients  are  mixed  together  dry,  in  a  mill  or  other  suitable  grinding 
apparatus,  and  as  the  chemical  reaction  between  tliem  progresses  the 
whole,  or  practically  the  whole,  of  the  acid  crystals  lose  tiieir  structure, 
and  the  mass  can  be  ground  until  it  assumes  a  pasty  or  doughy  condi- 
tion. The  result  is  boro-phosphate  of  soda,  containing  more  or  less 
free  boracic  acid,  according  to  the  excess  tliereof  used  a))ove  the  pro- 
portions given.  The  moisture  yielded  l)y  the  chemical  reaction  is 
evai)orated  at  tlie  ordinary  temperature  by  exposure  to  tlie  air  without 
loss  of  boracic  acid,  and  the  dry  amori)hous  salt  thus  produced  is  read- 
ily ground.  It  may  be  used  either  as  a  dry  powder  or  may  be  dissolved 
in  water  and  applied  in  the  usual  modes  to  the  substances  to  be  i)re- 
served.  If  desired  other  substances,  sudi  as  salt  and  saltpeter,  may  bo 
added  tothe  boro-phosphate  compound,  ami  tlu!  whole  mixed  thoroughly 
by  regriiiding." 

Preservation  of  Hiifler.  Lanl,  Etc. 

The  following  process  is  the  invention  of  Mr.  William  Pitt  Clot- 
wort  liy.     (Patent  No.  2H4,ISI.) 

The  |)rocess  consists  of  incorporating  with  the  fat,  which  may  con- 
sist of  butter,  lanl,  or  oilier  gre;ise.  a  snllicieiit  amount  of  parafline. 
Paraliine  is  non-oxidizable,  without  tasti?  or  odor,  and,  as  the  inventor 
claims,  it  is  perfectly  harmless  when  used  in  this  manner,  just  as  bees- 
wax is  swallowed  with  lioney,  nlthongli  not  in  such  large  jiroportion. 
Tonsof  puralline  are  m arm  fad  u red  yearly  into  chewing  gum  and  cliewecl 
hariiilesHly  by  tliousiinils. 

In  preserving  buller  the  process  is  as  follows:  TiiUe  1  nuiice  of  ficsli 
nnsalled  butler  and   incorporate  with  il    I  ounce  of   |iarailine,  uihI   thus 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  59 

orm  a  jelly,  and  then  thoroughly  mix  this  amount  of  jelly  with  1  pound 
of  butter. 

In  preserving  lard  combine  the  paraffine  as  follows:  When  the  lard 
is  ready  to  be  drawn  off  from  the  rendering  kettles,  and  while  still  tiot, 
add  1  ounce  of  paraflSne  to  each  pound  of  lard  and  stir  the  mass  thor- 
oughly. 

Compound  for  Preserving  Food. 

Theodore  L.  Corwin  of  Marathon,  N.  Y.,  has  invented  the  following. 
(Patent  No.  253,983): 

The  invention  relates  to  the  class  of  compounds  used  to  preserve  in  a 
healthful  state  such  articles  of  food  as  meats,  fish,  milk,  eggs,  butter, 
oysters,  cider,  and  also  to  t>e  used  as  a  disinfectant  and  to  arrest  putre- 
faction. 

"I  take  of  nitrate  of  potassium,  of  salicylic  acid,  and  of  chloride  of 
sodium,  each  1  ounce.  These  should  all  be  in  powder  and  dissolved  in  1 
quart  of  water.  Then  add  1  drachm  of  hydrochloric  acid  previously 
diluted  with  1  ounce  of  water.  To  preserve  meat  immerse  for  twenty 
minutes  in  the  hot  solution,  after  which  let  it  drain  for  one  hour;  then 
pack  in  a  well-closed  vessel.  For  the  preservation  of  fish  use  the  same 
as  for  meat,  only  the  solution  should  be  allowed  to  Ijecome  cold  before 
using.  To  keep  oysters  stir  into  them  3  ounces  of  the  solution  (cold)  to 
each  gallon  of  oysters.  Cider  will  be  kept  sweet  if  there  is  added  to 
each  barrel  1  quart  of  the  solution  immediately  after  the  cider  comes 
from  the  press.  Milk  to  be  kept  sweet  should  have  the  powder  first 
named,  viz.:  nitrate  of  potassium,  salicylic  acid,  and  chloride  of  sodium, 
each  1  ounce,  added  to  every  16  gallons.  As  a  disinfectant  the  solution 
should  be  sprinkled  freely  around  the  place  or  places  to  be  disinfected. 
To  prevent  putrefaction  the  solution  should  be  copiously  applied  to  the 
object  treated." 

Fruit-Juice  Preservatives. 

An  Ohio  inventor  has  patented  a  process  for  preserving  fruit  juices 
such  as  cider,  wine,  etc.,  which  he  says,  if  treated  according  to  his  direc- 
tions, will  keep  unchanged  for  years: 

"The  juice  is  taken  before  fermentation  takes  place  and  boiled,  all 
scum  is  carefully  skimmed  off,  and  then  the  liquid,  while  still  hot,  is 
filtered  througn  a  compound  of  partially  pulverized  charcoal,  crushed 
mustard  seed,  and  ground  sassafras  root.  The  filter  should  be  covered 
with  fine  woven  wire,  outside  of  which  should  be  fastened  a  flannel 
cloth  to  catch  all  escaping  sediment.  To  every  gallon  of  juice  to  be 
filtered  there  is  placed  in  the  filter  2  ounces  of  charcoal,  2  scruples  of 
crushed  mustard  seed,  and  6  drachms  of  ground  sassafras  root.  After 
filtering  it  is  again  boiled,  and  if  any  scum  or  impurities  appear  on  the 
surface  they  are  removed,  wlien  the  juice  is  to  be  bottled,  corked  tightly, 
and  should  be  left  for  one  year." 

Schaumberg  &  Dillon's  method  of  preserving  fruit  juices  consists  in 
bottling  and  sealing  the  juices,  and  then  heating  the  bottles  to  170  deg- 


60  SECRETS  OF   WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Fahrenheit  for  thirty-five  minutes.  The  juices  are  put  in  bottles  and 
are  iniiuediately  corked  and  wired  securely,  and  tlien  6ubmert;ed  in  a 
water  bath  to  a  depth  of  about  1  inch  above  the  bottles. 

The  advantages  of  this  process  are  tliat  the  fruit  juices  will  renuiin 
sweet  indefinitely,  will  not  ferment,  and  are  free  from  all  deleterious 
matter. 

Smoke  or  Vapor  Preserviiiar  Compound. 

Rebecca  A.  McDaniel  of  Burr  Oaks,  la.,  has  patented  the  foUowing, 
which  is  one  of  quite  a  number  of  this  class  of  preservative  processes: 

"In  preserving  different  articles,  such  as  fruits,  meats,  and  other 
edibles,  I  subject  them  for  a  proper  time— differing  with  different  arti- 
cles—to the  fumes  arising  from  burning  the  compound.  This  may  be 
accomplished  by  confining  the  articles  to  be  treated  in  a  chamber  in 
which  the  compound  is  being  burned. 

COMPOSITION. 

Salicylic  acid 1    ounce. 

Sulphur 2    pounds. 

Pulverized  f)range  peel i  ounce. 

Ground  cinnamon 3   ounces. 

This  compound  well  mixed  will  burn  slowly  and  generate  fumes  or 
vapor  which  have  a  peculiar  action  in  the  preservation  of  fruits,  butter, 
milk,  pies,  bread,  eggs,  and  all  kinds  of  cooked  or  uncooked  food.  In 
treating  meats  add  nitrate  of  i)otash.  4  ounces. 

Treatment:  Provide  a  box  or  other  chamlier  with  shelves  upon  which 
tlie  articles  to  be  treated  may  be  placed.  Within  the  chamber,  properly 
closed,  I  ourn  a  suitable  quantity  of  the  compound,  allowing  the  fumes 
to  bathe  the  articles  to  be  treated.  The  compound  is  of  a  quality  that 
will  burn  slowly  by  reason  of  its  peculiar  composition,  and  it  may  be 
homed  with  fuel  other  than  it  contains." 

Salicylic  .icid  as  a  PrescrTative. 

Salicylic  acid,  aside  from  its  remedial  value,  is  used  largely  as  a  pre- 
servative, either  in  a  dry  state  or  in  the  form  of  a  solution  in  water  or 
alcohol.  Salicylic  acid  is  a  white,  dry,  crystalline  powder,  devoid  of 
smell  or  taste,  undergoes  no  change  when  kept  in  store,  and  is  neither 
intiammable  nor  volatile.  It  can  be  procureil  in  ahuost  any  drug  store, 
and  since  1S7 1  a  new  i)rocesH  in  its  manufacture  has  cheapened  it  in 
price  and  placed  it  within  the  reach  of  all. 

Medical  authorities  agree  in  considering  the  daily  consumption  of  1 
gramme  as  being  not  only  perfectly  inoffensive,  but  decidedly  beneficial 
to  health.  An  individual  living  on  a  salicylatetl  diet  would  not  absorb 
so  much  of  the  salicylic  acid  per  diem  as  that  which  is  prescribed  to  be 
taken  for  the  prevention  of  epidemics  and  other  ailments,  such  at)  goat, 
rheumatism,  catarrhal  affections,  etc. 

The  proiiortions  in  which  salicylic  acid  dissolves  are: 

One  i>art  by  weight  in  :J(H)  to  rA*)  parts  of  cold  water. 
One  part  l)y  weight  in    IM  to    2U  parts  of  hot  water. 
One  part  l>y  weight  in  .M)  i'"rtM  of  glycerine. 
Oiu)  i>art  by  weight  iu   a  parts  of  absolute  alcohol. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  61 

In  rnm,  brandy,  wine,  cider,  etc.,  it  dissolves  according  to  their  re- 
spective strengths  and  temperatures. 

Note.— By  contact  with  iron  in  any  form  salicylic  acid  takes  a  violet 
color. 

This  mast  be  noted,  especially  when  treating  milk,  etc.,  if  contained 
in  metallic  vessels.  The  only  bad  effects  will  be  simply  slight  discolor- 
ation. 

MEAT. 

It  IS  a  well-known  fact  that,  especially  in  hot  weather,  meat,  poultry, 
and  game,  although  apparently  quite  fresh,  prove,  on  closer  examina- 
tion, or  often  only  when  cooked,  to  be  tainted  and  of  bad  odor.  This 
can  be  entirely  removed  by  either  watering  and  washing  the  meat  in  a 
lukewarm  solution  of  salicylic  acid  (three  to  four  teaspoonfuls  of  acid 
to  two  quarts  of  water),  or  by  adding  a  smtdl  pinch  of  the  dry  acid  in 
powder,  during  the  cooking. 

To  keep  meat  for  several  days  from  becoming  high  or  tainted: 

Place  it  for  twenty  or  thirty  minutes  in  an  aqueous  solution  of  8 
drachms  of  salicylic  acid  to  one  gallon  of  water. 

Rub  into  the  surface  of  the  meat  some  dry  salicylic  acid,  particu- 
larly about  the  bony  and  fatty  parts;  the  meat  to  be  afterward  cleaned 
before  cooking  as  usual. 

Although  the  raw  meat  treated  with  the  acid  turns  slightly  pale  on 
the  surface  it  suffers  no  change  whatever  internally.  Meat  thus 
treated  with  salicylic  acid  requires,  also,  less  cooking  to  render  it 
tender. 

PUKE  MILK. 

A  third  of  a  teaspoonful  (or,  if  the  temperature  be  high,  a  little 
more)  of  the  solid  acid  to  a  ciuart  of  milk  delays  the  process  of  curdling 
for  thirty-six  hours,  without  influencing  its  property  of  yielding  cream. 

BUTTER 

Washed  with  an  aqueous  solution  (four  drachms  of  acid  to  a  gallon  of 
water),  or  kept  in  it,  or  wrapped  in  cloths  soaked  in  this  water,  keeps 
fresh  for  a  very  long  time.  Butter  already  rancid  can  be  improved  by 
treatment  with  a  stronger  solution  (8  drachms  of  acid  to  1  gallon  of 
water),  followed  by  washing  in  pure  water.  The  bad  smell  often  arising 
in  salted  butter  is  entirely  prevented  by  addition  of  the  acid. 

JAMS  OF  ALL  KINDS,  JELLIES,   PRESERVES,   AND   PICKLES, 

Ot  every  description,  made  in  the  usual  way,  but  with  the  addition  of 
about  1  drachm  of  salicylic  acid  to  every  4  pounds  of  the  preserve,  will 
keep  sound  with  absolute  certainty  for  a  much  longer  time,  fermenta- 
tion and  mouldiness  being  prevented.  Under  exceiitionally  unfavorable 
circumstances,  such  as  hot  |)antries,  a  little  of  the  dry  acid  should  bo 
sprinkled  on  the  top  of  tlie  vessel  or  preserve  pot.  A  tightly-fitting 
piece  of  blotting  paper,  previously  saturated  with  a  concentrated  sohi- 
tion  of  salicylic  acid  in  spirit,  brandy,  or  rum,  and  placed  on  the  top  of 
the  preserves  will  also  greatly  aid  in  keeping  them. 


62  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

NEW-LAID  EGGS 

Can  be  kept  for  a  very  long  time  by  being  placed  for  half  an  hoar  in  a 
cold,  saturated,  aqueous  solution  of  the  acid,  .then  allowed  to  dry  in  the 
air,  and,  as  usual,  kept  in  a  cool  place.  Some  prefer  to  coat  them  by 
dipping  them  in  melted  paraffine  after  they  have  been  treated  in  this 
manner.    (Use  no  straw  or  hay  in  packing  eggs.) 

THE  YOLK  AND  THE  WHITE  OF  EGGS 

Are  most  effectually  preserved  for  a  long  time  by  the  addition  of  '2  to  1 
onnce  of  the  acid  per  20  pounds  of  these  substances.  It  is  also  well  to 
place  a  paper  soaked  in  the  salicylic  acid  solution  on  the  top  of  them, 
which  greatly  enhances  the  preserving  effect. 

In  the  manufacture  of  vinegar,  salicylic  acid  is  also  of  great  impor- 
tance to  prevent  false  or  excessive  fermentation,  putridity,  etc. 

WINE. 

With  respect  to  wine  the  experiments  of  Prof.  Nenbauer  of  Wies- 
baden have  proved  that  the  introduction  of  the  acid  for  the  preservation 
of  wine  marks  an  era  of  great  industrial  progress,  as  it  energetically 
prevents,  even  when  used  in  very  small  (juantities,  the  formation  of 
mould  germs  and  other  circumstances  which  are  injurious  to  wine, 
while  it  absolutely  arrests  secondary  fermentation,  cloudiness,  etc.  As 
wine  differs  very  much  in  its  constitation  the  requisite  quantity  of  sali- 
cylic acid  must  bo  found  out  by  practice  in  each  particular  ciise.  About 
Jii  to  ?4  of  an  ounce  per  50  gallons  will  be  found  sufficient  for  most 
wines.  In  using  the  salicylic  acid  for  this  purpose  it  is  recommended 
to  make  a  strong  solution  of  it  in  pure  spirit,  perfectly  free  from  fusel 
oil,  and  then  to  add  of  this  solution  as  much  as  may  be  requisite. 

If  in  addition  to  this  the  casks  are  washed  out  with  an  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  acid  it  will  prove  of  great  service,  and  all  other  agents  at 
present  used  for  this  i)urpose  will  soon  be  abandoned.  The  larger  the 
amount  of  sugar  in  i)roportion  to  the  alcohol  the  more  salicylic  acid 
will  be  required.  The  addition  is  best  made  when  the  wine  has  attained 
its  full  ripeness.  The  effervescence  of  wine  in  spring,  or  after  carriage 
in  warm  weather,  will  at  once  be  stopped.  The  salicylic  acid  kills  all 
kinds  of  germs,  and  destrf)ys  the  growth  and  action  of  any  yeast  which 
may  still  be  present;  it  is  therefore  of  incalculable  value  in  effectually 
preserving  wine,  and  as  a  preventive  of  the  deterioration  to  which  this 
liquid  is  subject. 

Must,  fresh  from  thfl  press  in  autumn,  can  be  kept  without  fermenta- 
tion iierfcctly  fresh,  bright,  and  sweet  for  six  to  eight  months  by  the 
addition  of  I  to  1'  ^  0111  ices  per  .^0  gallon,  or  of  ',  ounce  per  KKl  bottl(>s. 
Sparkling  Must  re<|uires  an  addition  of  II  to  7  ounces  of  salicylic  acid 
))er  lUU  gallons.  In  the  same  manner  all  kinds  of  fruit-wine  which,  as 
is  well  known,  soon  turn  sour,  can  be  presurved  by  the  addition  of  a 
similar  quantity  of  salii->  lie  acid.  Mu^t  k4>pl  still  for  ti'ausporl  can  at 
any  tinie  beset  into  forntuututiou  by  u  slight  udditiou  of  curbuuutu  of 
Hoda  aud  fresh  yeaut. 


AND  GKEAT   PHYSICIANS.  63 

BEER. 

Experiments  made  upon  a  large  scale  have  placed  beyond  a  donbt 
the  remarkable  properties  of  salicylic  acid  as  a  preventive  of  secondary 
fermentation  and  acidity  in  beer,  and  as  a  preservative  of  beer  in  a 
sound  condition  when  sent  out  or  exposed  to  the  noxious  influences  of 
warm  cellars,  change  of  temperature,  etc.  The  amount  of  salicylic  acid 
required  to  produce  the  best  effects  in  preserving  beer  varies  according 
to  the  quality  of  the  malt  liquor;  but  half  an  ounce  per  barrel  of  3*5  im- 
perial gallons  will  be  very  generally  found  to  answer  the  purpose  well. 
The  addition  of  the  salicylic  acid  delays  secondary  fermentation  in 
stock  and  export  beers,  which  may  then  be  kept  for  any  length  of  time 
without  becoming  unsound  or  of  unpleasant  flavor.  Less  than  a  quarter 
ounce  of  the  powder  of  salicylic  acid  per  barrel  of  boiling  wort,  strewn 
into  the  same  while  turning  out  will  destroy  or  suspend  the  vitality  of 
the  false  ferments,  especially  that  of  the  lactic  ferment,  in  the  ferment- 
ing vats,  and  this  not  only  without  injury  to  the  yeast  cells,  but  keeping 
them  free  from  parasitical  growths.  In  this  manner  the  fermentation 
will  take  a  steadier  course  and  enable  the  liquor  to  attain  its  perfection 
during  the  ensuing  still  fermentation  in  the  cask,  into  which  another 
quarter  ounce  or  more  of  the  acid  is  to  be  given  per  barrel  a  fortnight 
before  racking.  Stout,  and  in  fact  all  beers  for  export  to  a  hot  climate, 
require  rather  more. 

For  long  transports  the  acid  in  powder  can  be  simply  thrown  into 
the  exjjort  casks,  in  which  it  dissolves  in  the  course  of  three  days  instead 
of  a  weeK,  which  is  required  by  the  cold  beer  lying  quietly. 

BOTTLED  BEEK  NOT  SALICYLATED  IN  THE  CASK. 

The  clean  bottles  mast  be  rinsed  with  a  solution  of  1  part  of  salicylic 
acid  in  4  or  .">  parts  of  spirit  (free  from  fusel  oil),  which  can  be  poured 
from  1  bottle  to  another.  Or,  a  small  pinch  of  the  acid  in  powder  is 
placed  in  every  bottle  before  filling. 

The  corks  should  always  be  boiled  in  water  containing  1  ounce  to  the 
gallon,  which  is  also  efficient  in  disinfecting  tubes,  taps,  etc. 

CIDEB. 

Dissolve  H  of  an  ounce  of  salicylic  acid  in  a  gallon  of  cider,  and  then 
add  this  amount  to  each  barrel  of  cider.  This  is  superior  to  any  prepa- 
ration of  lime.    The  cider  mast  be  treated  when  fresh. 

GLUE,  GELATINE,  GTJM   ARABIC    SOLUTIONS,   PASTE,   SIZE,   STABCH,  INK, 
SKINS  OF  ALL  KINDS,   ETC. 

Are  successfully  preserved  for  a  length  of  time  from  decomposition  or 
deterioration  by  means  of  salicylic  acid.  One-thousandth  part  of  the 
acid  introduced  into  a  vat  of  geletine  or  into  decoctions  of  animal  mat- 
ter, prevents  their  undergoing  decomposition  ff)r  an  indefinite  period 
of  time.  Calico  printers  are  using  half  a  pound  f>f  the  acid  to  every  100 
pounds  of  dressing  starch,  in  order  to  entirely  i>reclude  the  disagreeable 
odor  arising  after  awhile  from  dry  goods  in  store. 


64  SECEETS   OF  WISE   MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

IN   THE  PROCESS  OF  TANNING, 

If  the  bark-color  be  slightly  salicylated,  this  liquor  will  not  nndergo 
the  change  which,  instead  of  making  the  hides  and  skins  swell,  often 
causes  the  opposite  effect,  contracting  them  by  an  alkaline  action,  and 
at  the  same  time  imparting  to  them  a  putrid  odor.  Treatment  with 
carbolic  acid  also  leaves  a  most  objectionable  odor,  especially  in  fine 
leather  goods.  The  use  of  salicylic  acid  will  thus  be  found  highly  re- 
munerative to  all  tanners,  as  it  has  proved  in  the  industries  already 
alluded  to. 

IN  SUGAE  FACTOKIES 

Three  drachms  of  salicylic  acid  are  used  to  every  300  i)onnds  of  beet- 
root in  the  diffusing  liquor,  in  order  to  prevent  fermentation,  and  for 
destroying  the  parasitical  growths,  especially  noticeable  in  the  old 
material. 

FOE  DISINFECTING. 

Fumigation  with  the  acid  purifies  the  air  and  walls  of  closed  rooms. 
Simply  evaporate  some  on  a  heated  shovel,  which  must  not  be  red-hot. 

The  air  in  crowded  buildings,  schools,  barracks,  hospitals,  factories, 
etc.,  will  be  improved  by  keeping  tlie  floors  sprinkled  with  the  solution. 
In  sick  rooms  this  is  of  meat  importance,  the  dust  settling  on  the  floor 
being  the  readiest  receptacle  and  means  of  transmitting  the  micro- 
scopic fungi  or  germs  of  infection  which  float  in  the  air. 

VESSELS,   CORKS,   ETC., 

Are  very  well  cleaned  and  disinfected  by  washing  them  with  an  aqueous 
solution  of  the  acid.    This  deserves  especial  notice. 

It  is  evident  tliat  numeroua  advantageous  applications  of  salicylic 
acid  are  carried  out  besides  those  enumerated  above,  but  tlie  descrip- 
tions already  given  will  cnalilo  any  person  interested  in  the  matter  to 
find  out  the  best  means  of  deriving  profit  from  the  wonderful  proper- 
ties of  this  extremely  useful  substance. 


Ice-iloUse  ai|^   l^ef rigeraior. 

BY  JOHN  TAYLOR. 

Houses  builton  (his  plan  arc  lined  Ihrougliout  tlie  inside  with  sheet 
iron.  There  is  a  layer  of  felt  nailed  (<»  tlie  sides,  ceiling,  and  floor  of 
the  room,  and  on  this  is  nailed  the  sheet  iron.  It  is  then  painted  with 
two  heavy  coats,  it  being  (ho  aim  to  fill  up  all  joints  and  seams  with  the 
paint.  Rut  as  the  tin  and  feKdo  not  render  (lie  room  absolutely  air- 
tight, I  am  of  opinion  (hat  it  can  as  well  l)f  dispensed  willi.  It  mit;lit 
save  some  ice  if  (he  seanis  were  all  Holdered.  Tlic  la.ver  (if  C(Mneiit, 
UHphnituni  or  gas  (ar,  which  should  cov(-r  (he  gnxnid  below  the  joists, 
is  to  protect  tli(<  room  from  (he  nioiH(ure  and  warmth  of  the  earth. 
.VbovelhiH  layer  should  be  about  HO  inches  of  dry  sawihist  or  turneru 
shuvingH,  well  packed  up  to  (he  level  of  the  top  of  (he  joists. 


AND  GBEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


65 


The  drainage  from  the  ice  Ih  carried  off  by  a  series  of  V-shaped  tin  or 
iron  troughs,  which  ran  between  the  joists,  all  of  which  carry  the  water 
to  one  point,  where  it  is  carried  outside  by  a  trap-pipe.  These  troughs 
reach  over  to  the  center  of  the  top  of  the  joists,  and  are  soldered  to- 
gether, 60  that  no  water  will  drip  on  the  floor  below.  It  will  be  seen 
that  in  this  plan  there  is  no  sawdust  or  other  preservative  in  contact 
with  the  ice,  and  that  the  air  of  the  room  circulates  around  and  over  the 
ice.  As  long  as  the  temperature  of  the  goods  stored  is  above  the  tem- 
perature of  the  room  there  will  be  a  gentle  draught  around  the  mass  of 
ice,  and  of  course  all  the  moisture  in  the  air,  vapors,  and  odors  from 


JS^riotratiMSinie* 


the  goods  wiU  condense  on  the  ice  and  pass  off,  so  that  you  can  keep 
milk,  cream,  butter,  fruits,  and  meats  all  in  the  same  chamber  without 
danger  of  injuring  the  flavor  of  either.  The  atmosphere  of  the  room  is 
always  dry,  sweet,  and  pure. 

The  features  of  this  plan  can  as  well  be  carried  out  by  arranging  a 
room  inside  of  another  building. 

I  should  have  explained  before  that  the  ice  does  not  rest  directly  on 
the  joists;  but  there  is  a  bed  of  oak  lath,  about  li  by  3  inches,  laid  across 
thejoiets,  about  4  or  5  inches  apart,  on  which  the  ice  is  laid.    I  would 


66 


SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


further  snggest  that  another  cold  chamber  can  as  well  be  had  by  making 
a  cellar  under  the  one  shown,  with  a  lattice  floor  between  them.  It 
would  be  necessary  to  finish  the  sides  and  bottom  of  this  cellar  in  the 
most  complete  manner,  as  above  described.  At  the  entrance  to  the 
store-room  there  must  be  a  vestibule,  either  inside  or  outside,  as  space 
or  circomstances  may  diroct.  If  outside  the  walls  should  be  thick  and 
the  door  very  heavy.  The  doors,  both  inside  and  outside,  should  be 
fitted  with  rubber,  so  as  to  close  perfectly  tight,  and  both  doors  must 
never  be  opened  at  the  same  time.  This  vestibule  should  be  large 
enough  to  contain  a  fair  wagon  load  of  goods,  so  that  if  you  are  receiv- 
ing a  load  of  stufiF  yon  are  not  required  to  stop  until  all  is  in  the  vesti- 
bule and  ready  to  store.  This  house  only  needs  filling  once  a  year.  The 
temperature  will  range  from  34  deg.  in  winter  to  36  deg.  in  summer,  and 
will  preserve  fruit  perfectly  from  season  to  season.  The  opening  for 
putting  in  the  ice,  shown  just  under  the  pnllcy  in  the  cut,  has  two  doors 
with  a  space  between;  each  door  a  foot  thick.  The  window  in  the  cold 
room  has  three  sets  of  sash,  well  packed  or  cemented.  The  walls  are  13 
inches  thick,  lined  with  17  inches  of  sawdust.  Thirty-six  inches  of  saw- 
dust are  put  on  the  floor  over  the  ice.  The  building  shown  is  25  feet 
square,  inside  measure,  and  22  feet  from  floor  of  cold  room  to  ceiling 
over  the  ice.  The  ice-room  is  12  feet  high,  and  the  cold  room  9  feet. 
Pillars  are  required  under  the  center  of  the  ice,— Country  Gentleman. 


cheap  Iceii'lloUses. 

Settlers  in  the  newer  portions  of  the  couutry  are  often  deprived  of 
many  comforts  which  are  easily  accessi  ble  in  long-settled  places.  What- 
ever contributes  to  lessen  these  privations,  if  at  little  cost,  sliould  merit 
special  attention.    A  cheap  ice-house  may  be  made  to  afford  an  impor- 


FlQ.   1. 


tant  nharp  of  country  comforts  in  such  settlements.  There  is  nf>thing 
to  prevent  an  Hl)iiudant  Hiiiiply  through  thi-  lieal  of  rtiimintT  where  there 
Ih  a  stream  or  sheet  of  water  within  Iwd  or  tlirne  iiiilei*  fniiii  which  cleiir 
blockb  of  ice  may  be  sawed.    auwdoBt  is  the  best  material  for  packing. 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


67 


bnt  in  its  absence  cha£f,  chopped  straw,  or  even  straw  unchopped  may 
be  made  to  answer  the  purpose. 

A  costly  and  elaborate  building  is  no  better  than  the  cheapest 
structure  for  keeping  ice,  if  care  is  only  taken  to  have  it  properly 
packed,  which  is  very  easily  done  after  one  "knows  how."  We  have 
never  seen  ice  better  preserved  through  a  long  and  hot  summer  than  in 
a  board  shanty  with  only  one  thickness  of  siding,  and  that  full  of  cracks 
and  crevices.  For  a  new  settlement  one  built  of  logs,  like  that  shown 
in  the  accompanying  tigure  (Fig.  I),  may  be  made  to  answer  a  good 


purpose.  The  floor  may  be  slabs,  and  the  roof  a  covering  of  bmsh  to 
hold  the  packing  to  its  place,  if  a  slab  roof  is  not  readily  made.  If  saw- 
dust is  used  for  packing  the  crevices  between  the  logs  will  need  close 
stopping;  or,  still  better,  it  cEm  be  faced  on  the  inside  with  slabs  set 
upright,  with  the  smooth  side  inward.  If  straw  is  employed  the  rough 
logs  may  remain,  and  the  crevices  between  them  may  be  left  open.  For 
sawdust  a  well-packed  space  of  10  inches  between  walls  and  ice  will 
keep  the  ice  well:  chopped  straw  should  be  15  or  20  inches  thick,  and 
long  straw  should  occupy  a  space  of  2  feet.  Stiff,  coarse  straw  will  not 
answer  unless  packed  very  solid;  finer  and  softer,  as  of  thickly  sown 


rm 


I 

l._M_J  ^^ 


i 


f^^g^^^i 


mg^  3, 


oats,  is  better,  and  the  walls  which  it  forms  need  not  be  quite  so  thick. 
Fine  hay  would  be  still  better,  and  would  answer  if  only  a  foot  and  a 
half  thick  and  well  put  in.  Dry  swamp  moss,  such  as  nurserymen  use 
for  packing  trees  and  plants,  would  be  one  of  the  very  best  substances 
for  protecting  the  ice,  if  only  a  foot  thick. 

Having  prepared  the  house  and  packing  cut  the  blocks  of  ice  of  pre- 
cisely equal  size,  using  a  cross-cut  saw  with  one  handle  removed,  to  go 
under  water.  The  size  should  be  measured  and  scratched  on  the  surface 
for  the  saw  to  follow.    Two  feet  square  is  a  convenient  size.    When  cut 


68 


SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


lift  them  out  witli  a  li«ht  plank  having  a  batten  nailed  across  one  end 
to  hold  them  (Fig.  2).  Place  about  10  inches  of  sawdust  on  the  floor  (or 
twice  as  much  solid  straw),  and  build  the  structures  solid  with  the  ice 
blocks,  ramming  in  the  sawdust  or  other  packing  as  the  structure  goes 
up  (Fig.  3).  When  finished  cover  it  with  a  thickness  of  packing  nearly 
equal  to  that  at  the  sides.    It  is  important  that  there  be  free  ventilation 


Eg.l. 


over  the  top,  which  the  loose  brush  will  not  prevent.  If  there  is  a  slab 
roof  the  air  must  blow  freely  between  this  roof  and  the  top  covering. 
The  slab  floor  will  allow  a  free  drainage  of  all  the  water  wliich  runs 
down  through  the  packing  from  the  melting  ice. 

A  structure  nearly  as  cheap  as  the  preceding  is  represented  in  Fig.  4. 
It  is  made  by  setting  rough  posts  into  the  ground  with  the  inner  sides 


rig.  6. 

straight  or  faced  with  the  ax,  and  then  nailing  common  roneh  boards  on 
them  ("like  a  tight  fence)  to  a  sufficient  height.  The  floor  is  made  as 
already  described,  and  the  roof  may  be  hoards  or  slabs.  The  openings 
at  the  gahloH  perform  an  important  part  in  the  ventilation  (»  -idniitiing 
all  the  air  that  can  sweep  over  the  top  sawdust.  Fig.  3,  aireudy  referred 
to,  is  the  grf)nnd  plan,  and  Fig.  5  is  a  vertical  section. 

There  are  three  requisites  to  be  secured  in  order  to  keep  the  ice  sac- 


AND  GKEAT   PHYSICIANS.  69 

cesefully:  1st.  The  closely  packed,  non-conducting  substance  on  each 
side,  under  and  above  the  mass  oi  ice.  2d.  Perfect  drainage  at  the  bot- 
tom without  the  admission  of  air.  3d.  Free  circulation  of  air  over  the 
top  covering.  If  these  requisites  are  observed  the  result  will  be  entirely 
satisfactory. — Country  Gentlemen. 


A  cheap  Ice^cKes^. 

Procure  two  dry-goods  boxes,  one  of  which  is  enough  smaller  than 
the  other  to  leave  a  space  of  3  or  4  inches  all  around  when  it  is  placed 
inside.  Fill  the  space  between  the  two  with  sawdust  packed  closely  and 
cover  with  a  heavy  lid  made  to  fit  neatly  inside  the  larger  box.  Insert  a 
small  pipe  in  the  bottom  of  the  chest  to  carry  off  the  water  from  the 
melting  ice.  For  family  or  grocers'  use  this  will  prove  even  more  serv- 
iceable than  some  of  the  high-priced  patent  refrigerators. 


ice  iVi^KoU^  ai|  lce«FCoUse> 

Select  a  dry,  shady  spot;  dig  a  ditch  for  carrying  off  the  waste  water, 
and  over  it  place  a  lath-work.  Upon  this  lay  a  thick  layer  of  moss, 
leaves,  or  sawdust.  Now  pile  upon  this  the  cakes  of  ice,  the  larger  the 
better,  and  cut  or  sawed  square  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave  as  few 
spaces  as  possible,  filling  up  those  which  may  occur  with  fine  sawdust 
in  order  to  prevent  the  air  from  penetrating  into  the  interior  of  the  pile. 
It  is  best  to  build  the  pile  in  the  form  of  a  pjTamid.  When  completed 
it  is  covered  with  straw,  moss,  or  leaves  as  thick  and  as  close  as  possi- 
ble, a  layer  of  earth  being  thrown  upon  it  to  secure  the  covering  and  as 
a  further  protection  to  the  ice.  Where  a  stream  or  lake  is  inaccessible 
from  which  to  procure  ice  for  filling  ice-houses,  especially  where  a 
small  quantity  is  stored,  the  ice  can  be  frozen  with  water  from  the  well 
in  boxes  or  other  contrivance  made  especially  for  the  purpose,  which 
we  leave  to  the  ingenuity  of  those  who  are  interested. 


Freeziiig  MixlUres. 

Refrigerating  salts  and  mixtures  are  used  to  produce  cold  artificially. 
They  are  used  with  or  without  ice  or  snow.  As  is  weU  known  common 
salt  mixed  with  pounded  ice  or  snow  lowers  the  temperature  to  a  con- 
siderable degree,  so  there  are  other  mixtures  which  will  produce  a  still 
greater  degree  of  cold.  The  following  simple  and  cheap  preparation, 
when  mixed  according  to  directions,  will  produce  artificial  cold  suffi- 


70 


SECRETS  OP  WISE   MEN,   CHEMISTS, 


cipnt  to  cool  wines,  etc.,  without  the  aid  of  ice:  Take  common  sal- 
ammoniac,  well  pulverized,  1  part;  saltjieter,  '1  parts,  and  mix  wpll 
together:  then  take  common  soda,  well  pulverized.  To  use,  take  equal 
quantities  of  these  preparations  (which  must  be  kept  separate  and  well 
covered  previous  to  using)  and  put  them  in  the  freezing  pot;  add  of 
water  a  sufficient  quantity,  ami  put  in  the  article  to  be  frozen  in  a  proper 
vessel  and  cover  up  until  cooled  as  desired. 

These  tables  consist  of  mixtores  having  the  power  of  generating  or 
creating  cold,  with  or  without  the  aid  of  ice,  sufficient  for  all  useful 
and  philosophical  purposes,  in  any  part  of  the  world  at  any  season: 

FREEZING  JaXTUEES  WITHOUT  ICE. 


MIXTUKES. 


Muriate  of  ammonium 5 

Nitrate  of  potassium 5 

Water 16 

Muriate  of  ammonium .5 

Nitrate  of  potassium 5 

Sulphate  of  sodium 8 

Water IB 

Nitrate  of  ammonium 1 

Water 1 

Nitrate  of  ammonium 1 

( 'arbonate  of  sodium 1 

Water 1 

Sulphate  of  sodium 3 

Dilute  nitric  acid 2 


parts  ) 
parts  > 
parts  ) 

parts  "^ 
parts  I 
parte  f 
partsj 

jjart 
part 


Thermometer 
Sinks. 


From  +50  to  +10 

From  +50'  to    +4 
From  +50"  to    +4" 


part   )  ' 

part    >  From  ^  TiG'  to   —7 

part    )  I 

S!From'+50-to-3 


Sulphate  of  sodium 0  ])arts'l 

Muriate  of  ammonium 4  parts  1 

Nitrate  of  potassium 2  imrts  I 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4  partsj 


Sul  phate  of  sodium tj 

Nitrate  of  ammonium Ti 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4 

Phosphate  of  sodium it 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4 

Phosphate  of  so<linm !• 

Nitrate  of  ammonium ti 

Dihitf  nitric  acid 4 

Sulphate  of  sodium ft 

Muriatic  acid 5 

Sulphate  of  sodium 5 

Dilute  sulphuric  acid 4 


ts) 
ts[ 

ts  ) 


From  +  50-  to  —10 


parti 

I)arts  j-  F-om  f  50*  to  —14' 

I)artj 


|',;j;:{^} 'From +.50^0-12 

parts  )  I 

parts  V  From  +50"  t«— 21' 

parts  ) 


parts 
parts 


From  +50"  to      0 


S^TFrom+SOto    +3 


Degree  of 

cold 
Produced. 


40 

46 

46 

57 
53 

HO 

64 

62 

71 

SO 
47 


AND  GEEAT   PHYSICIANS. 


71 


FREEZING  MIXTURES  WITH  lOE. 


MIXTURES. 


Snow  or  pounded  ice 2  parts  ? 

Muriate  of  sodium 1  part   ) 

Snow  or  poonded  ice ,5  parts  ) 

Muriate  of  sodium '2  parts  > 

Muriate  of  ammonium 1  part   ) 

Snow  or  pounded  ice 24  parts"! 

Muriate  of  sodium 10  parts  I 

Muriate  of  ammonium 5  parts  f 

Nitrate  of  potassium 5  parts  J 

Snow  or  pounded  ice 12  parts  ) 

Mnriate  of  sodinm 5  parts  > 

Nitrate  of  ammonium 5  parts  ) 

Snow 3  parts  ) 

Dilute  solpliuric  acid 2  parts  ) 

Snow 8  parts  ) 

Muriatic  acid 5  parts  ) 

Snow 7  parts  ) 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4  parts  ) 

Snow 4  parts 

Muriate  of  calcium 5  parts 

Snow 2  parts  ) 

Crystallized  muriate  of  CEil-  >• 

cium 3  parts  ) 

Snow 3  parts  [ 

Potash 4  parts  S 


Thermometer 

Degree  of 

Sinks. 

Produced. 

B 

to   —5' 

■■ 

fp 

to  —12 

,. 

0. 

S 

to  —18= 

•• 

a  ' 

2 

to— 25= 

.. 

From 

+  32=  to— 23  = 

55 

From 

+  32   to -27' 

59 

From  +32'  to —30 

62 

From 

+  32°  to— 40 

72 

From 

+  82' to— 50 

82 

From 

+  32   to— 51= 

83 

COMBINATIONS  OF  FREEZING  MIXTURES. 


MIXTURES. 


Thermometer 
Sinks. 


Phosphate  of  sodium 5  parts  ) 

Nitrate  of  ammonium 3  parts  >  From 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4  parts  ) 


Phosphate  of  sodium 3  parts  ) 

Nitrate  of  ammonium 2  parts  !■ 

Dilute  nitric  acid 4  parts  ) 

Snow 3  parts  I 

Dilute  nitric  acid 2  parts  S 


0'  to— 34 


From- 34=  to— 50 


From       0'  to  —46' 


Degree  qf 

cold 
Produced. 


34 

16 

46 


72  SECRETS   OF  WISE  MEK,  CHEMISTS, 

Coi|siai|4;  \Va4;er  |3a^Ks> 

\_Atnerican  CJiemical  Journal.^ 

The  followinR  simple  form  of  constant  water  bath,  which  wastes  no 
water,  I  have  found  to  be  very  convenient: 

A  tube  of  glass  or  metal,  not  less  than  ^i  of  an  inch  internal  diameter, 
the  ends  of  which  are  cut  off  obliquely,  is  bent  as  shown  in  the  cut.  It 
sliould  make  an  angle  of  about  30  deg.,  or  a  little  greater,  with  the  hori- 
zontal. The  angle  may  be  diminished  if  the  bore  of  the  tube  is  in- 
creased. One  end  is  inserted  in  the  water  bath,  the  other  in  an  inverted 
bottle.  The  height  of  the  water  in  the  bath  is  regulated  by  the  depth  of 
immersion  of  the  tube  in  it.  The  boiling  is  not  interrupted  by  the 
feeding,  which  takes  place  slowly  and  regularly.  It  is  necessary  that 
the  ends  of  the  tubes  should  be  cut  off  obliquely.    The  same  form  of 


tnlw  answers  wiually  well  for  keeping  a  constant  level  in  ;i  filter  or  dry- 
ing clianiber. 

A  brass  tube  is  much  better  than  a  glass  one,  as  it  does  not  crack  at 
the  water  level  after  using  for  a  time.  Brass  tubes  can  easily  be  bent 
by  ramming  full  of  sand,  stopping  tlie  ends,  and  bending  them  over  a 
curved  surface.  A  large  number  of  baths  can  be  run  by  this  apparatus 
by  connecting  them  with  a  i)atli  fetl  by  it. — Clmrli's  'I'.  I'Dincriiy. 

Note.— We  have  used  for  a  numl)er  of  yc^ars  in  (his  hihoratory  a  form 
of  constant  water  liath  wtiich  was  contrived  by  Mr.  IMwanl  Hogardus, 
formerly  cliemist  to  tlie  New  Jersey  State  Geological  Survey.  As  I  have 
not  Heen  it  deHcrii)ed  in  print,  and  as  it  is  cheap,  simple,  etRciunt,  and 
ingenious,  1  will  ilraw  attenti<jn  to  it  hero. 


AND  GBEAT   PHYSICIANS. 

The  following  cut  represents  the  apparatus: 


73 


It  consists  of  two  tomato  cans  connected  by  a  tin  tube.  Into  one  of 
the  cans  a  bottle  of  water  is  inverted.  We  generally  use  a  five-pound 
acid  bottle.  The  other  can  makes  the  bath.  This  bath  can  be  left  run- 
ning over  night  without  fear.  A  large  number  of  baths  can  be  run  by 
this  contrivance  by  simply  connecting  them,  by  means  of  rubber  tubes, 
with  a  reservoir  replenished  by  an  inverted  bottle.  Old  fruit  cans  make 
excellent  baths.  A  series  of  holes  can  be  punched  round  the  lower  edge 
of  a  fruit  can,  thus  affording  a  tlistributing  reservoir.  Corks  holding 
short  pieces  of  glass  tube  are  inserted  into  the  holes.  By  means  of 
these  the  reservoir  can  be  connected  by  rubber  tubes  with  a  number  of 
baths  at  quite  a  distance.  The  baths  are  made  by  punching  a  hole  near 
the  lower  edge  of  a  fruit  can  and  inserting  a  cork  and  short  piece  of 
glass  tube.  When  the  extra  vents  of  the  reservoir  are  not  used,  they  can 
be  closed  by  a  short  rubber  coupling  and  a  pinch  cock. — Peter  T. 
Austen,  Chemical  Laboratory  of  Rutgers  College  (^Neiv  Jersey  State 
Scientific  School), 


Si^os  ai|d  Ei|silage> 

The  practice  of  preserving  roots,  vegetables,  and  plants  by  covering 
them  with  earth  or  by  placing  them  in  cellars,  etc.,  is  an  ancient  one, 
but  the  practical  application  of  the  principle  on  a  large  scale  to  the 
preservation  of  fodder-corn,  clover,  etc.,  as  a  food  for  stock  is  compara- 
tively a  recent  practice,  the  first  silo  in  this  country  having  been  built 
within  the  last  twelve  years.  Previously,  however,  the  French  and  English 
gave  the  subject  considerable  attention,  but  it  seems  that  within  the 
last  two  or  tlu-ee  years  our  American  experimenters  have  made  great 
improvements  in  the  process  and  construction  of  the  silo  by  which  more 


74  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

snccessful  results  have  been  at  taineil  I  lian  ever  lief  ore  and  liave  awakened 
innc'li  interest  aiinmK  the  progressive  class  of  farmers  and  stock-growers 
tliroughout  the  country. 

A  number  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations  located  in  the 
different  States,  particularly  those  of  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  and  also  the 
Agricultural  College  at  Guelph,  Ontario,  have  made  extensive  applica- 
tions of  the  process.  Several  articles  from  them  detailing  the  success 
of  tlie  experiments  for  the  past  season  have  appeared  in  the  columns  of 
The  Breeder's  Gazette  of  this  city.  Through  the  courtesy  of  the  editor 
and  Prof.  W.  A.  Henry  of  the  Wisconsin  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tion we  are  enabled  to  present  full  instructions  in  regard  to  construct- 
ing and  tilling  a  silo.  These,  with  clippings  which  we  include  from  the 
writings  of  others  high  in  authority  on  the  subject,  contain  as  full  an 
account  of  recent  experiments  as  we  can  give  with  our  limited  space. 

"Agriculture  never  took  a  longer  stride  in  advance  than  it  did  when 
the  silo  was  added  to  the  practical  equipment  of  the  farm.  Most  of  us 
were  slow  to  realize  this  at  first,  and  a  great  many  are  yet  unwilling  to 
concede  the  advantages  claimed  for  the  silo,  I)ut  the  utility  of  the  modern 
silo  cannot  be  gainsaid,  for  without  it  we  are  left  at  the  mercy  of  the 
elements  in  the  handling  of  our  great  corn  crop.  There  was  much  truth 
in  the  statement  that  the  silo  as  first  introduced  was  too  expensive  for 
the  average  farmer,  but  in  no  department  of  the  farm  has  there  been 
such  a  change  of  opinion  and  methods  of  attaining  desired  results  as  is 
the  case  witli  the  silo.  The  modern  wooden  building  is  nt)t  only  less 
expensive  but  vastly  superior  to  the  original  cellar  or  stone  structure 
and  every  year's  experience  is  tlirowing  light  in  hitherto  dark  places,  so 
that  in  a  short  time  the  progressive  dairyman  or  beef-raiser  will  think 
no  more  of  filling  his  silo  than  our  fathers  did  of  filling  the  barn  with 
hay,  anil  with  proper  facilities  for  handling  the  corn  no  part  of  the  silo 
work  will  be  as  hard  as  pitching  hay  over  the  'big  beam.'  "  *  ♦  * 
Supt.  Adams,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station. 

*  *  *  A  xilo  is  a  place  where  fodder  is  preserved  in  a  snccnlent 
condition.  It  may  be  a  pit,  a  bos,  a  mow,  a  tank,  u  buiUling,  or  a  trench 
in  the  earth.  Milage  is  tiie  word  denoting  the  fodder  so  preserved.  A'«- 
silat/e  18  the  term  applied  to  the  process  or  system.  Eiutile  is  the  verb 
expressive  of  the  action  of  making  silage.  En.<iilor  stjinds  for  the  per- 
son using  the  silo  to  owZ/c  fodder  for  nilagt'  by  the  process  of  emiluge. 
—Prof.  Janiea  \V.  Robertson,  Ontario  A(jr.  Col.,  (;ueli>h. 

*  *  •  I  further  Ixjlieve  that  our  present  knowledge  of  the  silo  and 
the  best  methods  of  storing  crops  therein  is  not  perfect,  and  that  wo 
will  make  great  advancement  in  the  future;  l)nt  tliat  wo  have  roached  a 
point  wtiere  this  method  is  within  the  possibilities  of  onrnveragi-  farm- 
ers, and  it  is  this  class  most  of  all  that  needs  this  method.  The  time 
has  come  when  wo  must  produce  more  beef,  butter,  wool,  and  pork  to 
the  acre  or  sink  lieneatli  the  wave  of  competion  that  is  driving  over  our 
laml.  The  silo  Heems  to  lie  a  vuluublo  and  important  means  to  this  end. 
—Hruf.  IK.  A.  llKury. 


AND  GREAT  PBYSICIANS.  76 

OONSTEDOTINQ  THE  SILO.— BY  PROF.  W.   A.  HENRY. 


A  100-TOS  DOUBLE  SILO. 

"Silos  are  like  houses,  no  two  individuals  can  agree  upon  the  same 
plan;  for  this  reason  1  approach  this  branch  of  the  subject  with  no  ex- 
pectation of  pleasing  all  or  of  giving  directions  for  making  a  perfect 
structure.  I  deem  it  best  to  give  a  description  of  one  way  in  which  a 
double  silo  may  be  built  and  leave  it  to  the  reader  to  introduce  such 
modifications  in  the  plan  as  may  best  meet  his  particular  wants  and 
circumstances.  The  drawing  herewith  presented  shows  an  ideal  two- 
room  silo  16  feet  wide,  32  feet  long,  and  16  feet  to  the  eaves.  Built  as 
described  each  room  would  have  a  capacity  of  over  3,000  cubic  feet  which 
would  contain  about  50  tons  of  settled  ensilage  weighing  3.5  pounds  to 
the  cubic  foot.  We  may  say  then  that  this  figure  represents  a  100-ton 
silo.  For  the  foundation  of  this  structure  either  bricK  or  stone  may  be 
used,  going  deep  enough  to  avoid  heaving  by  the  frost  and  rising  6 
inches  or  1  foot  above  the  surface  of  the  level  ground  about  it.  Upon 
this  wall  a  sill  should  be  laid  which  had  best  be  constructed  of  2x10 
inch  plank.  One  of  the  difficulties  in  silo  construction  is  to  avoid 
spreading  of  the  building,  which  sometimes  occors  through  lateral 
pressure  of  the  contents  when  settling.  For  this  reason  the  sills  must 
be  well  tied  together  at  the  corners;  instead  of  using  square  timbers, 
which  are  greatly  weakened  by  cutting,  plank  may  be  substituted  and 
the  corners  of  the  sill  constructed  as  in  Fig.  2.  If  well  spiked  there 
will  be  no  danger  from  spreading  at  the  corners.  The  plank  of  which 
the  sills  are  constructed  should  be  at  least  8  inches  wide;  10  would  be 


76 


SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 


better.  By  usins  four  of  tliese,  lyiiiR  one  on  top  of  anotlinr,  tho  sill  will 
be  H  incliCH  tliick.  Midway  between  tlio  ends  of  tlio  biiildint:  a  cross 
wall  should  bo  built,  and  on  tliisaHill  should  be  laid  upon  which  to 
erect  the  partition  which  divides  the  silo  into  two  compartments.   This 


FIG.  1. 

cross  wall  should  be  so  worked  into  the  side  walls  as  to  hold  them 
securely,  and  thus  prevent  the  silo  from  spreading  on  the  sides.  A  little 
ingenuity  will  make  the  foundation  and  sills  secure.  If  possible  the 
sills  should  be  as  wide  as  the  wall  upon  which  it  rests,  but  if  this  cannot 


Fia.  2. 

be  conveniently  done  the  wall  of  stone  or  brick  should  bo  raised  above 
the  ground  but  a  very  few  inches  at  most,  as  tlie  ensilage  in  settling  on 
the  shoulder  made  by  the  jutting  wall  is  almost  certain  to  spoil  at  that 
point.    Having  laid  the  sill  upon  tlio  wall  in  the  manner  described 


FIO.  3. 

proroeil  to  erect  the  building  l)y  standing  2xS  or  10-inrh  studding  i)or- 
|.ondicularly  upon  this  sill,  phiciug  them  not  further  apart  tliari  every  1(1 
inchoH,  HO  that  a  Bheot  of  tarred  building  papec  will  lap  two  studding  in 
each  case.    The  reader  is  cuulioned  to  measure  the  building  pajjur  care- 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  77 

fully  before  setting  up  the  studding,  as  it  is  sometimes  scant  in  width 
and  trouble  will  occur  when  one  attempts  to  tack  on  the  paper.  Double 
the  studding  at  the  corners.  In  the  illustration  of  the  building  I  have 
not  placed  the  proper  number  of  studding,  but  the  reader  can  rest 
assured  that  once  in  16  inches  is  not  too  often.  Having  placed  our 
studding  in  position  and  secured  them  by  a  plate  running  around  the 
top  we  are  ready  for  the  rafters.  Fig.  3  shows  how  these  rest  upon  the 
plates  and  how  they  are  tied  together  so  as  to  least  interfere  with  the 
filling  of  the  silo.  For  a  cheap  silo  boards  may  be  used,  though  proba- 
bly shingles  are  the  cheapest  in  the  end.  In  the  roof  upon  one  side 
place  a  dormer  window  at  D  in  the  illustration;  this  window  is  immedi- 
ately over  the  partition.  It  is  intended  that  the  ensilage  carrier  shall 
pass  up  through  tho  window  so  that  the  ensilage  will  fall  over  the  par- 
tition and  can  be  deposited  in  either  one  of  the  two  compartments  by 
means  of  a  slanting  chute.  If  one  does  not  wish  to  undergo  the  expense 
of  the  dormer  window  a  scuttle  in  the  roof  is  all  that  is  necessary.  The 
roof  is  the  same  as  for  any  building. 

"We  are  now  ready  to  sheathe  the  silo;  let  us  begin  on  the  inside. 
First  of  all  tack  tarred  building  paper  to  the  studding,  running  the 
strips  up  and  down  and  having  them  catch  on  every  third  studding. 
Avoid  all  openings  or  rents  in  the  paper.  Having  placed  the  paper  take 
common  boards  dressed  on  one  side  and  sheet  up  to  the  top  of  the  stud- 
ding. When  this  is  completed  repeat  the  operation  by  placing  a  second 
layer  of  boards  over  the  first,  breaking  joints.  Narrow  boards  are 
preferable  to  wide  ones  for  this  work,  as  they  will  swell  without  bulg- 
ing. We  have  double-boarded  the  inside  of  our  silo  by  this  operation, 
and  rendered  it  practically  impervious  to  the  air.  I  see  no  reason  for 
using  anji:hing  but  common  lumber  for  this  purpose,  as  upon  swelling 
it  vrill  close  up  tight  enough  to  keep  out  the  air.  Upon  the  outside  of 
the  studding  tack  building  paper  again,  as  shown  at  Fig.  C  in  the  first 
illustration.  Over  this  paper  place  any  kind  of  boards  that  the  fancy 
of  the  builder  may  dictate,  as  clapboards,  shiplap,  or  drop-siding.  It 
will  be  seen  that  our  walls  are  constructed  as  follows,  beginning  at  the 
outside:  First,  siding;  second,  building  paper;  third,  a  dead-air  space 
of  8  or  10  inches;  fourth,  building  paper;  fifth,  common  boards;  sixth, 
common  boards.  No  sawdust,  tanbark,  or  other  filling  should  be  used, 
as  a  dead-air  space  is  a  better  non-conductor  for  our  purpose  and  less 
expensive  than  any  of  these.  The  partition  can  be  built  of  narrower 
studding  than  those  used  on  the  sides  of  the  building,  and  one  thickness 
of  boards  used  on  each  side,  together  with  building  paper,  as  in  the  first 
instance,  is  suflBcient.  To  prevent  lateral  pressure  bulging  the  silo  two 
iron  rods  should  he  run  through  the  partition  walls  joining  the  sides  of 
the  building,  placing  one  about  two  feet  above  the  partition  sill  and  the 
other  about  four  feet  above  that.  Half  or  three-fourths-inch  rods  with 
heavy  caps  at  the  ends  should  be  sufficient,  and  are  easily  put  in  place 
before  the  boards  are  tacked  to  the  partition. 

"Two  doorways  should  be  left  by  cutting  out  a  single  studding  in  each 
compartment  upon  the  most  convenient  side.    These  doorways  reach  to 


78  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

within  three  feet  of  the  groand,  and  should  be  about  seven  feet  in 
height.  They  need  not  reach  to  within  five  feet  of  the  top  of  the  build- 
ing. The  ensilage  will  settle  in  the  silo  several  feet,  and  when  the  time 
comes  to  pass  it  out  through  the  doorway  it  takes  but  little  time  to  dig 
down  two  or  three  feet  to  the  top  of  the  door  and  make  an  opening  large 
enough  to  pass  out  the  upper  layer.  Fig.  1  shows  one  of  the  ways  in 
which  a  doorway  may  be  made  so  that  it  can  be  boarded  up  air-tight, 
instead  of  making  solid  doors  hung  on  hinges  I  think  it  is  better  to  use 
boards  that  will  fit  in  crossways,  making  them  doable  thick,  and  having 
the  inside  board  even  with  the  inside  boarding  of  the  silo,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  1.  Do  not  make  the  doorways  over  6  or  7  feet  in  length  vertically, 
as  in  aU  cases  they  weaken  the  structure.  Endeavor  to  have  the  in- 
side of  the  silo  smooth  and  perpendicular  from  top  to  bottom,  with  no 
jogs  or  shoulders  upon  which  the  ensilage  can  catch  or  drag. 

"If  built  above  ground  fill  the  rooms  of  the  two  compartments  with 
earth  until  the  surface  is  three  or  four  inches  above  the  outside  level,  so 
that  no  water  will  at  any  time  enter  to  injure  the  ensilage  that  rests  on 
the  ground.  I  do  not  yet  know  which  is  the  liest  method  of  preserving 
the  silo  from  decaying.  This  is  an  important  branch  of  the  topic,  but 
it  has  thus  far  received  little  attention.  Some  have  recommended  using 
kerosene  for  an  inside  coating.  We  shall  try  that  this  season,  and  also 
gas  or  roofing  tar,  which  I  think  will  be  excellent.  This  roofing  tar 
when  heated  becomes  liquid,  and  can  be  applied  with  a  mop  to  the  in- 
side of  the  silo.  As  soon  as  it  cools  it  hardens  into  an  impervious 
glossy  layer  that  I  sliould  think  eminently  adapted  to  this  purimse. 

"Having  no  ceiling  or  floor,  and  being  built  of  common  material, 
there  is  no  necessity  for  the  silo  being  an  expensive  structure.  Of  course 
the  reader  will  modify  the  descrii)tion  given  to  suit  his  own  wants  and 
circumstances,  Ijut  I  can  assure  him  that  in  some  such  way  he  can  pro- 
vide a  silo  at  no  great  expense. 

"After  the  structures  built  for  the  special  purpose  comes  the  modifi- 
cation of  building  already  erected.  A  great  many  farmers  are  building 
over  bays  in  their  barns  for  silos.  This  is  easily  accomplished  by  placing 
studding  all  around  the  l)ay  and  double  boarding  on  the  inside.  If  one 
fears  cold  weather  he  can  make  a  dead-air  si)ace  by  using  two  sets  of 
studding  and  boarding  on  the  inside  of  the  bay.  Stone  buildings  can 
be  converted  into  good  silos  by  furring  out  and  double  boarding  on  the 
inside.  In  general  I  am  adverse  to  stone  structures  for  this  purpose 
unless  thus  boarded.  Some  kinds  of  stone  seem  to  do  very  well,  but 
stone  walls  carry  off  the  heat  and  moisture  too  rapidly  to  make  gf)od 
silo  walls.  If  one  wishes  to  try  ijreserving  corn-fodder  and  cannot 
afford  a  structure  of  wood,  he  can  excavate  a  pit  in  the  earth  and  bury 
the  corn-fodder  therein,  though  I  am  sure  he  will  soon  give  up  this 
practice  as  unduly  expensive. 

"Awfirdin  regard  to  (he  locatiim  of  tlie  silo.  It  may  1)0  built  ad- 
joining the  feeding  barn  witli  the  doors  so  placed  tliat  llie  ensilage  be 
conveyed  directly  to  the  cattle,  or  if  that  is  not  possible,  place  it  where 
the  ensilage  can  be  conveyed  by  a  car  or  cart.    Mr.  Hiram  Smith  of  this 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  79 

State,  who  has  large  silos  and  uses  ensilage  extensively,  holds  that  it  is 
not  inconvenient  to  have  the  silo  located  a  few  rods  from  the  feeding 
barn.  The  ensilage  is  pitched  into  a  cart  with  forks  and  the  cart  driven 
into  the  feeding  barn  between  the  two  rows  of  cows  which  stand  facing 
each  other.  The  ensilage  is  placed  in  front  of  the  animals  directly  from 
the  cart  with  great  rapidity.  In  some  cases  a  car  can  be  used  which  can 
be  run  down  grade  into  the  barn  in  front  of  the  cattle.  I  think  either  of 
these  methods  is  preferable  to  attempting  to  carry  ensilage  in  baskets 
any  distance. 

FILLING  THE  SILO, 

"Probably  very  few  stone  silos  will  be  built  in  the  future,  for  experi- 
ence shows  that  a  stone  wall  chills  the  ensilage  during  the  curing 
process  and  if  it  does  not  seriously  injure  tliat  portion  next  to  it  to  a 
thickness  of  several  inches  it  renders  it  at  least  less  palatable  than  en- 
silage nearer  the  middle  of  the  silo.  One  reason,  in  my  judgment,  that 
the  silo  has  not  won  more  friends  in  the  Eastern  States  is  owing  to  the 
common  use  of  stone  in  its  construction.  On  our  experimental  farm  at 
Madison  our  first  silo,  built  m  1881,  was  of  stone,  and  our  conclusions 
in  regard  to  ensilage  were  made  up  from  results  obtained  with  this  silo; 
had  we  put  up  a  wooden  structure  I  am  confident  our  results  would 
have  been  worth  vastly  more  to  our  people  than  they  have  been. 

"The  question  of  stacking  ensilage  is  sometimes  raised,  being  urged 
npon  our  people  by  the  practice  of  our  English  friends,  who  are  experi- 
menting quite  largely  in  this  direction.  It  will  be  no  more  profitable 
to  stack  ensilage  in  the  Northern  States  than  to  stack  hay,  and  even 
less  so  in  my  judgment,  for  the  waste  would  be  very  considerable  and  no 
one  would  relish  the  job  of  handling  it  during  bad  weather.  Silos  built 
of  wood  or  made  Ify  changing  over  the  bays  of  barns  are  the  proper 
structures,  judging  Erom  our  present  knowledge,  for  the  Northern 
States;  our  friends  at  the  South  may  find  stacking  successful. 

"Having  constructed  the  silo  somewhat  after  the  one  described, 
though,  be  it  remembered,  large  latitude  is  allowed  in  this  matter,  we 
will  proceed  to  fill  it  with  bne  of  the  two  crops  most  suitable  for  the 
purposes;  clover  or  fodder-corn.  If  clover  is  to  be  used  I  would  recom- 
mend that  a  hay-loader  be  tried  for  the  purpose  of  picking  it  up  just  as 
left  by  the  mower.  I  have  hopes  that  some  form  of  hay-loader  will  do 
this  work  satisfactorily.  The  clover,  either  fresh  or  partly  wilted,  in 
any  degree  of  drjness  indeed,  may  be  carried  at  once  and  unloaded  into 
the  silo,  care  being  taken  to  fill  and  tramp  down  the  corners  and  along 
the  edges  so  that  when  all  has  thoroughly  settled  there  will  be  no  air 
spaces  to  favor  decay.  To  fill  a  silo  with  clover  is  indeed  a  most  simple 
process.  By  having  two  divisions  the  pits  can  be  filled  alternately,  each 
layer  of  material  heating  up  to  the  required  temperature  before  the  next 
is  placed  over  it. 

"For  fodder-corn  the  processes  are  a  little  more  complex,  though  in 
reality  very  simple.  The  fodder-corn  should  be  allowed  to  approach 
icatufity,  tie  best  point  for  cutting  being  not  far  from  that  at  which  we 


80  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

would  ordinarDy  cut  any  Bhock.  By  this  I  do  not  mean  to  allow  the 
leaves  to  become  dry  and  crisp,  but  rather  that  they  show  a  change  from 
deep  rank  green  to  that  yellowish  tinge  indicative  of  maturity,  though 
with  still  an  abundance  of  moisture  in  them.  Formerly  ensilage  corn , 
wa8  cut  shortly  after  the  tassel  appeared.  Without  doubt  very  consid- 
erable loss  was  incurred  by  such  a  practice. 

"It  is  evident  that  if  we  cut  our  fodder  at  the  time  the  corn  is  glazing 
our  practice  is  as  near  correct  as  the  present  stage  of  investigation 
points  out.  Since  the  period  ot  filling  the  silo  will  occupy  several  days, 
or  even  a  couple  of  weeks,  we  must  gauge  the  date  of  commencement  to 
strike  the  best  average  conditions.  For  cutting  the  fodder  some  parties 
recommend  the  use  of  the  reaper,  but  1  judge  from  what  I  have  been 
told  that  a  good  many  rakes  have  been  broken  in  atteiniiting  the  work, 
and  that  many  have  given  them  up  and  gone  back  to  the  use  of  the  corn 
knife.  Such  must  be  the  case  usually,  at  least  where  large  varieties  of 
corn  are  grown.  The  stalks  should  be  cut  close  to  the  ground  and 
thrown  into  bundles  or  gavels.  If  the  weather  is  at  all  threatening  I 
think  it  proper  to  cut  and  shock,  since  the  fodder  will  dry  off  much 
more  rapidly  if  rain  falls,  and  it  will  not  be  so  muddy  and  disagreeable 
to  handle  as  when  laid  on  the  ground. 

Last  season  the  writer  urged  that  the  fodder  be  wilted  before  it  was 
put  into  the  silo,  and  his  own  experience,  with  that  of  many  others, 
corroborates  this  method  of  i>rocedure,  which  has  the  additional  ad- 
vantage that  less  water  is  handled  in  the  operation.  If  it  is  intended  to 
allow  the  fodder  to  wilt  the  corn  had  better  be  cut  and  shocked,  after 
which  it  may  stand  from  three  to  ten  days,  depending  upon  the  maturity 
of  the  stalks  at  time  of  cutting  and  the  weather.  If  the  fodder  dries  out 
rapitlly,  from  four  days  to  a  week  is  amply  long  for  it  to  stand  in  shock, 
while  if  the  weather  is  somewhat  damp  or  the  foddertjuite  green  it  may 
even  stand  ten  days  with  no  loss.  One  of  the  advantages  of  cutting  and 
shocking  is  that  when  it  is  over  the  force  of  men  employed  in  this 
operation  can  be  changed  to  filling  the  silo.  If  tlio  corn  is  cut  and 
placed  in  the  silo  at  once  quite  a  force  of  hands  is  needed,  but  by  cutting 
and  shocking  first  we  can  avoid  this  double  force. 

"For  drawing  to  the  silo  truck  wagons  are  !)etter  than  ordinary  ones, 
since  the  fodder  is  more  easily  loaded  uiion  them.  The  common  prac- 
tice is  to  attach  a  i>lank  to  the  rear  of  the  wagon,  up  wliich  the  men  can 
walk  with  their  anus  full  of  fodder,  which  should  be  placed  with  tops 
all  one  way  for  ease  in  unloading.  If  the  fodder  ia  to  be  put  through 
the  feed-cutter  the  cutter  should  be  placed  so  that  the  carrier  will  deposit 
it  in  either  of  the  two  pits  as  required.  Formerly  the  carriers  were  so 
constructed  that  they  would  not  work  a(lv:mtag<>ously  at  a  much  greater 
angle  tlian  l.')  deg.,  but  now  I  note  that  some  manufacturers  have  them 
arranged  to  carry  almost  vertically. 

"In  regard  to  the  kind  of  feed-cutter  to  be  us(>d,  it  may  be  said  that 
there  are  several  valuable  machines  before  the  public,  any  one  of  which 
will  prove  satisfactory  if  prf>perly  managed.  Tlio  only  point  I  desire  to 
urge  is  that  a  large  machine  be  purchased,  one  having  about  double  the 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  81 

advertised  capacity.  Small  cutters  are  a  nuisance;  hand-power  cutters 
are  out  of  the  question.  The  cutter  should  i)e  driven  by  three  horses  on 
a  sweep  power  or  two  on  a  tread,  or  by  a  steam  engine.  Many  farmers 
delay  ordering  the  cutter  until  within  a  week  or  two  of  the  time  to  fill 
the  silo  and  are  obliged  to  wait  weeks  until  it  is  received,  thereby  suffer- 
ing great  inconvenience  and  loss.  As  soon  as  the  question  is  settled  in 
favor  of  having  a  silo  a  cutter  should  be  selected  and  ordered,  and  it 
should  be  set  up  and  run  in  a  test  trial  not  less  than  a  week  before 
actual  filling  is  contemplated,  so  that  repairs  or  changes  can  be  made. 
To  run  a  feed-cutter  properly  requires  considerable  experience  and 
some  knowledge  of  machinery,  and  many  isersons  have  sufifered  serious 
losses  by  not  giving  this  side  of  the  subject  due  attention. 

"This  brings  me  to  a  point  in  the  discussion  of  considerable  interest 
to  many  persons  who  desire  to  have  silos  but  dread  the  experience  and 
expense  of  machinery,  t'orn-fodder  may  be  preserved  in  a  perfectly 
satisfactory  manner  without  running  it  through  the  feed-cutter,  and 
may  be  drawn  from  the  field  and  deposited  directly  in  the  silo.  The 
expense  of  putting  corn-fodder  through  the  feed-cutter,  first  and  last,  is 
not  far  from  half  of  all  that  incurred  from  the  time  of  cutting  the  fod- 
der to  closing  the  silo.  To  fill  the  silo  with  long  fodder  let  it  be  drawn 
in  the  usual  manner  and  lifted  at  once  into  the  pit,  which  can  be  accom- 
plished in  several  ways,  either  by  hand  or  the  horse  hay-fork  carrier 
and  slings.  In  the  silo  it  should  be  distributed  evenly  and  probably 
had  better  be  placed  in  regular  layers,  lapping  "shingle  fashion"  so 
that  it  will  settle  evenly. 

"The  use  of  long  fodder  for  the  silo  has  been  urged  with  considera- 
ble vigor  by  Mr.  I.  J.  Clapp  of  Kenosha,  Wis.,  one  of  The  Breeder's 
Gazette's  correspondents,  and  I  think  much  good  has  resulted  from  his 
advocacy.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that  long  fodder  will  keep  just  as  well 
as  that  which  is  cut  up,  and  I  am  not  at  all  certain  but  such  ensilage  is 
even  better  in  some  cases  tlian  that  made  by  cutting  up  the  stalks  into 
small  pieces.  When  cut  into  small  pieces  the  fodder  is  considerably 
bruised,  and  there  is  much  more  exposure  of  the  juices  to  the  air  than 
there  is  where  whole  fodder  is  used.  My  attention  was  called  to  this 
point  by  a  recent  letter  from  Mr.  Clapp,  and  1  hope  we  can  make  some 
observations  on  the  subject  in  the  future.  At  any  rate  let  those  parties 
who  either  from  choice  or  necessity  do  not  wish  to  use  the  feed-cutter 
hesitate  no  longer  in  regard  to  the  silo  if  they  wish  to  try  it,  but  go 
ahead  and  place  the  whole  fodder  in  one,  and  I  am  confident  they  will 
not  be  disappointed  in  its  feeding  qualities.  The  only  difficulty  with 
long  fodder  comes  at  the  time  it  is  to  be  taken  out  for  feeding  purposes; 
then  if  large  varieties  have  been  used  the  man  who  attempts  to  get  it 
out  of  the  silo  will  need  strong  muscles  and  a  large  degree  of  patience 
to  enable  him  to  tug  at  the  compact  mass,  which  is  quite  difficult  to 
manage.  Twenty-five  cows  will  eat  up  the  ensilage  about  as  fast  as  one 
man  can  get  it  out.  It  may  be  just  as  economical,  however,  to  put  two 
men  into  the  silo  for  an  hour  or  two  each  day  during  the  winter,  when 
labor  is  cheap,  to  get  out  the  ensilage  as  it  is  to  use  more  expensive 


82  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

labor  in  the  fail  to  accomplish  the  extra  work  of  running  the  feed- 
cutter. 

"Slow  tilling  is  without  doubt  the  best  method  for  securing  good 
ensilage,  no  matter  what  material  we  are  using,  bo  it  clover,  long  fodder- 
corn,  or  fodder  cut  fine.    When  the  pit  has  been  filled  three  or  four  feet 
deep  no  more  should  be  placed  within  it  until  this  layer  has  heated  to 
the  neighborhood  of  125  deg.  Fahrenheit.    Mr.  John  Gould  of  Ohio,  who 
has  been  a  deep  student  of  this  subject  from  the  practical  side,  I  believe 
holds  that  the  ensilage  should  be  allowed  to  pile  up  as  it  falls  from  the 
carrier,  and  after  the  pile  has  heated  to  the  right  temperature  it  should 
be  distributed  evenly  over  the  silo,  throwing  that  which  is  hottest  to  the 
corners  and  along  the  walls.    It  is  certain  that  eusUage  usually  heata  up 
easily  and  rapidly  except  in  the  corners  and  along  the  walls,  where  we 
find  the  temperature  does  not  rise  so  rapidly  nor  to  the  same  degree  as 
it  does  in  the  body  of  the  silo,  and  anything  that  will  help  us  overcome 
this  lack  will  Improve  its  quality,  and  I  deem  Mr.  Gould's  suggestion  a 
valuable  one.    No  packing  down  is  needed  except  in  the  corners  and 
along  the  walls;  at  these  points  we  endeavor  to  firm  tlie  ensilage  just  as 
much  as  possible.    I  wish  we  could  avoid  this  operation,  and  in  the 
future  we  may  do  so.    I  believe  the  ensilage  would  bo  better  without  any 
tramping  and  packing  if  we  could  only  get  it  to  settle  uniformly  with- 
out.   We  should  endeavor  to  secure  an  elevation  in  temperature  of  from 
120  to  ItO  deg.  uniformly  throughout  the  mass  of  material.    If  the  con- 
tents of  the  silo  heat  up  to  difTerent  degrees  in  different  places  wo  can- 
not expect  them  to  be  uniform  in  quality,  though  all  will  be  oaten  by 
the  stock.    The  theory  advanced  by  Mr.  Fry  of  England  that  a  tempera- 
ture of  122  deg.  Fahrenheit  destroyed  the  ferment  tliat  produced  the 
temperature  seems   hardly   correct,   for   we   find  that  the  tempera- 
ture  goes  on  beyond  this  very  rapidly— indeed,  it  is  often  very  diffi- 
cult to   hold    it  below  MO  or  150  deg.,  while  in  other  cases  I  liave 
known  silos  in  which  I  could  detect  no  faulty  liandling  of  the  crop  that 
would  not  heat  to  120  deg.    A  case  in  point  occurred  last  season;  while 
we  were  busy  filling  our  silos  at  the  experimental  farm  I  was  called  to 
the  telephone  by  a  young  farmer  living  some  thirty  miles  away  who 
asked  several  questions  aliont^  temperatures.    I  answered  liim  to  the 
bostof  my  a))ilityand  tlio  nuittor  dropped  from  my  mind.    A  couple  of 
hours  afterward,  however,  the  party  himself  appeared  on  the  scene  in  a 
troubled  state  of  mind;  ho  said  ho  feared  that  ho  could  not  make  his 
case  i)lain  through  the  telephone,  and  so  had  come  on  the  first  train  to 
consult  personally.    His  enHJlago  would  not,  heat  up  to  120  dog.,  but  was 
moulding  badly  instead.     I  advised  that  ho  go  on  filling  the  silo,  ignor- 
ing the  t(!mi>eraturo  (jucstion  entirely.    He  did  so,  and  in  the  winter  re- 
I)orttjd  satisfactory  results.    In  my  opinion  wo  have  much  to  learn  in 
regardtolhisferment,  and  that  very  close,  patient  study  will  bo  required 
to  bring  out  thusciciitific  side  in  a  Hatisfactury  manner.    Fortunately 
wndoiiot  havnto  be  very  part icnlar  in  our  practice  to  obtain  a  very 
good  (lualily  of  ensilage.     1  would   ailvisi-,   thrrcrorc,   that  a  person 
allow  the  temperature  to  run  from  120  to  110  when  the  thormomotor  iu 


AND  GEEAT  PHYSICIANS.  83 

buried  a  foot  deep  in  the  fodder;  but  when  these  conditions  are  not 
obtained,  no  matter  whether  the  degree  be  lower  or  higher,  to  go  right 
on  without  feeling  anxious  in  the  matter.  If  the  contents  of  the  silo 
do  not  heat  at  all,  or  if  the  temperature  gets  up  to  160  deg.,  the  cattle 
will  still  eat  the  ensilage  without  complaint  and  relish  it  better  than 
average  dry  fodder.  I  speak  pretty  positively  upon  this  point  because 
novices  find  it  difficult  to  get  over  it  and  become  quite  excited  and 
nervous  if  they  cannot  attain  the  exact  directions  given  by  most  writers 
on  this  subject.  The  best  rule  is  to  go  ahead,  do  the  best  one  can,  and 
the  cattle  will  be  very  well  satisfied  with  the  result.  Kemember  that 
the  experience  of  a  single  individual  or  a  single  season  may  be  no 
criterion  for  other  cases.  The  reasons  for  these  great  variations  are  not 
yet  apparent. 

"Silo  filling  may  go  on  for  two  or  three  weeks,  or  until  the  pits  are 
filled,  when  they  should  be  covered  after  standing  a  day  or  two  to  allow 
the  last  layer  to  heat.  For  covering  material  there  may  be  placed  over 
the  ensilage  building  paper  upon  which  may  be  placed  sand,  earth, 
chaff,  cut  straw,  marsh  hay,  long  straw,  sawdust,  or  almost  any  material 
which  will  help  keep  out  the  air.  If  one  wishes  the  pits  may  be  left  un- 
covered, in  which  case  something  like  a  foot  of  the  ensilage  will  decay 
and  form  a  covering  and  protection  for  that  beneath.  The  practice  of 
weighting  the  silo  is  now  largely  abandoned,  though  I  am  not  certain 
but  what  some  heavy  material  along  the  edges  and  in  the  corners  will 
aid  in  saving  the  ensilage  at  those  points,  since  it  is  here  that  the  con- 
tents do  not  settle  so  well  as  does  the  body  of  the  material.  For  a  few 
weeks  after  filling  the  sides  and  corners  should  be  tramped  down  occa- 
sionally to  aid  them  in  settling." 

PLANTING,  CUTTING,  FEEDING,  ETO. 

The  following  extracts  from  "Bulletin  No.  2,"  Illinois  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station,  by  Thomas  F.  Hunt,  answers  some  important 
questions  in  regard  to  planting,  etc.: 

"The  filling  of  the  silo  was  practically  continuous,  and  was  done  in 
three  days,  Aug.  20  to  22,  1887,  with  .54,.52.5  lbs.— twenty-seven  and  a  quar- 
ter tons— of  green  corn.  About  twenty  tons  of  this  consisted  of  a  medium 
sized,  fairly  early  yellow  dent  corn  (Murdock),  which  had  been  planted 
May  4  to  6,  in  rows  3  feet  9  inches  apart,  with  two  to  three  kernels 
dropped  every  9  to  12  inches  in  each  row.  At  the  time  of  cutting  the 
stalks  had  well-formed  but  small  ears,  the  kernels  of  which  had  largely 
passed  the  milk  state;  that  is,  the  kernels  were  mostly  glazed.  The 
lower  leaves  were  yellowish,  and  some  had  begun  to  dry.  The  growth, 
though  not  large,  was  thought  satisfactory,  considering  the  long-con- 
tinued and  severe  drouth  that  liad  prevailed  here.  The  yield  was  not 
more  than  seven  tons  of  fresli  fodder  per  acre.  Seven  tons  consisted  of 
a  large,  late  maturing  .yellow  dent  corn  (Leaming).  whicli  had  been 
I)lanted  May  28,  1887.  The  kernels  were  in  the  milk  and  the  leaves  were 
entirely  green.  No  marked  difference  was  noted  between  the  ensilage 
from  this  and  that  from  the  other  corn,     *    *    * 


84  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

"Feeding  the  ensilage  was  besun  March  10,  1888,  by  mixinprit  with 
twice  its  Ijulk  of  dry,  cut  corn-fodder,  not  corn-stover,  which  our  stock 
had  been  chiefly  fed  during  the  winter.  The  cattle  noon  learned  to  like 
the  ensilage,  andafter  the  first  week  it  was  fed  without  mixing  with  any 
other  substance  and  was  eaten  rather  better,  on  the  whole,  than  corn- 
fodder  had  been  previously. 

"Dairy  weights  of  ensilage  fed  to  the  stock  were  not  taken.  From 
what  weighing  was  done  it  is  estimated  that  from  March  17  to  April  30 
700  lbs.  on  an  average  were  fed  daily.  During  this  time  the  following 
cattle  were  given  ensilage:  March  17  to  April  30  two  aged  and  five 
yearling  bulls,  one  heifer,  and  one  dry  cow  were  fed  ensilage,  hay,  and 
grain;  eight  milch  cows,  ensilage,  straw,  and  grain;  ten  dry  cows  and 
five  heifers,  ensilage  and  straw.  March  17  to  April  Ki,  tlircc  steers  were 
fed  ensilage  and  corn.  April  13  to  30,  four  heifers  and  two  dry  cows 
were  fed  ensilage  and  hay.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  for  45  days  37  liead 
were,  on  an  average  fed  700  lbs.,  about  19  each,  daily.  Of  these  15  had 
ensilage  and  straw  only;  8  had  ensilage  and  straw  with  grain,  usually 
four  quarts  of  bran  added  daily;  and  II  ensilage,  hay,  and  grain.  All 
thrived  exceedingly  well  considering  the  amount  of  food  eaten." 

For  information  as  to  the  results  of  future  experiments  with  ensilage 
we  refer  the  re;uler  to  f  lie  various  State  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tions and  the  authorities  here  quoted. 


PART  ll.-STAGE  ILLUSIONS. 


The  TKrce-lleaiei  \Voi|iai|. 

In  the  booths  of  the  market  fairs  at  Paris  and  its  suburbs  (for  ex- 
ample, at  the  "Gingerbread"  Fair,  at  the  F6te  of  St.  Cloud,  etc.),  and  in 
the  tricks  of  jugglers,  etc.,  who  operate  in  the  street,  cafe  concerts,  or 


circuses,  we  find  phenomena  that  have  a  true  scientific  interest,  in- 
genious applications  of  different  sciences,  or  simply  tricks  that  puzzle 
the  spectator.    Since,  iu  general,  people  like  to  know  tbe  secret  of  what 

(85) 


86  SECRETS  OT  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

has  surprised  them,  it  may  not  prove  aninterestinK  to  devote  a  few 
articles  to  what  may  be  called  "side-show  science."  We  will  first 
speak  of  tlie  iirocess  emjiloyed  to  produce  (ho  "thrco-lieaded  woman." 

The  exterior  of  the  little  booth  in  whicii  tliis  phenomenon  is  exhib- 
ited is  covered  by  a  large  i>aiuted  canvas  representing  a  three-headed 
woman  in  evening  costume  in  a  richly  decorated  drawing-room  along 
with  a  few  persons.  For  better  convincing  the  curious  a  photograph 
taken  from  nature  exhibit.s  the  phenomenal  woman  as  she  appears  in 
the  show;  and  every  now  and  then  the  showman  stops  his  drum  to  cry, 
"She  is  living,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  she  is  living!"  If  we  allow  our- 
selves to  be  persuaded  to  enter  the  booth  we  shall  find  oui-selves  sepa- 
rated from  the  stage  by  a  balustrade— a  sort  of  screen,  behind  which  is 
the  curtain.  In  a  few  moments  the  latter  separates  and  there  is  dis- 
tinctly seen  a  woman's  body,  the  lower  part  of  whicii  is  hidden  by  a 
basket  of  flowers.  This  body  has  three  heads;  one  in  the  middle  and 
two  others  grafted  at  the  base  of  the  neck  of  the  first.  These  three  heads 
move  their  eyes,  answer  together  a  few  questions  put  by  the  showman, 
stick  out  their  tongues,  sing  a  few  snatches  of  a  popular  song,  and 
finally  salute  the  audience,  when  the  curtain  closes  and  the  sliow  is 
over. 

On  almost  every  occasion  some  ingenious  person  is  heard  to  express 
pity  for  this  unfortunate  person,  who  has  no  legs  and  three  heads.  This 
is  the  best  praise  that  couhl  be  bestowed  on  the  trick— for  naturally  it 
is  only  a  trick.  Moreover  the  showman  is  ready,  for  money,  to  explain 
how  it  is  done.  If  we  allow  ourselves  to  be  tempted,  and  enter  the  side- 
scene,  we  perceive  on  the  little  stage  where  the  phenomenal  woman  just 
appeared  nothing  l)ut  a  large  plate  of  glass,  slightly  inclined  toward  the 
audience,  and  its  edges  hidden  by  drapery.  Hchind  the  mirror  there  is 
a  recess  whose  sides  are  covered  with  a  ilead-black  faljric.  In  front  of 
the  mirror,  on  the  stage,  sits  the  basket  of  tiowers  from  which  issued 
the  woman's  body.  Then  on  an  inclined  board  a  little  above  the  ground 
lie  three  young  girls.  One  of  these,  the  middle  one,  is  clothed  in  a 
brilliant  costume  of  silk  of  a  light  color,  and  it  is  she  who,  in  the  exhi- 
bition, makes  the  trunk,  anns,  iind  the  middle  head.  Her  legs  are 
covered  over  with  a  black  fabric,  and  she  is  sui)porteil  l)y  a  cushion  so 
as  to  permit  the  two  other  girls  to  i>laco  their  necks  closely  agiunst  hers. 
Tlie  bodies  of  these  two  girls  at  the  sides  are  completely  covered  with  a 
fabric  of  a  dead-black  color.  In  front  of  these  three  young  women  are 
placed  a  dozen  strong  kerosene  lam|iH  provided  with  reflectors. 

The  heads,  hair,  and  arms  of  the  "body"  are  covered  with  i)owdor,  so 
as  to  present  completely  white  surfaces.  Such  is  the  secret  as  revealed 
from  the  side-Kcene,  and  it  will  now  be  understood  how  the  phenomenon 
is  produced.  All  the  wliitti  or  liglit-colored  surfaces  being  strongly 
lighted  by  the  lamps  that  reflect  tliH  light,  their  iiimge  is  sent  by  the 
glass  toward  the  spectators,  who  perceive  then  the  body  of  the  female, 
her  two  arms,  anil  her  three  heads.  All  the  portions  c<jvered  with  black 
are,  ou  the  cuutrury,  ubbulutvly  inviuibiu  in  the  gloss,  and  the  spectators 


ND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


87 


cannot  see  that  they  exist.  The  phenomenon  is,  on  the  whole,  a  cnrious 
application  of  the  effects  of  reflection  which  were  in  fashion  some 
'  twenty  years  ago  under  the  name  of  "living  ghosts,"  and  by  means  of 
which  it  was  possible  in  theaters  to  cause  the  apparition,  alongside  of 
living  persons,  either  of  undecided  forms  or  of  bodies  not  resting  on 
the  ground. 

The  "Gingerbread"  Fair  this  year  showed  a  two-headed  woman  pro- 
duced by  a  slightly  different  process,  the  body  and  head  of  the  woman 
being  seen  directly,  and  the  second  head  alone  being  seen  by  reflecticm 
from  a  glass.  This  phenomenon  may  be  varied  to  infinity,  so  to  speak. 
To  cite  only  a  few  examples,  there  may  be  produced  by  the  same  process 
a  decapitated  person  who  talks;  a  decapitated  person  who  holds  his 
head  in  his  hand,  and  a  Judith  and  Holofernes,  the  head  of  the  latter 
being  held  by  the  hair  by  the  former,— L«  Nature. 


The   MysierioUs  Voice. 

"Some  time  ago,"  says  a  correspondent  of  La  Nature,  "I  was  walk- 
ing around  in  a  side  show  in  which  were  exhibited  mechanical  portraits, 


FIG.  1.— THE  SPEAKING  HE.U>. 

when  I  was  surprised  to  hear  myself  called:  'Monsieur!  Monsieur!'  *  *  * 
I  discovered  that  the  voice  came  from  a  tin  trumpet,  which  was  held  in 
the  mouth  of  a  negro's  head  made  of  wood,  and  suspended  by  a  small 
brass  chain  from  semicircles  of  iron  supported  by  a  wooden  frame" 
(Fig.  1).  The  effect  produced  on  the  spectators  by  this  speaking  head 
was  one  of  universal  astonishment,  and  no  one  was  capable  of  solving 


88 


SECEETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


the  mystery.    The  arrangement  for  producing  the  illusion  is  very  simple, 
however,  and  is  thus  explained  by  the  writer  above  referred  to: 

A  person  hidden  behind  the  scenes  speaics  into  a  tube  two  or  three 
centimeters  in  diameter  wliich  runs  from  that  point  to  the  wooden 
frame,  and  in  the  interior  of  the  horizontal  and  upright  pieces  of  which 


^^^S^S5^^55555^55555555S55S?S5Sf;^;^^ 


FIG.  2.— THE  SPEAKING  GLASS  CASE. 

it  passes  till  it  reaches  the  suspended  head  at  A,  as  shown  by  the  dotted 
lines,  E,  D,  C,  B,  A.  The  voice  thus  transmitted  is  reflected  from  tlie 
sides  of  the  trumpet,  H,  to  the  person  holding  a  conversation  witli  the 
bead. 


FIG.  3.— THE  INVISIBLE  GIRL  EXPERIMENT. 

This  experiment,  which  is  analogous  to  the  one  that  precedes,  was 
explained  by  Nicholson,  in  1832.  in  his  Journal  dr  Phyxique.  Although 
at  first  off(*rf(l  aH  a  physical  oxperiiin-nt,  under  the  title  of  an  "experi- 
■  tieiit  in  acoustics,"  it  has  nince  changecl  uaiut*  and  nioater,  and  is  now 
dignified  by  the  imposing  nam    of  "invisible  girl." 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  89 

Fig.  2  shows  the  arrangement  of  the  original  apparatus,  which  con- 
sisted of  a  glass  case,  X,  about  four  feet  long  by  about  one  in  height, 
suspended  from  the  ceiling  by  four  chains  at  a  distance  of  a  foot  from 
the  window  frame.  From  the  extremity  of  the  case  projected  a  speak- 
ing trumpet,  and  the  entire  apparatus  was  surrounded  by  a  latticework 
of  iron  wire  to  prevent  its  being  touched  by  the  hands  of  the  curious. 
The  phenomenon,  although  a  puzzling  novelty  at  the  time,  did  not 
attract  much  of  a  crowd,  as  it  was  not  managed  with  suificient  address, 
and  the  surroundings  were  not  of  a  nature  to  please  fashionable  people. 
This  apparatus  was  improved  upon  and  rendered  more  elegant  in  ap- 
pearance by  Prof.  Robertson.  Fig.  3,  copied  from  an  old  engraving, 
shows  this  latter  arrangement.  A  globe,  A,  made  of  glass  or  enameled 
sheet  iron,  and  to  which  are  attached  four  trumpets,  is  suspended  from 
the  middle  of  the  room.  This  globe  is  not  necessary  for  the  experiment, 
but  is  only  an  accessory  to  impose  upon  the  imagination.  Around  it  is 
placed  a  framework,  B,  which  is  very  necessary,  tor  it  is  hollow,  and  it 
is  through  it  that  the  voice  of  the  invisible  person  is  heard.  A  tin  tube 
passes  through  the  upright  C  and  then  runs  to  D,  where  there  is  a  small 
slit  or  aperture  opposite  the  trumpet.  This  tin  tube  passes  under  the 
floor  of  the  room,  and  runs  into  the  neighboring  room,  whence  the  pre- 
tended invisible  person  speaks,  and  sees  everything  through  the  keyhole 
or  through  an  aperture  in  the  wall.    This  is  all  there  is  of  the  mystery. 


Ai>  li|iproVe^  Psycho. 

Let  me  explain  to  those  who  have  not  seen  "Psycho"  that  it  consists 
of  a  small  figure  dressed  as  a  Turk,  sitting  cross-legged  (as  shown  by 
dotted  lines)  on  a  chest;  this  chest  is  in  turn  supported  on  a  glass  tube, 
about  12  in.  in  diameter  and  3  ft.  long,  which  rests  on  a  four-legged 
stool.  The  bottom  of  chest  and  top  of  stool  are  covered  with  green 
cloth,  so  as  to  make  a  tolerably  air-tight  joint.  The  right  arm  is  ex- 
tended as  per  drawing,  and  a  semicircular  rack,  in  which  are  placed  the 
13  cards  dealt  to  "Psycho."  is  fixed  by  means  of  a  bracket  (not  shown) 
in  such  a  position  that  the  edges  come  between  the  finger  and  thumb,  as 
shown  at  *  .  The  arm  turning  horizontally  on  the  pivot  A,  the  hand  can 
be  brought  over  any  card,  and  by  closing  the  finger  and  thumb  and  rais- 
ing the  arm  the  card  will  be  withdrawn  from  the  rack  and  held  in  the 
air. 

In  Figs.  1  a  and  lb  (elevation  and  plan)  the  wheels  E  and  M  have 
each  a  train  of  clockwork  (left  out  for  the  sake  of  clearness),  which 
would  cause  them  to  spin  round  if  unchecked.  M,  however,  has  two 
pins,  p  p\  which  catch  on  a  projection  on  the  lever,  N.  E  is  a  crown- 
wheel escapement— like  that  in  a  bottle  roasting-jack— which  turns  A 
alternately  to  the  left  and  right,  thus  causing  the  hand  to  traverse  the  13 
cards.  A  little  higher  on  A  will  be  seen  a  quadrant  B  (see  plan)  near 
the  edge  of  which  are  set  13  little  pins.    The  end  of  the  lever  N  drops 


90 


SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


between  any  two  of  them,  thus  causing  the  hand  to  st«p  at  any  desired 
card.  The  lever  being  pivoted  at  c  it  is  obvious  that  hy  pressing  the 
end,  N,  B  will  be  set  at  liberty,  and  the  hand  will  move  along  the  cards; 
by  slightly  raising  it  this  motion  will  be  arrested;  by  raising  it  still 
more  the  pin  p  is  released  and  M  commences  to  revolve,  and  by  again 
depressing  N  this  wheel  will  in  its  turn  be  stopped.  Near  the  bottom 
of  the  apparatus  is  a  Oellows  O,  which  contains  a  spring  tending  to  keep 
the  lever  N,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  rod  X,  in  the  position  shown. 


Ft  G.I. a. 


.  \   W      w    \ 


Tliis  is  connected  with  the  tuljular  support,  which  may  be  connected  by 
a  tulje  through  the  leg  of  the  stool,  and  another  tube  beneath  the  stage, 
witli  an  assistant  Ix-liind  the  scenes.  By  compressing  or  exhausting  air 
tlinmgli  this  tube  it  is  obvious  that  the  lever.  N.  will  be  raised  or  de- 
prpssed,  and  the  clockwork  set  going  accordingly.  «  is  a  crankpin  set 
in  M.  and  connected  with  the  head   by  catgut,  T,  and  with   the  thumb 

by  8. 

At  11  and  ir  an- two  pnl leys  connected   by  gut.    Tims  if  the  liand 
moves  round  the  head  a)ii»eur!5  to  follow  its  motions,  and  when  raised  by 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS. 


91 


pulling  y  the  head  rises  also  by  means  of  T.  Further  explanation 
seems  almost  unnecessary;  7  is  a  stop  to  prevent  the  elbow  moving  too 
far,  and  /)  /)  spiral  springs  to  keep  thumb  open  and  head  forward 
respectively.  When  N  is  raised  M  pulls  T  and  S,  the  latter  closing 
thumb,  and  then  raising  arm  by  pulley  H.  If  the  lever  is  allowed  to 
drop  p'  will  catch  and  keep  arm  up.  On  again  raising  N  the  arm  will 
descend. 

FIG.  2.  a. 


,£^rcfsm  rack. 


Figs.  2a  and  26  show  another  and  simpler  arrangement,  in  which 
only  one  train  of  clockwork  is  used.  On  the  same  axle  as  H  is  fixed  a 
lever  and  weight,  W,  to  balance  the  arm.  A  vertical  rod,  X,  having  a 
projection,  Z,  slides  up  and  down  in  guides,  Y  Y,  and  carries  the  catgut 
S  and  T.  The  quadrant,  B  ,  has  cogs  cut,  between  whicli  Z  slides  and 
stops  the  motion  of  A,  which  is  moved,  as  before,  by  clockwork.    The 


FIG.I.b. 


lower  part  of  X  is  connected  direct  with  O.  When  X  is  slightly  raised, 
as  shown,  A  is  free  to  move,  but  on  exhausting  air  and  drawing  X  down 
Z  enters  the  cogs  and  stops  the  hand  over  a  card;  continuing  to  exhaust 
the  thumb  closes  and  the  card  is  lifted  up.  The  details  of  the  clock- 
work I  leave  to  the  ingenuity  of  your  readers.  There  should  be  a  fan  on 
each  train  to  regulate  the  speed.    The  figure  should  be  so  placed  that 


92 


SEORKTS  OP  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


your  assistant  can  see  tbe  cards  in  the  semicircular  rack.— English 
Mechanic. 


Magic  Cabii|eisj  PoXes^  E^c- 

Magic  cabinets  are  much  employed  by  magicians.  The  following  is 
an  example  of  one  of  the  scenes  that  may  occur  with  them: 

When  the  curtain  rises  there  is  seen  in  the  center  of  the  stage  a  large 
dark  colored  cabinet,  ornamented  with  mouldings,  and  mounted  upon 
legs  that  are  a  little  longer  than  those  of  ordinary  cabinets,  the  object 
being  to  remove  all  possibility  of  a  commnnication  with  the  stage  be- 


.aiiiaM[iiiMpMiii!^i:;:j|i.'~ 


no.  1. 

neath.  Tliese  legs  are  provided  with  casters.  The  showman  turns  this 
cabinet  around  and  sliows  that  there  is  nothing  abnormal  alwut  it  ex- 
ternally. He  then  asks  some  of  the  spectators  to  come  up  close  to  it, 
and  lets  them  examine  its  interior,  w]iicli  is  entirely  empty.  Tliere  is 
no  double  bottom,  nor  any  hiding  place.  When  the  witnessim  have 
made  tliemselvus  certain  of  tliis  fact  they  station  themselves  around  the 
stage,  and  a  certain  number  of  them  even  consent  to  remain  behind  the 
cabinet  and  see  nothing  of  the  experiment.  The  cabinet  l)eing  tlius 
surrounded  on  nil  sides,  and  even  one  ijeing  able  to  look  under  it,  frauii 
would  H(>f)m  to  bean  impoHsibility. 

A  young  woman  dressed  as  a  danseuse  then  comes  ont-o  the  stage  and 
enters  the  cabinet  (Fig.  1),  and  the  doors  are  closed  upon  her.  In  a  few 
inomouttt  the  doors  are  (jpenod again,  when,  lo  and  behold!  the  closet  ie 


AND   GKEAT   PHYSICIANS. 


93 


empty,  i\n^  j  <»uDf<  woman  having  disappeared.  Then  the  doors  are  closed 
again,  and  then  opened,  and  the  danseuse  makes  her  appearance;  and 
so  on.  At  the  end  of  the  experiment  the  witnesses  examins  the  cabinet 
again,  and,  finding  nothing  changed  therein,  are  justly  stupefied. 

In  another  style  of  cabinet  there  is  no  bar  in  the  center,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  1,  but  there  is  observed  on  one  of  the  sides  in  the  interior  a  liracket 
a  few  centimeters  in  length,  and  bacK  and  above  this  a  shelf.  This 
arrangement  permits  of  performing  a  few  experiments  more  than  does 
tlie  one  just  descrilied.  Thus,  when  the  woman  has  disappeared  the 
showman  allows  a  young  man  to  enter,  and  he  also  disappears,  while 
the  young  woman  is  found  in  his  place.  This  is  a  very  surprising  sub- 
stitution. 

The  box  into  which  the  harlequin  takes  refuge,  and  which  appears  to 
be  empty  when  Pierrot  or  Cassandra  lifts  the  curtain  that  shields  its 
entrance,  is  also  a  sort  of  magic  cabinet. 

In  a  series  of  lectures  delivered  a  few  years  ago  at  the  London  Poly- 
technic Institution,  a  professor  of  physics  unmasked  the  secret  of  some 
of  the  tricks  employed  on  the  stage  for  producing  illusions,  and  notably 


TO" 


T77 


G\ 


/G' 


FIG.  2.— PLAN  EXPIiANATOEY  OF  THE  CABINET, 
that  of  the  magic  cabinet.  The  lecturer,  after  showing  the  cabinet  and 
causing  the  disappearance  therein  of  an  individual  while  the  doors  were 
closed,  repeated  the  same  experiment  with  the  latter  open.  But  in  the 
latter  case  so  quick  was  the  disappearance  that  the  spectators  could  not 
even  then  see  how  it  was  done. 

The  illusion  produced  by  these  apparatus  is  the  result  of  a  play  of 
mirrors. 

In  the  first  cabinet  described  (Fig.  1),  when  the  exhibitor  has  closed 
the  doors  upon  the  young  woman,  the  latter  pulls  toward  her  two 
mirrors  that  are  represented  in  Fig.  2  by  the  lines  G  G.  These  mirrors 
are  hinged  at  O  O,  and  when  swung  outward  rest  by  their  external  edges 
against  tlie  bar  P,  and  then  occupy  the  position  shown  by  the  dotted 
lines  Cr  G\  When  the  cabinet  is  again  opened  the  woman,  placed  at  A, 
is  hidden  by  the  two  mirrors;  but  the  appearance  of  the  interior  of  the 
cabinet  is  not  changed,  since  the  spectators  see  the  imag?e  of  each  side 
reflected  from  the  corresponding  mirror,  and  this  looks  to  them  like  the 
back  of  the  cabinet. 


91 


SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


The  illusion  is  perfect.  When  the  experiment  is  ended  and  the 
mirrors  are  again  ewuug  against  the  sides,  at  G  (i,  the  spectators  see 
nothing  but  tlie  backs  of  them,  which  are  covered  with  wood;  the  cab- 
inet is  really  empty,  and  no  one  can  discover  what  modification  has 
taken  place  in  its  interior  tluring  the  disappearance  of  the  woman. 

In  the  second  arrangement,  which  is  shown  in  vertical  section  in 
Fig.  3,  the  young  man  gets  up  onto  the  shelf  f  n,  at  the  upper  part  of 
the  cabinet,  by  the  aid  of  the  bracket  T,  and  then  pulls  down  over  liim 
the  mirror  b  c,  which  was  fastened  to  the  top  of  the  cabinet.  This 
mirror  being  inclined  at  an  angle  of  4r>  deg.  reflects  the  top,  and  the 
spectators  imagine  that  they  see  the  back  of  the  cabinet  over  the  shelf 
just  as  they  did  before. 

The  box  which  the  harlequin  enters  is  based  upon  precisely  the  same 
principle.  Its  interior  is  hung  with  paper  handed  alternately  blue  and 
white.    When  the  hai'lequin  enters  it  he  places  himself  in  one  of  the 


FIO.  3.— SECTION  KXPLAN.\TOBY  OF  THE  CABINET. 

angles  and  pulls  toward  him  two  mirrors  which  hide  him  completely, 
and  which  reflect  the  opjxisite  side  of  the  box,  so  that  the  spectator  is 
led  tf)  believe  that  he  sees  the  back  of  it.  In  this  case  onr-  of  the  angles 
at  the  back  of  tiie  box  is  not  apparent,  but  tlie  coloretl  stripes  prevent 
the  spectator  from  noticing  the  fact. 

Tlip  Maeir  Portfolio. 

This  is  an  apparatus  which  an  itinerant  physicist  might  have  been 
seen  a  few  years  ago  exhibiting  in  the  squares  and  at  street  corners. 
His  method  w;m  to  havo  a  Hr>eclalor  draw  a  card,  wiiicii  he  tlion  placed 
between  tiie  four  sliects  of  [laper  which,  foldfil  crosswise,  formi'd  tlie 
flaps  oHiis  pf>rt folio.  When  he  opened  the  latter  again  a  few  instants 
afterward  the  cird  had  disappeared,  or  rather  had  Iwromc  (ransfoniicd. 
I'rofiting  llien  by  Ihf  surprise  uf  his  spectators  the  showman  began  to 
offiT  IhiMii  his  magic  portfolio  at  thf  pricr  of  live  sons  for  I  hi"  small  sizt* 
and  li-ii  fur  tint  large-. 

The  portfolio  waa  made  of  two  square  pieces  of  cardboard  connected 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS. 


95 


by  four  strings,  these  latter  being  fixed  in  snch  a  way  that  when  the  two 
pieces  of  cardboard  were  open  and  juxtaposed  the  external  edge  of  each 
of  them  was  connected  with  the  inner  edge  of  the  other. 

This  constituted,  after  a  manner,  a  double  hinge  that  permitted  of 
the  portfolio  being  opened  from  both  sides.  To  one  pair  of  strings 
there  were  glued,  back  to  back,  two  sheets  of  paper,  which,  when 
folded  over,  formed  the  flaps  of  the  portfolio.  It  was  only  necessary, 
then,  to  open  the  latter  in  one  direction  or  the  other  to  render  it  impos- 
sible to  open  more  than  one  of  the  two  sets  of  flaps. 

This  device  is  one  that  permits  of  a  large  number  of  tricks  being 
performed,  since  every  object  put  under  one  of  the  sets  of  flaps  will  ap- 
parently disappear  or  be  converted  into  something  else,  at  the  will  of 
the  prestidigitator  (Fig.  4). 

Magic  Envelopes. 
This  trick  is  a  simplification  of  the  foregoing.    The  affair  consists  of 


FIG.  4.— MAGIC  PORTFOLIO,  ENVELOPES,  AND  BOXES. 

several  sheets  of  paper  of  different  colors  folded  over,  one  upon  the 
other.  A  card  inclosed  within  the  middle  envelope,  over  which  have 
been  folded  all  the  others,  is  found  to  have  disappeared  when  the  flaps 
are  opened  again.  The  secret  of  the  trick  is  very  simple.  One  of  the 
inner  sheets  of  paper— the  second  one,  usually— is  double,  and,  when 
folded,  forms  two  envelopes  tliat  are  back  to  back.  It  is  only  necessary 
then  to  open  one  or  the  other  of  these  latter  to  cause  tlie  appearaiice  or 
disappearance  or  transformation  of  such  objects  as  have  been  inclosed 
within  it.    (Fig.  4.) 


96  SECRETS  OF  WISE   MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

Masic  Boxes. 

Magic  boxes  are  of  several  styles,  according  to  the  size  of  the  objects 
that  one  desires  to  make  disappear. 

There  is  no  one  who  has  not  seen  a  magician  pnt  one  or  more  pigeons 
into  the  drawer  of  one  of  these  boxes,  and  after  closing  it  open  it  to  find 
that  the  birds  liave  disappeared.  Such  boxes  cqntain,  as  shown  in  Fig. 
4,  two  drawers,  which,  when  pulled  out,  seem  to  be  but  one;  and  it  is 
only  necessary,  then,  to  pull  out  the  inner  one  or  leave  it  closed  in  order 
to  render  the  inclosed  birds  visible  or  invisible. 

In  order  to  cause  the  disappearance  of  smaller  objects  trick  perform- 
ers often  employ  a  jewel  box,  and,  after  putting  the  object  (a  ring,  for 
example)  into  this,  they  hand  it  to  some  person  and  ask  him  to  hold  it, 
requesting  hirh  at  the  same  time  to  wrap  it  uj)  in  several  sheets  of  paper. 
But  this  simple  motion  has  permitted  the  performer  to  cause  the  ring  to 
drop  into  his  hand  through  a  small  trap  opening  beneath  the  box.  Yet, 
while  he  is  doing  this,  the  spectators  think  that  they  hear  the  noise 
made  by  the  ring  striking  against  the  sides  of  the  box.  But  that  is  only 
a  delusion;  for  the  noise  that  is  heard  proceeds  from  a  small  hammer 
which  is  hidden  within  the  cover  under  the  escutcheon,  and  wliich  is 
rendered  immovable  when  the  latter  is  pressed  upon  by  the  performer. 
The  box  can  thus  be  shaken  without  any  noise  being  heard  within  it, 
and  the  spectators  are  led  to  believe  that  the  t)bject  has  disappeared. 

Double-bottomed  boxes  are  so  well  known  that  it  is  useless  to  de- 
scribe them.  Sometimes  the  double  bottom  is  hidden  in  the  cover,  and 
at  others  it  rests  against  one  of  the  sides.  Such  boxes  permit  of  the 
disappearance  or  substitution  of  objects  that  are  not  very  thick,  such  as 
a  note,  an  image,  or  a  card.— Lu  Nature. 

The  Swinging   Half  Lady. 

An  arrangement  is  made  similar  to  a  hammock,  which  is  attached 
to  the  back  of  the  cabinet,  and  is  then  affixed  to  a  false  wooden  bnst 
made  to  fit  the  bust  of  the  lady.  It  should  be  thickly  padded  where  the 
part  of  her  Ixxiy  rests  upon  it.  and  should  be  tiglitly  sirapr>ed  to  the 
lady  across  the  shoulders  and  hack.  The  bust  is  covered  with  silk, 
satin,  or  any  fine  dress  material,  and  trimmed  t<>  represent  a  lady's  low- 
necked  dress  btxiice  with  short  shoulder  sleeves.  The  remaining  por- 
tion of  the  lady  is  encased  in  a  dark-colored  skirt  (black  velvet  is  the 
}>est),  and  her  feet  are  firmly  strapped  to  a  wood  rest  at  the  back  of  the 
cabinet,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  The  bust  is  suppnrlcd  upon  a  swing,  in  the 
front  of  the  cabinet.  Four  brass  cliains  support  a  slal)  of  wood  alK)nt 
'in  inches  long  by  about  8  or  ten  inches  in  width. 

Midway  iii»  the  chains  at  each  side  is  a  cross  piece  of  wood  fixed  to 
the  chains  by  which,  when  the  lady  gnisps  them  with  her  hands,  she  can 
(•UHJly  lift  the  bust  from  the  wood  slab,  aliuwing  a  sword  to  be  passed 
beneath  the  Ixjtloni  of  the  bust  and  the  top  of  the  wood  slab.    When  the 


AND   GREAT  PHYSICIANS. 


97 


lady  is  supported  upon  the  swing  she  cannot  swing  forivard,  but  can 
only  swing  with  a  slight  sirfejcoy  motion,  because  if  she  attempted  to 
swing  forward  the  slab  of  wood  would  then  no  longer  support  the  bust, 
and  the  performer  would  be  in  danger  of  breaking  her  back,  as  she 
would  have  no  other  support  to  sustain  her,  except  the  back  of  the  cabi- 
net to  which  her  feet  are  strapped. 

The  slab  of  wood  forming  the  swing  is  made  in  some  cases  with  two 
half-round  holes,  to  allow  the  lady  to  place  her  hands  through,  to  show 
that  she  can  pass  her  hands  beneath  her. 


FIG.  1. 

The  interior  of  the  cabinet  should  be  of  one  uniform  color,  if  possi- 
ble of  a  dark  blue  or  dark  maroon.  It  should  be  about  six  feet  in  depth 
by  about  five  to  seven  feet  across  the  front,  according  to  fancy.  The 
front  should  have  either  dark  blue,  maroon,  or  green  baize  curtains,  so 
made  as  to  draw  right  across.  On  each  side  of  the  cabinet  are  affixed 
two  lamps,  as  in  Fig.  1,  with  large  plated  reflectors  about  10  or  12  inches 

in  diameter.    These  should  be  so  fixed  that  the  curtains  can  be  drawn  at 
7 


98 


SEOBETS  OF   WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


the  back  of  them;  and  thus,  when  lighted,  reflect  a  strong  and  powerful 
light  outward,  throwing  the  interior  of  the  cabinet  into  deep  and  gloomy 
shadow.  It  must  be  evident,  therefore,  to  the  reader  that  the  four  lamps 
and  reflectors  play  a  very  important  part  in  making  this  illusion  perfect, 
because  in  consequence  of  a  strong,  bright,  and  dazzling  light  being  re- 
flected into  the  eyes  of  the  spectators  it  is  impossible  for  them  to  dis- 
tinguish anything  inside  the  cabinet,  beyond  the  bust  and  head  of  the 
lady. 

The  position  for  the  lady  performing  is  one  of  pain.    In  the  firet 


no.  2. 


place  she  has  to  be  tightly  strapped  to  the  bnst,  which  cnnsos  diflRcnlty 
in  breathing  and  talking;  and,  again,  the  head  must  be  held  well  back 
to  make  it  appear  from  the  front  as  if  the  false  bust  and  neck  were  com- 
pletely one  and  upright. 

Many  ladies  performing  this  illusion  cannot  help  showing  m  their 
look  the  pain  and  suffering  they  are  experiencing  even  when  before  their 
aiiilit'UceH,  therel>y  spoiling  the  effect  the  illusion  would  have  had  if 
tlioir  fouturoB  had  been  compusud  and  the  face  wreathed  witli  smiles. 


AND  GREAT   PHTSICUNS. 


99 


The  Aerial  Slispei|sioi|. 

This  trick  has  been  before  the  public  for  many  years,  but  when  per- 
formed still  causes  considerable  sensation.  The  apparatus  required  is, 
first,  a  kind  of  iron  corset,  for  which  the  performer  doing  this  trick 
must  be  properly  measured  and  accm-ately  fitted  with  it,  according  to 
his  or  her  size  and  build.    This  corset  is  strapped  upon  the  body,  and 


attached  to  it  is  a  rod  passing  down  the  right  side  from  beneath  the  arm, 
almost  to  the  right  knee.  Below  the  arm  is  a  projecting  piece  so  made 
as  to  fit  into  a  socket,  and  almost  in  the  shape  of  a  crutch;  and  the  rod 
passing  down  the  side  of  the  performer  is  so  constructed  that  when  a 
person  has  this  apparatus  strapped  securely  upon  him  or  her,  and  the 
projecting  piece  under  the  arm  is  fitted  into  the  socket  of  the  pole,  the 
body  can  be  raised,  and  the  toes  in  rising  will  describe  an  arc  of  about 
90  deg.,  assuming  the  position  shown  in  the  figure.  To  effect  this  two 
poles  are  required  of  the  same  length,  one  made  of  wood  and  the  other 


100  SECKKTS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

of  iron;  the  latter  being  fitted  into  a  socket  in  the  stand,  and  having 
also  a  socket  in  the  top,  in  which  is  fixed  the  projecting  piece  under  the 
arm,  and  this  rod  therefore  supports  the  whole  weight  of  the  body  dar- 
ing the  performance.  The  two  poles  are  both  painted  the  same  color, 
and  to  the  audience  both  appear  to  be  the  same. 

The  performer  will  have  to  provide  a  specially  made  costume  to  suit 
the  working  of  the  apparatus.  The  young  lady  (we  will  imagine  that  i* 
is  a  lady  who  performs  this  suspension  feat)  is  brought  forward  by  the 
professor,  and  the  two  rods  are  shown,  and  a  stool  is  placed  on  the  stand 
on  which  the  lady  steps.  The  iron  rod  ia  now  placed  in  position  and 
fixed  under  the  right  arm,  and  the  wood  rod  is  placed  imder  the  left;  the 
professor,  now  making  a  few  passes  with  his  hands,  apparently  sends 
the  lady  performer  into  a  mesmeric  sleep,  and  gently  draws  the  rod  from 
under  the  left  arm  and  lays  it  down.  Making  a  few  more  passes  he 
gradually  raises  the  body  of  the  lady  into  a  horizontal  position,  and  she 
will  appear  to  be  suspended  almost  in  the  air.  With  a  little  practice 
the  body  can  be  placed  into  any  position.  When  the  lady  has  been  sus- 
pended long  enough,  make  a  few  imoro  passes  and  gently  lower  the  body 
until  in  an  upright  position,  and  again  place  the  wood  rod  under  the  left 
arm  and  place  the  stool  beneath  her  feet,  and  taking  a  handkerchief 
wipe  the  lady's  face,  and  she  will  appear  to  awaken  and  will  step  down 
from  her  exalted  position. 

An  improvement  has  lately  been  introduced  in  the  apparatus;  the 
iron  column  is  hollow,  and  through  the  center  another  rod  is  worked 
from  beneath  the  stage,  and  in  the  socket  of  the  iron  rod  at  the  top  are 
placed  a  number  of  teeth  which  catch  corresponding  teeth  in  the  pro- 
jecting piece  under  the  arm,  and  this  being  worked  from  below  the  stage 
will  cause  the  body  of  the  lady  to  slowly  rise  intf)  a  horizontal  position 
without  being  so  placed  by  the  professor.  This  is  certainly  a  very  great 
improvement  in  the  mode  of  working,  as  while  the  professor  simply 
makes  a  few  passes  with  his  hands  the  body  gradually  rises,  apparently 
to  the  audience  without  any  visible  means  whatever. 


The  gKos^  lUUsioi|. 

This  illusion,  which  created  so  much  sonsation  in  London  and  first 
known  here  as  "Pepper's  fihost,"  I  will  endeavor  to  oxi)hiin,  anil  make 
the  working  of  it  as  clear  as  I  possibly  can  to  the  reader.  It  is  caused 
by  the  figure  of  a  man  or  woman  l)eing  reflected  upon  a  sheet  of  glass, 
and  the  audience  looking  through  this  glass,  apparently  see  the  figure 
upon  tlie  stage,  but  in  reality  it  is  not  so,  l)eing  only  upon  the  glass.  In 
the  first  place  a  sheet  of  plate  glass  porfoclly  clear  and  without  a  blem- 
ish iiinHt  he  procureii,  and  of  such  a  size  that  it  will  show  the  image  or 
reflect if)n  of  the  performer  who  impersonates  the  ghost.  This  glass  iB 
fixed  at  the  front  of  the  stage  and  inclined  slightly  toward  the  audience. 
In  front  and  below  the  stage  a  chamber  is  made,  completely  concealed 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS. 


101 


from  the  eyes  of  the  andience,  but  having  an  opening  at  the  upper  part, 
through  which  the  reflection  of  the  perf5on  below  is  thrown  upward  upon 
the  sheet  of  glass.  The  reader  can  understand  the  position  better  by 
referring  to  the  accompanying  cut.  The  body  of  the  person  to  be  re- 
flected is  against  an  inclined  plane,  which  is  covered  with  black  cloth. 
This  inclined  plane  is  fixed  upon  castors,  and  the  person  leaning  against 
it,  moving  this  slightly  with  his  feet,  either  to  the  right  or  left,  will 
cause  it  to  appear  as  if  the  ghost  was  either  walking  forward  or  back- 
ward. Below  the  stage  a  person  is  placed  with  a  powerful  lantern,  and 
the  light  from  it  is  thrown  upo»  the  figure  representing  the  ghost,  thus 
causing  it  to  be  reflected  strongly  and  brightly  against  the  glass  fixed 
above.  The  stage  must  be  darKened  and  dimly  lighted,  otherwise  the 
ghost  will  hardly  be  visible.  In  making  various  motions  of  the  body 
the  ghost  actor  most  reverse  his  movements;  for  example,  if  he  raises 


his  left  arm  the  figure  reflected  above  will  appear  to  raise  its  right  arm. 
The  glass,  as  i  stated  before,  must  be  without  a  blemish,  and  fixed  at  an 
angle  of  20  deg.,  inclining  forward  toward  the  audience,  and  the  nearer 
the  audience  are  seated  to  it  the  larger  the  glass  must  be.  The  size  of 
the  glass  depends  upon  the  height  of  the  figure  to  be  reflected 
and  the  size  of  the  stage  and  the  theater  or  hall  in  which  it  is  exhibited. 
This  again  will  be  understood  by  referring  to  the  figure,  in  which  A  rep- 
resents the  eyes  of  that  part  of  the  audience  seated  in  the  lower  portion 
or  body  of  the  hall,  while  B  represents  the  ej'es  of  those  who  are  seated 
in  the  boxes  or  gallery,  thus  showing  the  angle  by  which  the  height  of 
the  glass  is  determined,  as  the  angles  of  incidence  are  always  equal  to 
the  angles  of  reflection;  and  the  same  angles  of  incidence  are  likewise 
equal  to  the  corresponding  angles  of  the  reflected  figure. 

This  illusion  was  invented  in  1863  by  Prof.  Pepper,  by  whom  it  was 
patented,  and  for  a  long  period  it  was  exhibited  at  the  Polytechnic  in 


102  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

London,  in  various  forms  and  Riiisos,  and  drow  tlioiisands  from  all 
parts  to  see  this  wonderful  exhibition.  Allhougli  it  cannot  now  be 
classed  as  a  "novelty,"  yet  it  still  creates  a  great  sensation  whenever  and 
wherever  it  is  exhibited. 

[If  the  reader  de-iires  io  pursue  this  subject  further  he  is  referred  to 
"The  Art  of  Modern  Conjuring,"  by  Prof.  Henri  Garenne,  to  whom  we 
are  indebted  for  much  that  we  present  here.  Ward,  Lock  &  Co.,  pub- 
lishers, New  York  and  London.] 


PART  lll.-MEDICAL 


Presc  ri  p^ioi|s   of   Ei|ti]|ei|^ 
PKi)siciai|s. 


ARRANGED  AND  REVISED  BY 
FRANK    V.   LUSE,    M.    D.,    Chicago,   III. 


Agnew. 
Atthill. 

Hazard. 
Hebra. 

Bartholoiv. 

Liebreieh. 

Basham. 

Luse. 

Beasley. 
Bibron. 
Brande. 
Browne. 

Mackenzie. 
Milton. 
Mitchell,  R.  W. 

Brouin-Seqiiard. 

Pancoast. 

Chapman. 

Porcher. 

Da  Costa. 
Dewees. 

Ricord. 
Ringer. 

Ellis. 

Schafhirt. 
Smith. 

Fenner. 

Squibbs. 

Gerhard. 

Tanner. 

Getchell. 

Thornton. 

Gross. 

Trousseau. 

Guy. 
Hartshorne. 

Waring. 

(103) 


104  SECEETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Albiiniinuria  (Briubt's  Disease). 

IJ  Tincturee  Ferri  Cliloridi £  Jiij. 

Acidi  Acetici  diluti f  zij. 

Syrupi  eimplicis f  lies. 

Liquoris  Ammonii  Acetatis q.  b.  ad  f  5iv. — M. 

Sig.  Take  a  dessertspoonful  every  six  hoars.  Basham. 

Alcoholism  (Chronic). 
9  Tinctnrae  f'apsici 

Tinctura?  Zingiberis 35  £  ;j. 

Tincturte  Valeriana  ammo 

Tincturee  Gentianee  comp aii  £  5ij.— M, 

Sig.  Take  a  dessertspoonful  in  a  teacupful  of  hop  tea  three  or  four 

times  a  day.  Gerluird. 

Amenorrhaea  (Absence  of  Menstrual  Flow). 

B  Myrrhee gr.  viij. 

Pulveris  Jalapae gr.  xv. 

Fern  Sulphatis  exsiccatse 

Pulveris  Aloes  et  Canellse ilil  3j. 

Bprupi  simplicis q.  8. 

Fiat  massa  et  divide  in  pilulas  1. 

Sig.  Take  two  or  three  pills  at  bedtime,  for  several  nights  succes- 
sively. N.  Cliapman. 

Asthma. 

3  Potassii  lodidi "iij. 

Extracti  Belladonnnp  fluidi f  Ij. 

Extracti  L()l)elia'  fluidi f  !ij. 

Extracti  Grindelift>  fluidi f  iss. 

Glycerlnae 

AqucB  destilatse nil  f  jiss.— M . 

Sig.  Take  a  tablespoonf ul  every  two,  three,  or  four  hours,  as  neces- 
sary. Burtholow. 

IJ  Foliornm  Belladonnae 

Foliornm  Hjoscyami aa  gr.  ii j. 

Extracti  Opii  aquosi gr.  one-fifth. 

Aquae  Lauroceriisi q.  s. 

Moisten  the  leaves  with  a  sohition  of  the  opium  extract  in  the  cherry- 
laurel  water.  L<'t  tlioni  dry  tliorouglily  and  mil  into  a  cigarette.  Two 
to  four  of  these  cigarettes  may  be  siuokeii  every  day.  Troiisxiuxi. 

BilionNness. 

IJ  Resinfp  Podophilli gr.  i 

Jicrtimn  .JalaiiM' 

JOxtracti  ColocjTithidis  compositi 

(iamb(>gin> ilit  gr.  iisB. 

Olei  .Juniperi q.  8. 

Misce  ot  fiant  pilidfr*  No.  ii. 

Hig.  One  dose,  at  Ijedtime.  Quy. 

Itums  am)  Scalds. 

IJ  Plnmbi  rarbonatis 51v. 

Olel  Lini q.  8, 

Tere  Himnl  ot  fiat  pinguontum. 
Sig.  Ap|>iy  liberally  on  llnon  or  lint.  Oross. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  105 

5  Acidi  Salicylici 3j 

Olei  Olivfp f  5viij.— M. 

Sig.  Apply  to  burn,  covering  with  linen  or  lint.  Bartholoto. 

Biliary  Calculi  (Stone  in  the  Bile  Duct). 

B  Chloroformi  piiriiicati iij. 

Olei  Cinnamomi gtt.  viij. 

Spiritus  Camphorie 

Tincturee  Opii  deodoratae 5S  f  ZisB. 

Spiritus  Vini f  3iij. — M. 

Sig.  Dose,  from  five  to  thirty  drops,  in  sweetened  water,  every  hour 
or  two.  Hartshorne. 

Renal  or  Vesical  Calculi  (Stone  in  Kidney  or  Bladder). 

3  Liquoris  Potassee f  jss. 

Tincturse  Huniuli f  jiss. 

Infusi  Calumbee f  5iv. 

Syrupi  Aurantii  Corticis f  5ij. 

Fiat  mistura. 

Sig.  Take  a  tablespoon! ol  three  times  daily.  H.  Green 

Cancer. 

IJ  Arsenici  lodidi gr.  j. 

Extract!  Conii 3ij. 

Fiat  massa,  et  divide  in  pilnlas  xvi. 

Sig.  Take  one  pill  morning  and  night.  Marsden. 

Carbuncle. 

B  Quininse  Hydrochloratis gr.  xxiv. 

Patassii  Chloratie lij. 

Acidi  Hydrochlorici ill  xl  ( !) 

Tincturse  Ferri  Chloridi f  Zij. 

TincturaB  Cardamomi f  y ss. 

AqnsB  destillat« q.  8.  ad  f  5vj.— M. 

Sig.  Take  a  tablespoonf  ul  every  three  hours,  diluted.         Gerhard. 

Nasal  Catarrh. 

B  Sodee  carbonatis 

Sodae  biboratis ail  Z  ij. 

Liq.  sodsB  chlorinatse I  Bs.-Zij. 

Glycerini 1  j. 

Aquae ad  5  vj. — M. 

Sig.  Apply  cold  by  means  of  a  hand-spray  apparatus. 

Pugin  Thornton. 

B  Borax 3  ii j. 

Salicylic  acid 3  i j. 

Glycerine 5  ijss. 

Water,  to  make 5  iij. 

Sig.  From  one  to  two  drachms  in  one-half  pint  of  water,  applied  by 
means  of  a  douche.  Is  especially  useful  in  catarrh  with  ulceration, 
usually  due  to  syphilis. 

For  simple  catarrh  use  the  following: 

B  Chloride  of  ammonium 

Borax 33  gr.  x. 

Aquae Oss.— M. 

Sig.  Use  with  a  douche,  spray-producer,  or  by  means  of  insufflation. 

Lennox  Browne. 


106  SEOEETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Cholera. 

IJ  Tinct.  Opii 

Tinct.  Capsici 

Spts.  Caniphorte 53  5j. 

Chloroformi t  3iij. 

Alcoholia q.  8.  ad.  |v.— M. 

Sig.  Dose  five  ilrops  to  one  teaspoonful.  Squibbs. 

In  time  of  epidemic  cholera,  or  diarrhoea,  when  any  person  has  two 
movements  of  the  bowels  more  than  natural  within  the  twenty-four 
hours,  the  second  one  should  be  f oUowed  by  a  dose  of  this  mixture  to  be 
repeated  after  every  movement  that  follows.  If  the  movements  in- 
crease in  frequency  or  in  copiousness  after  the  second  dose  of  the  med- 
icine has  been  taken  a  physician  should  be  sent  for  at  once,  and  a 
douljle  dose  be  taken  after  each  movement  until  he  arrives.  Immedi- 
ately after  taking  the  first  dose  the  person  should  go  to  bed  and  remain 
there  for  twelve  hours  after  the  diarrhoea  has  entirely  ceased. 

9  Acidi  Sulphurici 368. 

Morphinup  Sulphatis gr._  i. 

Spiritns  Vini  Gallici f  3i8S. 

Aquae  destillatw f  5iij.— M. 

Sig.  Inject  under  the  skin  of  the  arms,  legs,  and  over  the  stomach 
every  hour  until  the  symptoms  are  relieved.  {Whvn  ricc-ivutcr  dis- 
charges, vomiting,  C7-amps,  o»ui  sJu-inkage  of  the  e.cin')uiti)'S  superveiie.) 

R.  ^V.  Mitchell,  Memphis,  Tenn. 

9  Creasoti gtt.  j. 

Aquae  Camjihorae 

Infusi  Gentianw  compositi iUl  f  Ivj.— M. 

Sig.  One  dose  every  two  hours.    (In  the  cold  stage.) 

J.  T.  Jones,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Cholera  Infantum. 

9  Plumbi  Acetatis gr.  viij. 

Acidi  Acetici  diluti gtt.  vj. 

TincturH>  Opii  deodoratae gtt.  iv. 

Syrupi  simplicis 

Aquas  Mentha-  piporittp Hil  f  ?8S.— M. 

Sig.  Dose  a  teaspoonful  every  two  or  three  hours.  (For  a  child  two 
yen rs  old.)  l>a  Costa. 

if.  Cannabis  Indicae gr.  j. 

I'ulveris  Opii gr.  ss. 

('amphora' gr.  ij. 

Misce  et  fiat  pilula. 

big.  Take  at  bedtime.  Lombe  Atthill. 

Constipation. 

IJ  Extracti  Ht ill ingia«  fiuidi f  3v. 

Tinctura-  Uclhidoiiua' 

Tinct nra-  Nucis  Voniica< 

Tinctura-  I'liysostigmatis M  f  3j.— M. 

Hig.  Dose,  twenty  drops  in  water,  three  times  a  day  before  meals. 

(//I  hidiiluul  const ijntliim.)  Bartholow. 

U  t'ascara  Cordial ;u. 

Big.  Teaspoonful  throe  times  a  day  before  meals.  Luse. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  107 

(ieiieral  Debility. 

B  Piilveris  Aloes  Socotrinap 5j. 

Pnlveris  Zedoariap 

Pulveris  (TentiauR> 

Croci 

Pulveris  llLei ' 

Agarici. 3a  3 j. 

Spiritus  Vini  (jallici Oij. 

Macera  per  dies  septem,  cola,  at  adde — 

Syrupi  simplicis f  ?ij. — M. 

Sig.  Dose,  a  tablespoonful  tiiree  times  a  day  in  water.    (This  is  the 

celebrated  Bauine  de  Vie,  or  Elixir  of  Life.) 

Delirium  Tremens. 

^  Quininse  Hydrochloratis Bij. 

Acidi  Hydrochlorici  diluti f  3is9. 

Syrupi  Zingiberis f  5iss. 

AquBB  destiliatfle q.  s.  ad  f  fiv.— M. 

Sig.  Dose,  a  dessertspoonful  in  hop  tea  every  two  hours.    (In  the  pre- 
liminary stage  known  as  horrors.)  Gerhard. 

9  Chloral  Hydratis Zss. 

Aquae  destillatee f  lij. — M. 

Sig.  One  dose.    (To  enforce  sleep.)  Liebreich 

B  Antimonii  et  Potassii  Tartratis gr.  j. 

Tincturae  Aconiti  Eadicis f  Zss. 

Tincturae  Opii f  3ij. 

Aquae  destillatee .q.  s.  ad  f  5iv-— M. 

Sig.  Dose,  a  dessertspoonful  in  porter  every  two  or  three  hours.     (In 

strong  and  robust  patients  tvith  boisterous  delirium.)  Ringer, 

Diarrhoea  (Children.) 

IJ  Bismuthi  Subnitratis gr.  x. 

Pulveris  Calcii  Phosphatis gr.  xij. 

Sacehari  Lactis Iss. 

Misce  et  fiant  chartulae  No.  x. 

Sig.  One  powder  after  each  evacuation.     (In  wasting  diarrhoea  of 

children.)  Hazard. 

IJ  Sodii  Bicarbonatis Iss._ 

Tinctura?  Catechu f  Sij. 

SjTupi  Rhei  aromatici 

Tincturae  Cinchonae  compositse aa  f  3ss. 

Tincturae  Opii  camphoratae .' f  zj. — M. 

Sig.  Dose,  for  a  child  two  or  three  years  old,  a  teaspoonful. every  two 

or  three  hours.  Getchell. 

DiarrUopa  (Adults). 

^  Cupri  Sulphatis 

Morhinae  Sulphatis 33  gr.  j. 

Quininte  Sulphatis gr.  xxiv. 

Misce  et  fiant  pilulae  No.  xii. 

Sig.  Take  one  pill  three  times  a  day.    (In  chronic  cases). 

Bartholoio 


108  SEOBETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

IJ  Palveris  aromatici ._ 3iij. 

Spiritus  Amnionii  aromatici f  3iij. 

Tiucturte  ("'atpchu f  2x. 

Tincturse  Cardaiiiomi  coniposita? f  3vj. 

Tinctursp  Opii  deodoratfe f  3j. 

Misturee  Cretw q.  6.  ad  f  3XX.— M. 

Sig.  Dose,  eight  drachms  for  an  adult;  four  drachms  for  a  child  of 
twelve  years;  two  drachms  for  seven  years  old,  after  each  liquid  motion. 
(.General  cholera  and  diarrhoea  mixture.)  HetieryBeasley 

Dysentery. 

B  Tinctarte  Opii  deodoratae f  "ij. 

Vini  Ipecacuanhee f  3ij. 

Olei  Ricini f  tij. 

Pulveris  Acacise 

Sprupi  simplicis 

Aquae  Cinnamomi SS  q.  b. 

Fiat  emulsio,  secundum  art  em.  ad  f  ;vj. 

Sig.  Take  a  tablespoonful  every  two  hours.  Gerhard, 

IJ  Tincturte  Hamamelis f  38S. 

Elixiris  simplicis f  Ziiiss, 

Syrupi  simplicis f  rss. 

Aquae  destillatae f  jj.— AI. 

Sig.  Dose,  a  teaspoonf  ul  every  two  or  three  hours.    ( mere  there  is 

nmch  blood.)  Ringer. 

Dysmenorrhoea  (DifHcult  Menstruation.) 

3  Camphoree 3j. 

Alccholis q.  6.  ut  fiat  pulvis. 

Dein  adde — 

Pulveris  Acaciee 

Sacchari  albi iiS  3j. 

Aquee  Cinnamomi f  rj. 

Fiat  mistura. 

Sig.  Dose,  the  one-half  the  instant  pain  is  felt;  if  not  relieved  in  an 
hour  or  two,  give  the  remainder.  Dewees. 

IJ  Extract!  Gelsemii  fluidi f  3ii8S. 

Elixiris  simplicis f  3vh8. 

Syrupi  Aurantii  ("orticis f Ij.— M. 

Big.  Take  a  tea.spoonful  every  two  hours.  Porcher. 

IJ  Tincturop  Opii  deodoratae f  3ij. 

Extracti  ( 'iiuicif ugae f  tss. 

8yruj)i  Hiiiiplicis f  3x. — M. 

Sig.  Take  a  teaspoonful  every  tliree  or  four  hours.  (To  restore  the 
menst nidi  flow  after  snddenli/  checked.)  liimjer. 

Dyspepsia. 

IJ  Pulveris  Iladicis  Rhei 3j.  _ 

Piilvf>riH  Aloes Oij. 

SodiilJicarbonatis 3ij. 

Valerianfp  contusap 

Serpentarife  contuiwe 

(ientianw  contusa? 

OuaHHiM'  contusap iW  ♦,88. 

H|)iritu8  Frumenti Oij. 

Macera  in  va8o  loviter  clanso  per  heron  liis  quatuor  viginta,  et  cola. 

Big.  DoBO,  a  winoglauHfuI  three  times  a  day.  Liebreich. 


AND  GKEAT  PHYSICIANS.  109 

Epilepsy. 

9  Ammonii  Bromidi 

Potassii  lodidi 35  3viij. 

Potassii  Bromidi 3yj. 

Sodii  Bicarbonatis , Zij. 

Tincturw  Calurabse f  lij. 

Aqu8B  destillatse f  5vj.— M. 

Sig.  Take  a  dessertspoonf al  after  each  meal,  and  a  tablespoonf ul  at 
bedtime.  BrownSeqiiard, 

Eyes  flnflammation  of). 

9  Morph.  Snlph gr.  iij. 

Zinci  Sulph gr.  ij. 

Aqaae  destillatse Ij. — M. 

Sig.  Apply  two  drops  directly  to  the  eye.  Lvse, 

Frost-bite. 

5  lodi 3j.. 

Potassii  lodidi gr.  iv. 

Aquae  destillatee ilvj. 

Adipis 3J.— M. 

Sig.  Apply  once  daily.    (With  itnbroken  skin.)  Hebra. 

9  Fellis  Bovini  recentis f  Ziij. 

Balsami  Peruviani f  Ij.— M. 

Sig.  Apply  two  or  three  times  a  day.    ( With  broken  or  unbroken 

skin.)  Hugh  Smith. 

Gonorrhoea  and  Gleet. 

R  Liqnoris  Potassse f  3j. 

Balsami  Copaibse f  sss. 

Tincturse  Cnbebee f  3vj, 

Liqnoris  Morphinae  Sulphatis f  3J. 

AqusB  Camphorse q.  s.  ad  f  3vj. — M. 

Sig.  Take  a  tablespoonf  ul  four  times  a  day.  D.  Hayes  Agneio. 

B  Hydrastinee 3j. 

Mucilaginis  Acacise f  5iv.— M. 

Sig.  A  half  ounce  as  an  injection.    {In  chronic  gonorrhcea  and  gleet.) 

Bartholow. 

5  Zinci  Sulphatis 

Acidi  tannici aa  gr.  xv. 

Aquae  Rosap f  *vj.— M. 

Sig.  A  half  ounce  as  an  injection  two  or  three  times  daily.   (In  gleet.) 

Ricord. 

R  Morphinae  Acetatis gr.  vj. 

Plumbi  Acetatis 

Zinci  Sulphatis 33  gr.  viij. 

Creasoti gtt.  viij. 

Aquae  destillatae f  rvj.— M. 

Sig.  As  an  injection  twice  daily.  H.  H.  Smith. 

5  Zinci  Sulphatis 5j. 

Aluminis 5iij. — M. 

Sig.  Dissolve  a  teaspoonful  in  one  pint  of  water  and  inject  three 
times  a  day.    )In  females.)  Hazard. 


110  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Hay  Fever. 

B  Potasssii  arsenitis gr.  x v. 

Aquae  destillatae f  5j. 

Solve. 

Unsized  white  paper  to  be  thoroughly  moistened  with  this  eolation, 
cut  into  twenty  equal  parts,  and  each  part  rolled  into  a  cigarette,  two  or 
three  of  which  may  be  smoked  daily.  Trousseau. 

3  Tincturae  Aconiti  Radicis f  ;iss. 

Glycerin! f  jiiss.— M. 

Sig.  Apply  to  outside  of  nose.  Ringer. 

Headache  (See  Liniments). 

K.  ^theris 

Spiritus  Ammonise  aromatici jia  f  3j. 

Aquje  Campliorpp f  Zx. 

Tincturae  Cardamomi  corapositae f  Zj. 

Misce  pro  haustu. 

8ig.  Take  two  to  three  times  a  day.    (In  nervous  Jieadache). 

Brande. 

If,  Atropinpp  Sulphatis gr.  es. 

C'hinoidinae ( Zj. 

Misce  et  hant  pilulae  No.  Ix. 

Big.  One  pill  twice  or  thrice  a  day,    (/n  sick  headache.) 

Bartholow. 

HeniorrhoiiU  (Piles). 

9  Polveris  Jalapae 

Potassi  Bitartratis 

Potassii  Nitratis 32  jss. 

f'onfecf  ionis  Sennae 5j. 

Syrupi  simplicis q.  8. 

Misce  et  fiat  electuarium. 

Sig.  A  bolus  the  size  of  a  hazel-nut  three  times  a  day.  Ellis. 

li  Fluid  Ext.  Oliio  Buckeye 5j. 

Fluid  Ext.  Horse  Chestnut 5j. 

Alcohol 5i  V. 

Water r\\. 

Simple  Elixir jvi. 

Sig.  Dose,  one  teaspoonful.  Mackenzie. 

H  Olei  Tlipobromse jbs. 

Extracti  Krameriae 9ij. 

Pulvf'ris  Oi)ii gr.  v. 

Misce  secundum  artem,  ct  fiant  suppositoria  No.  x. 

Sig.  Use  one  morning  and  night.  J.  Pancoast, 

Impotence  and  Sexual  Debility. 

B  Pulveris  C'antharidis gr.  xviij. 

Pidvoris  Opii 

PulveriH  ('aiiii>h<ir(i> flil  gr.  XXXTJ. 

( 'on feet  ionis  IJosk' q.  s. 

Misce  ot  fiant  pilulip  No.  xxxvi. 

Sig.  Take  one  pill  at  night.     (From  general  debility.)         Hazard. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  Ill 

^  Extract!  Vanillse  fluidi f  3J. 

Sig.  Dose,  a  teaspoonf ul  at  night.    (In  old  people.)  Gerhard. 

B  Phosphori gr.  S9. 

«  jEtheris f  Iss. 

Solve,  et  adde — 

Tincturee  Cantharidis 

TinctursB  Nucis  Voraicae iia  f  jss. — M. 

Sig.  Take  thirty  drops  three  or  four  times  a  day.  T'og^ 

IJ  Fluid  Ext.  Damiana 1   ounce. 

Dialysed  Iron i  ounce. 

Tinct.  Cantharides i  ounce. 

Acid  Phosphoric  (diluted) i  cmica. 

Lemon  juice *  ounce. 

Glycerine 2   ounces. 

Simple  Elixir,  q.  e.  to  make 1  pint. 

Sig.  Dose,  one  teaspoonful  three  times  a  day.    (Useful  in  all  cases  of 

aexual  debility.    A  most  efficient  nerve  tonic.)        Kilner^s  Formulary. 

Lenchorrhflpa. 

9  Zinci  Sulphatis 

Aluminis iia  3iss, 

Glycerin! f  5vj.— M. 

Sig.  Add  a  tablespoonf  ul  to  a  pint  of  water  and  inject  night  and 

morning.  Hazard. 

Menorrhagia  (Excessive  Menstrual  Flow). 

9  TincturfP  Ferri  Chlorid! f  3iiBS. 

Acid!  Phosphoric!  diluti f  Siiiss. 

Syrup!  Acid!  citric! q.  s.  ad  f  zvi. — M . 

Sig.  Take  a  dessertspoonful  three  times  a  day.     (When  pale  and 

debilitated.  Gerhard, 

'S^  Acid!  Gallici . . .  _. gr.  xv. 

Acid!  Sulphurici  aromatici nixv. 

Tincturee  Cmnamom! f  3!j. 

Aquse  destillatw f  3! j. — M. 

Sig.  One  dose,  to  be  taken  every  four  hours  until  bleeding  ceases. 

(In  profuse  bleeding.)  Hazard. 

Neuralgia  (See  Linfments). 

B  Strychninse  Sulphatis gr.  j. 

Morphinae  Sulphatis 

Acid!  arseniosi 3a.gr.  iss. 

Extract!  Aconiti gr.  xv. 

Qaininse  Sulphatis 3j. 

Misce  et  fiant  pilulse  No.  xxx. 

Sig.  Take  one  pill  three  times  a  day.  S.  D.  Gross. 

Nymphomania  (Excessive  Sexual  Desire). 

9  Potassii  Bromidi ^vj. 

Aquae  destillatse f  ;v. — M. 

Sig.  Three  teaspoonf  ols  before  dinner  and  four  at  bedtime. 

BrowTiSequard. 


112  SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Rattlesnake  Bite. 

JJ  Hydrargyri  Chloridi  corrosivi gr.  ij. 

Potassii  lodidi gr.  iv. 

Aquae  destillatee tH,v. 

Solve  et  adde —  * 

Bromi 2v. — M. 

Sig.  Take  ten  drops  in  a  tablespoonfiil  of  wine  or  brandy  every 
fifteen  or  twenty  njinutes.  (Recommended  by  Bibron,  Prince  Paul  of 
Wuertemberg,  W.  A.  Hammond,  and  others.)  Bibron. 

Rheumatism  (See  Liniments). 

9  Sodii  Bicarbonatis 3ij. 

Acidi  Salicyiici 3iij. 

Glycerini .  _. 

AquBB  destillatee iUI  f  jij. — M. 

Sig.  One  teaspoonful  every  four  hours.  N.  B.  Kennedy. 

IJ  PulverisGuaiaci  ResinsB 

Potassii  lodidi M  gr.  x. 

TinctursB  t^olchici  Seminis f  Zbs. 

Aquri  Cinnamoini 

Syrupi  simplicis ail  q.  s.  ad  f  5J.— M. 

Sig.  A  dessertspoonful  to  a  tablospoonful  thrice  daily,  (hi  chronic 
rheumatism.  Philadelphia  Hospital. 

Sciatica. 

5  Extracti  Belladonnae gr.  one-sixth. 

Extracti  Stranionii gr.  ono-fif th. 

Extracti  Cannabis  ludicae gr.  J. 

Extracti  Aconiti gr.  i. 

Extracti  Opii gr.  t. 

Extracti  Hyoscyami gr.  ji. 

Extracti  Conii gr.  j. 

Pulveris  Glycyrrhizip q.  s. 

Misce  et  fiat  pilula. 

Sig.  Take  throe,  four,  and  even  five  pills  a  day. 
pro  re  nata.  BrownScquard. 

Spermatorrhoea  (See  Impotance). 

IJ  Qnininm  Sniplmtis _. gr.  vj. 

Acidi  Hiilphnrici  dilnti f  l)._ 

TinctUFfe  Cardamomi  compositw f  3iij. 

Aqufip  Cinnamomi f  5v88.— M. 

Sig.  Two  tablespoonfuls  twice  daily.  Milton. 

IJ  Pnlvpris  Opii RT.  v. 

Cam  i)horfp . . . ._ 3  iv. 

Pnlvpris  AcaciFp 

Syrupi  8inii)licis M  q.  8. 

Fiat  massa  in  i)ilnlas  No.  xl.  dividends. 

Sig.  Take  two  pillH  throe  times  a  day.  Waring. 

IJ  Postassii  Broinidi ?j. 

A(iutt<  dust i ilat«- q.  s.  ad  f  5i].— M. 

Sig.  Take  a  teaspoonful  three  times  a  day.  (In  the  strou;/  and  ple- 
thoric), Bartholow, 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  113 

Syphilis. 

"Ricord's  Mixture,"  which   has   been  so   highly  recommended  in 
syphilitic  afifections  is  composed  as  follows; 
*     B  Hydrarg.  led.  rab gr.  iv. 

Potass.  lod 5j. 

Fl.  Ext.  Sarsap.  comp Ij. 

Aquse q.  8.  ad  Iv.— M, 

Sig.  Teaspoonful. 

B  Potass.  lodid 3ij. 

Hydrarg.  Biniodid gr.  ss. 

Syr.  Aurant.  C'ort 5j. 

Tinct.  Aurant.  C'ort ;j. 

Aquse ad  siv.— M. 

Sig.  Teaspoonful  in  water  after  eating.    {Mixed  treatment.) 

Keyes. 

B  Hydrarg.  Chlor.  Corros S?".-  ij- 

Potassii  lodidi lij. 

Tr.  Cinchona  Co lij. 

Aquse  dist 3ij.— M. 

Sig.  Take  one  drachm  three  times  a  day.    Discontinue  when  gums 

get  sore  and  resume  again  when  soreness  is  gone.  Luse. 

B  Acidi  Nitro-Muriatici  diluti f  Siiss. 

Syrnpi  Stillingise  compositi f  3xiiiss. 

AquBB  destillatse f  5ij. — M. 

Sig.  Dose,  one  to  two  teaspoonfuls  three  times  a  day,  with  denutri- 
tion.  (In  cases  saturated  with  the  approved  remedies,  but  still  present- 
ing patches  on  the  skin  and  mucous  membranes.  Bartholow. 

Tapeworm. 

IJ  Granati  Corticis  Radicis ^se. 

Seminum  Peponis 5j. 

Extracti  Filicis  maris  setherei f  3j. 

Pul veris  Ergotee 3j. 

Pulveris  Acacise 3ij. 

Olei  Tiglii mij. 

Thoroughly  bruise  the  granate  bark  and  pumpkin-seed,  and  with  the 
ergot  boil  in  eight  ounces  of  water  for  fifteen  minutes,  and  etrain 
through  a  coarse  cloth.  Rub  up  well  the  croton  oil  and  extract  of  male 
fern  with  the  acacia,  and  form  into  an  emulsion  with  the  decoction. 
Take  at  one  dose  at  10  o'clock  in  the  morning,  having  eat«n  no  break- 
fast and  having  taken  a  full  dose  of  Rochelle  salts  the  previous  night. 
This  expels  the  worm  alive  and  entire  within  two  hours,  the  head  firmly 
fastened  to  the  side  of  its  own  body.  Schafhirt. 

B  Pulveris  Kamalsp gr.  v-x. 

Syrupi  Aurantii  Florum f  3S8. 

Mucilaginis  Tragacanthae 3j. 

Aquse  destillatee f  5i. 

Misce  et  fiat  haustus. 

Sig.  Take  early  in  the  morning  four  hours  after  a  purge.  (For  a 
child  two  to  five  years.    Tapeioorm.),  Tanner. 

8 


114  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,   CHEMISTS, 

SYMBOLS  OR  SIGXS  USED  IX  PRESt  RIPTIOXS. 

TH.  Minim,  1-60  part  of  a  fluid  dractim. 

gtt.  Gutta,  drop;  guttse,  drops. 

3],  Scrupulus  vel  scrupalam,  a  eicruple=20  grains. 

3j.  Drachma,  a  drachm=60  grains, 

f :j.  Fluidrachma,  a  fluid  or  measured  drachm. 

3J.  Uncia,  a  troyounce=i4>*0  grains. 

£:j.  Fluiduncia,  a  fluidounce. 

Ibj.  Libra,  a  pound,  understood  in  prescription  to  apply  to  an    fficinal 

pound  of  5,760  grains. 

Oj.  Octarious,  a  pint, 

gr.  Granum,  a  grain;  plural  grana,  grains. 

88.  Semis,  half,  affixed  to  signs  as  above. 

PHRASES  A>'D  ABBRETIATIONS  USED  IN  PBESCRIPTIOSS. 

liATIN  WORD.                   ABBREVIATION.  TRANSLATION. 

Ad To,  up  to. 

Ad  libitum Ad  lib At  pleasure. 

Adde Add Let  it  or  them  be  added. 

Ampulla A  large  bottle. 

Ana Alia Of  each. 

Aqua-bulliens Aq-bull Water— boiling, 

Aqua-f  ervens Aq-ferv Water — hot. 

Aqua-destillata Aq  dest Water— distilled. 

Bene WeU. 

Bis  in  dies Bis  ind Twice  daily. 

Bnlliat.  buUiant Bull Let  boil. 

Cape.  Capiat Cap Take,  Let  him  take. 

Capsula Caps Capsule. 

Ceratum Cerata A  Cerate. 

Charta  < Karta) Chart A  paper  (medicated). 

Chartula  i  Kartula) Chart A  little  paper  for  a  powder. 

Cibus Cib Food. 

Cochleare  magnum Coch  mag A  tablespoon. 

Cochleare  parvum Coch  parv A  teaspoon. 

Cola.  ColatQs Col Strain,  Strained. 

Collyrium Collyr An  eye  wash. 

CoUutorium CoUut A  mouthwash. 

Comijositus Co.  Comp Compound. 

Congins C A  gallon. 

Confectio Conf A  confection. 

Cortex Cort Bark. 

Cum With. 

Decoctum Decoc A  decoction. 

Dilute.  DilutuB Dil Dilute. 

Dimidius Dim One-lialf. 

Divide D.  Di v Di vid.>  (I hon.) 

DividendoB Dividfiid T<>  Ix'  divided. 

,,..,..          .               1      i»  •  Mjot    it     be    divided    into 

Dividaturin  partes  eeqnales. D  in  p  ii-q j     (.(inal  parts. 

Dosis Dos A  done. 

Hmplastriim Emp A  phister. 

Knema Enem An  cucma. 

Kxteiido  supra Exten  Sup Spread  upon. 

Extractuiii Ext An  t-xlriu-l. 

Kac.  fiat,  hant F Make,  Let  In-  made. 

Kiltruni Pil A  tih.T,  Killi-r  Uhoii). 

I'luidim Fl.  f Khiid. 

(iarttarisiiia (iarK A  gargle. 

(ilyrnritum (ilyc A  (ilycorilo. 

Gutta,  Gutta? Gtt A  drop.  Drops. 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  115 

LATIN  WOBD.  ABBREVIATION.  TRANSLATION. 

Gattatim Guttat Drop  )3y  drop. 

Haustas Haast A  draught. 

In  dies Ind Daily. 

Infusum Inf An  infusion. 

Injectio Inj An  injection. 

Instar Inst Like. 

Lac Milk. 

Layena A  flask  or  bottle. 

Libra Lb  lb A  pound. 

Linteum Lint. 

Liquor Liq A  solution. 

Lotio A  lotion. 

Mane  prime Mane  pr Very  early  in  the  morning. 

Magnus Mag Large. 

Massa Mass A  pill  mass. 

Mica  panis Mic  pan A  crumb  of  bread. 

Misce M Mix. 

Mistnra Mist A  mixture. 

MucUago Mucil A  mucilage. 

Nox.  Nocte  Maneque {  ^^g^^kfug^'^^^  ^"""^  '''  ^^* 

Numems,  Numero No A  number,  In  number. 

Octarius O A  pint. 

Ovum,  Ovi Ov An  egg. 

Oiitimus Opt Best. 

Pars Par A  part. 

Partes  sequales P  se Equal  parts. 

Parvus Parv Smsdl. 

Pediluvium A  foot  bath. 

Pencilium  Camelinom Pencil  Cam . ,  .  j  '^  bruTh.^'""^'"'"   ^^"""^  °' 

Per  fistulam  vitreum Through  a  glass  tube. 

Phiala Phil A  vial. 

PUula Pil A  pill. 

Prorenata                                 Prn  (According    to    circum- 

i-ro  re  nata i-  r  n ^     stances,  occasionally. 

Pulvis Pul V A  powder. 

Quantum  Sufficiat Q  S As  much  as  is  necessary. 

Quaqua  hora Q  h Every  hour. 

Saturatus Sat Saturated. 

Scatula Scat A  box. 

Semissis Ss A  half. 

Semidrachma Semidr A  half  drachm. 

Sesuncia Sesunc An  ounce  and  a  half. 

Signa S  Sy Sign. 

Sine Without. 

Solve;  Solutus Sol V ■ . .  Dissolve,  Dissolved. 

Solutio Sol A  solution. 

Spiritus Spr A  spirit. 

Statim Stat Immediately. 

Smppositoria Suppos A  suppository. 

Syrupus Syr A  syrup. 

Talis Tal Such  or  like. 

Tinctura Tra  Tr  Tinct..A  tincture. 

Trochischus  ( Trokiscna) ....  Troch A  troche. 

Tritura Trit Triturate. 

Tere  Simul Ter  Sim Kub  together. 

Ter  in  di T  i  d Three  times  a  day. 

Unguent  um Ungt Anointment. 

Vinum Vin A  wine. 

Vehichulum Vehic A  menstrum. 

Vitellus Vit The  yolk  (of  anegg^. 

Vitello  Ovi  Solutus V  0  S Dissolved  in  yolk  of  an  egg. 


116 


SECKETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 


APPROXIMATE  MEASIKES. 

A  drop=n8ually  about  i  minim. 

A  tea8poonful=60  drops  f  Ij. 

A  des8ertspoonful=f  iij. 

A  tablespoonful=f  jes.  ^ 

A  wineglassfol— f  lij. 

A  teacupful=f  jix. 

TABLE  TO  ASSIST  THE  BEGINNER  IN  PRESCRIBING  LIQIIDS. 

Having  fixed  upon  the  bulk  of  his  liquid  he  will  remember  that  the/e 
are  in 

1  fluid  ounce,  8  teaspoonfuls  each  1  fluid  drachm. 

2  fluid  ounces,  15  t«aspoonfuls  each  1  fluid  drachm. 
4  fluid  ounces,  30  teaspoonfuls  each  1  fluid  drachm. 

4  fluid  ounces,  15  dessertspoonfuls  each  2  fluid  drachms. 
6  fluid  ounces,  20  dessertspoonfuls  each  2  fluid  drachms. 
6  fluid  ounces,  12  tablespoonfuls  each  ^  fluid  ounce. 
8  fluid  ounces,  15  tablespoonfuls  each  i  fluid  ounce. 
1  pint,  30  tablespoonfuls,  each  i  fluid  ounce. 
1  pint,  8  wineglassf  uls  each  2  fluid  ounces. 

TABLE  FOR  CALtl  LATING  THE  PERIOD  OK  I  TERO-GESTATION. 


NINE  CALENDAR  MONTHS. 

TEN  LUNAR  MONTHS, 

From 

To 

Days. 

To 

Days. 

January  1 

September  HO 

October  31 

Novenil)er  30 

Decern  lier  31 

January  31 

F((l)rnary  28 

Marcli  31 

273 

273 

275 

275 

27B 

273 

274 

273 

273  i 

273  i 

273 

274 

October? 

November  7 

December  5 

.lanuarv  5 

280 

February  1 

March  1 

280 
280 

April  1 

280 

May  1 

JlUlP   1                

February  4 

Marcli  7 

280 
280 

July  1 

August  1 

.\pril  6 

280 

April ;«)            

iMay  7 

280 

Bopt  ember  1 

May  31   

June  7 

280 

October  1   . 

June  30        

July  7    

280 

November  1 

July  ;U 

AugUHt  7 

280 

December  1 

AufiTust  31 

September  ti 

280 

Xhe  above  Obstetric  "Ready  Reckoner"  consists  of  two  columns,  one 
of  calendar,  the  other  of  lunar  months,  nn<l  may  be  rend  as  follows:  A 
patient  Irns  ceased  to  menstruate  on  the  first  day  of  July;  her  confine- 
ment maybe  expected  at  soonest  about  the  3Ist  of  March  llh<-  end  of 
nine  ralemldr  mmithn);  or  at  latent,  on  the  111 h  of  April  {the  rnd  itften 
lunar  tnonths).  Another  has  ceased  to  nutnstriuite  on  the  2(lth  of  Janu- 
ary; lier  cfmfinement  may  beex|)ected  on  the  3(lth  of  September,  plus  20 
days  illir  rnd  of  nui>'  nilrndtir  nionllix),  Ht  soonest;  or  on  the  7th  of 
October,  plus  20  days  {the  end  of  ten  lunar  months),  at  latest. 


AND  GREAT   PHYSICIANS.  117 


COMMON  NAMES  OF  CHEMICAL  SUBSTANCES. 

COMMON   NAMES.  OHEMIOAL  NAMES. 

Aqua  Fortis Nitric  Acid. 

Aqua  Regia Nitro-Muriatic  Acid. 

Blue  Vitriol Sulphate  of  Copper. 

Cream  of  Tartar Bitartrate  Potassium. 

Calomel Chloride  of  Mercury. 

Chalk Carbonate  Calcium. 

Caustic  Potassa Hydrate  Potassium. 

Chloroform Chloride  of  Gormyle. 

Common  Salt Chloride  of  Sodium. 

Copperas,  or  Green  Vitriol Sulphate  of  Iron . 

Corrosive  Sublimate Bi-Chloride  oi  Mercury. 

Diamond Pure  Carbon. 

Dry  Alum Sulphate  Alluminum  and  Potassium 

Epsom  Salts Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

Ethiops  Mineral Black  Sulpliideof  Mercury. 

Fire  Damp Light  Carburetted  Hydrogen. 

Galena Sulphide  of  Lead. 

Glauber's-Salt Sulphate  of  Sodium. 

Glucose Grape  Sugar. 

Goulard  Water Basic  Acetate  of  Lead. 

Iron  Pyrites Bi-8ulphide  Iron. 

Jeweler's  Putty Oxide  of  Tin. 

King's  Yellow Sulphide  of  Arsenic. 

Laughing  Gas Protoxide  of  Nitrogen. 

Lime Oxide  of  Calcium. 

Lunar  Caustic Nitrate  ot  Silver. 

Mosaic  Gold Bi-Sulphide  of  Tin. 

Muriate  of  Lime Chloride  of  Calcium. 

Nitre  of  Saltpetre Nitrate  of  Potash. 

Oil  of  Vitriol Sulphuric  Acid. 

Potash Oxide  of  Potassium. 

Realgar Sulphide  of  Arsenic. 

Bed  Lead Oxide  of  Lead. 

Rust  of  Iron Oxide  of  Iron. 

Sahnoniac Muriate  of  Ammonia. 

Salt  of  Tartar Carbonate  of  Potassa. 

Slacked  Lime Hydrate  Calcium. 

Soda Oxide  of  Sodium. 

Spirits  of  Hartshorn Ammonia. 

Spirit  of  Salt ^. Hydro-Chloric  or  Muriatic  Acid. 

Stucco,  or  Plaster  of  Paris Sulphate  of  Lime. 

Sugar  of  Lead Acetate  of  Lead. 

Verdigris Basic  Aoetate  of  Copper. 

Vermillion Sulphide  of  Mercury. 

Vinegar '. Acetic  Acid  (Diluted). 

Volatile  Alkali Ammonia. 

Water Oxide  of  Hydrogen. 

White  Precipitate Ammoniated  Mercury. 

White  Vitriol Sulphate  of  Zinc. 


118  SECEETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Proprietary  ai|^  Elegai|i  Prepara* 

iioi|s. 

aiEDK  ATED  PADS. 

Medicated  pads  are  quite  popular  with  many  who  have  tried  them, 

and  a  multitude  of  remarkable  cures  are  attributed  to  their  use.    We 

here  present  formulas  equal  to  the  be^t,  and  as  they  are  quite  simple  to 

prepare  they  can  now  be  tried  with  but  little  expense: 

Liver  Pad. 

Red  Cinchona  Bark  (powder) 4  ounces. 

Fenugreek  Seed  (powder) 1  ounce. 

Mandrake  Root  (powder) 1  ounce. 

Black  Root  ( powder  I 1  ounce. 

Gum  Guaiac  (powder) 3  ounces. 

Bayberry  Bark  (powder) 4  dracluns. 

Oil  of  Eucalyptus 4  drachms. 

Grind  the  drugs  with  the  powdered  guaiac  and  add  the  oil.    The 

above  is  sufficient  for  two  pads,  which  should  be  made  into  an  oblong 

or  diamond  shape,  with  linen  or  muslin,  and  worn  over  the  pit  of  the 

stomach.    Liver  pads  are  recommended  for  all  diseases  arising  from  a 

disordered  liver. 

Kiduey  Pad. 

Useful  in  all  diseases  of  the  kidneys. 

Digitalis  Leaves 2  ounces. 

Black  Cohosh 1  ounce. 

(ium  Benzoin  (powdered) 1  oiiuce. 

Gum  (iuaiacuiu  (powdered) 1  ounce. 

Juniper  berries 1  ounce. 

8ueen  of  the  Meadow 1  ounce, 
il  Juniper '.Jounces. 

Grind  the  drugs  to  a  moderately  fine  powder,  anti  mix  with  the  oils 
and  gums.     Make  an  oljlong  pad  and  wear  over  the  kidneys. 


Luug  Pad. 

Useful  in  consumption  and  diseases  of  the  lungs. 

(iriiidelia  Hobusta 1    onnco. 

Skill  leap  Iji'aves 1    ounce. 

BhicbtTry  Root i  ounce. 

BlcMxl  Koot i  ounc«. 

Yffba  Santa U  ounces. 

(ill III  Aiiiiiioniac 1    ounce. 

While  Pine  Turpentine  Gum 1!  ounces. 

Oil  of  Tar 1    »)unco. 

<.)il  of  KiK-alyptus 1    ounce. 

Oil  of  Sassafras 1    ounce. 

(irind  the  drugs  to  a  moderately  fine  powder  and  mix  them  with  tbo 
oils  uud  gums.    Make  au  obloDtf  pad  and  woar  well  up  to  the  throat. 


AND  GREAT  PETCSICIANS.  119 

Lii|ii|ie]|is> 

Wonder  Liniment. 

Oil  of  Sassafras 8  onnces. 

Oil  of  Cloves 2  ounces. 

Oil  of  Turpentine 4  ounces. 

Stronger  Water  of  Ammonia 1  ounce. 

Sulphuric  Ether 4  ounces. 

Chloroform 2  ounces. 

Camphor 2  ounces,  av. 

Alcohol  sufficient  to  make 1  gallon. 

Mix  and  dissolve. 

As  a  universal  liniment  for  both  internal  and  external  use  this  is 
without  an  equal  for  relieving  pain.  It  is  used  where  any  liniment  is 
likely  to  do  good  in  all  aches  and  pains.  Preparations  of  this  nature 
when  used  externally  should  be  applied  plentifully  and  vigorously. 
This  is  the  reason  why  itinerant  venders  of  liniments  under  various 
titles  such  as  Wizard  Oil,  Pain  Killer,  Instant  Relief,  etc.,  produce 
such  remarkable  cures  in  public.  Their  remedies  all  possess  more  or 
less  remedial  value,  but  without  brisk  and  patient  rubbing  they  would 
do  as  little  good  when  applied  externally  as  so  much  cold  water.  Now 
that  a  reliable  formula  is  at  hand  a  quantity  of  this  Wonder  Liniment 
can  be  prepared  at  a  minimum  cost  without  paying  for  bottles,  labels, 
advertising,  salaries,  rente,  etc.,  which  are  the  necessary  expenses  of  all 
medicine  firms,  and  which  ultimately  are  borne  by  the  consumer. 

Liquid  Lightning. 

An  excellent  liniment  for  external  application,  which  has  been  sold 

vuider  various  names,  is  prepared  as  follows: 

Essential  Oil  of  Mustard 2  drachms. 

Aconitia 2  grains. 

Glycerine 2  ounces. 

Alcohol 4  ounces. 

Mix,  and  apply  by  rubbing  with  the  hand.  This  is  useful  in  rheuma- 
tism, neuralgia,  headache,  toothache,  and  all  nervous  pains. 

Perry  Davis'  Pain  Killer. 

Spirits  of  Camphor 2  onnces. 

Tincture  of  Capsicum 1   ounce. 

Tincture  of  Guaiac i  ounce. 

Tincture  of  MjTrh i  ounce. 

Alcohol 4  ounces. 

Mix. 

Hamlin's  Wizard  oil. 

Tincture  of  Camphor 1   ounce. 

Aqua  Ammonia i  ounce. 

Oil  of  Sassafras i  ounce. 

Oil  of  Cloves 1   drachm. 

Chloroform 2   drachms. 

Turpentine 1    drachm. 

Alcohol 'ii  ounces. 

Mix. 


120  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

Mexican  Slustaug  Liuiiueut. 

gf^'^^ST ?Equal  parts 

Carbonate  of  Ammonia )    and  mix. 

Mercliaut's  (iargliu^  Oil. 

Linseed  Oil 2i  pints. 

Spirits  of  Turpentine 2 J  pints. 

Western  Petroleum 1   pint. 

Liquor  Potassa 1   ounce. 

Sap  Green 1   dracbm. 

Mix. 

Radtray's  Ready  Relief. 

This  remedy,  according  to  PeckoU,  is  an  etliereal  tincture  of  capsi- 
cum with  alcohol  and  camphor. 


Liver  I^egUlaior. 

Senna  Alex 12  drachms. 

Podophyllin. 'A  drachms. 

Leptaudria  Virg 3  draclims. 

Virginia  Snake  Koot C  draelmis. 

Ginseng 3  draclims. 

Alcohol C  ounces. 

Boiling  water,  to  make 1  quart. 

Dose,  teaspounful  to  one-half  wineglassful,  as  needed.  For  all  bil- 
ious diseases  or  disorders  arising  from  torpidity  of  the  liver,  dyspepsia, 
bilious  headache,  costiveuess,  bout  stomach,  jaundice,  heartburn,  uerv- 
«)UBne88,  restlessness,  etc. 


Elixir  Cascara  Sagraila  Coi|ipoUi|(l 

Fluid  Extract  Cascara 4  ounces. 

Tincture  Nux  Vomica 1  drachm. 

Glycerine 2  ounces. 

Syrup  of  (linger 2  ounces. 

Peppermint  Water 4  oances. 

Simple  Elixir,  to  nmke 1  pint. 

Mix  and  liller. 

Dose,  one  teaspoon  fid   before  eating.    Fur  headache,  const  ipalion^ 
biliuUHUebs,  dyspepsia,  or  all  diseases  arising  from  torpidity  of  the  liver. 

Kilner'H  Forinuianj. 


Pr.  ilai|iiRoi|'s  |3)oo^   PUrifier. 

Better  than  S.  S.  S.  or  any  blood  medicine  on  the  market.    A  specific 
for  scrofula,  syphilis,  rheumatism,  and  all  impurities  of  the  bloud: 


AND  GREAT  PHYSICIANS.  121 

Black  Cohosh 1   ounce. 

Blood  Root i  ounce. 

Poke  Root 1    drachm. 

Elder  Flowers li  ounces. 

■     Sassafras  Bark i  ounce. 

Spikenard  Root li  ounces. 

Alcohol 4   ounces. 

Water 4   ounces. 

Simple  Elixir,  q.  s.  to  make 1    pint. 

Macerate  the  drugs  with  alcohol  and  water,  and  after  a  few  days 
transfer  to  percolator.  Percolate  till  clear,  and  then  add  to  simple 
e'ixir. 

Dose,  one  to  two  teaspoonfuls  three  times  a  day. 

plood  PUrifyiiig  Tea. 

Burdock  Root,  cut 2   ounces. 

Blue  Flag  Root,  cut 2   ounces. 

Dandelion  Root,  cut li  ounces. 

Sassafras  Root,  cut i  ounce. 

Sarsaparilla  Root,  cut 2   ounce. 

Wild  Cherry  Bark,  cut 1   ounce. 

Yellow  Dock  Root,  cut i  ounce. 

Mix  thoroughly.  Take  two  ounces  of  the  tea  and  steep  in  a  quart  of 
water,  with  gentle  heat,  for  two  hours;  strain  off  li  pints  into  a  quart 
bottle  and  add  half  a  pint  of  alcohol  and  4  ounces  of  sugar.  The  dose 
is  a  wineglassful  for  adults  before  meals  and  at  bedtime;  children,  in 
proportion  to  age. 

\Vari|er's  Safe  l^idi^ey  ai|d  Liver 

cure. 

In  Germany  each  maker  of  patents  must  furnish  the  Government 
with  the  formula  for  the  patent  he  makes.  This  is  the  one  furnished 
by  Warner  for  "Safe  Kidney  and  Liver  Cure."    Each  bottle  contains: 

Extract  of  Lycopus  Virginiana  (the  herd) 308   grains. 

Extract  of  Hepatica  (the  herb) 232    grains. 

Extract  of  Gaultheria 7i  grains. 

Potassium  Nitrate 39   grains. 

Alcohol  (90  ) 2i  ounces. 

Glycerine 10   drachms. 

Water,  sufficient  to  make 1   pint. 

Any  one  can  now  make  this  preparation  equally  as  well  as  Warner. 

Fenner''s  Formulary. 


Eleciric  Catarrh  I^eifie^ij. 

This  remedy,  under  various  electrical  names,  is  inclosed  in  a  closely 
stoppered  bottle  or  box  containing  a  bit  of  zinc  and  copper  to  wliich  is 
attached  a  piece  of  cotton  or  sponge  saturated  with  the  preparation, 


122  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

which  is  very  volatile  and  irritating  to  the  mucuous  membrane,  and 
produces  by  inhalation  a  decided  effect  at  once.  The  patient  is  led  to 
believe  that  there  is  some  electrical  value  attached  to  the  combination, 
and,  strange  to  say,  in  the  face  of  such  absurdity  it  has  many  votaries; 
however,  notwitlistanding  the  electrical  deception  it  has  merits  as  an 
inhalant,  and  remakable  cures  of  catarrh,  headache,  neuralgia,  etc.,  are 
ascribed  to  its  use.    The  following  is  the  required  formula: 

Essential  Oil  of  Mustard 1  ounce. 

Carbolic  Acid 1  ounce. 

Oil  of  Hemlock 1  ounce. 

Camphor 1  ounce. 

Alcohol 4  ounces. 

Mix  and  dissolve.  This  can  also  be  used  as  an  external  application, 
though  not  so  good  as  another  under  the  head  of  "Li(iuid  Lightning" 
(see  page  119). 


Caiarrh  Si|Uff. 

Calomel 1  drachm. 

Camphor,  pulverized 1  draclim. 

Acacia 2  drachms. 


Caiarrh  Salve> 

Tlie  following  remedy  for  catarrh,  and  other  uses  for  which  it  is 
recommended,  was  patented  by  William  H.  Thomas  of  Los  Angeles, 
Cal.  From  the  nature  of  its  ingredients  and  mode  of  i)repnration  we 
are  led  to  believe  that  it  is  the  most  elegant  and  effective  of  all  the 
"salve  catarrh  remedies"  that  have  been  brought  to  our  notice: 

Petrolatum 1    ounce. 

Pimento  (powd.  allspice) t    grains. 

Thymol 4    grains. 

noracic  Acid 2   grains. 

Hubiiitrate  of  ISismuth 2   grains. 

Spirit  <if  W'iiitiTgrecn 3    drops. 

('assia  Lanccoiata  Leaves  (senna) i  ounce. 

The  boraci(;  acid,  snlinilrato  of  bismutii,  thymol,  and  pimento  is 
placed  in  a  mortar  and  reduced  to  a  fine  powder.  The  leaves  of  the 
cassia  lanceolata  are  subjected  with  the  petrolatum  to  a  sufficient  de- 
gree of  heat  to  extract  the  active  i>rincii)les  of  the  leaves,  after  which 
the  petrolatum  is  strained  off  ami  adilcil  to  the  powdered  substances 
JH'fon'  mentioned  with  tlic  spirit  of  wintcrgrccu,  tlut  whole  being  thor- 
oughly commingled  and  mixed  in  any  convenient  manner.  In  usinK 
the  compound  it  is  applied  locally  in  the  usual  manner  by  moans  of  the 
fingers  or  any  material  by  which  the  application  can  be  thoroughly 
effected.  As  an  ointment  it  is  especially  applicable  to  the  treatment 
of  i-atarrh,  malignant  s<ires.  abrasions,  and  other  aCTectiouu  where  u 
local  remedy  can  be  ajiiiliud 


AND  GREAT   PHYSIOIANS. 


123 


proofii|g« 

Capt.  Paul  Boyton,  the  famous  aquatic  voyager  in  his  rubber  suit, 
has  furnished  ns  two  practical  suggestions  in  regard  to  patching  rubber 

boots,  coats,  etc.,  and  ^Iso  to  water- 
proof sails,  tents,  awnings,  and 
similar  fabrics. 

To  Patch  a  Rubber  Boot  or  Gar- 
ment. 

Take  a  piece  of  sand-paper  and 
roughen  the  edges  of  the  break  as 
far  around  as  the  size  of  the  patch. 
Next  apply'  rubber  cement  to  the 
roughened  surface,  and  at  the 
same  time  cement  a  piece  of  rub- 
ber cloth  or  cloth  well  coated  with 
the  cement.  Let  both  remain  for 
four  hours  in  a  place  free  from 
duet.  Then  put  on  another  thin  coat  of  cement  and  let  them  lay  for 
about  two  hours.  Next  place  the  patch  carefully  over  the  break  and 
hammer  well  together.  Let  stand  for  a  few  hours  and  the  place  will  be 
as  strong  and  tight  as  ever.  Be  sure  the  patch  and  the  article  to  be 
patched  are  perfectly  dry  before  applying  the  cement. 

Pure  natural  rubber  or  rubber  cement  can  be  obtained  at  any  rubber 
store,  also  prepared  patch  cloth. 

To  Make  Rubber  Cement. 

Take  half  a  pound  of  pure  natural  rubber,  cut  it  into  small  pieces, 
and  dissolve  it  in  a  suflBcient  quantity  of  100  proof  naptha.  It  will  take 
from  two  to  three  days  to  dissolve  properly. 

To  Waterproof  Canvas  or  Cloth. 
Take  one  ponnd  of  yellow  paraffine  wax  and  dissolve  in  one  quart  of 
benzine.    Apply  with  a  brush. 


To  Make  TissUes  li|coi|il>Usiible. 

The  Societ6  d'  Encouragement  of  Paris  has  recently  awarded  a  prize 
of  2,000  francs  to  J.  A.  Martin  of  Paris  for  the  following  preparations 
for  making  tissues  fire-proof.  The  conditions  under  which  the  award 
was  offered  were  as  follows:  The  ingredients  constituting  the  prepara- 
tions must  be  cheap  and  easily  applied,  must  neither  injure  the  tissues 
themselves  nor  their  colors,  must  be  neither  of  a  poisonous  nor  caustic 
nature,  must  not  change  in  a  very  moist  nor  very  dry  atmosphere,  and 


124  SECRETS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS, 

tinally  the  impregnated  tissues  and  wood  must  remain  incombustible 
after  they  have  been  exposed  for  one  month  to  a  temperature  of  100°  to 
120  Fahr.  It  was  found  that  Martin's  iJuids  made  the  tissues  and  the 
surface  of  wood  incombustible,  that  they  do  not  attack  the  tissues  and 
their  colors,  and  that  they  remained  incomljiistible  after  having  been 
exposed  for  several  months  in  a  drying  chamber  to  a  temperature  of  97 " 
Fahr.  The  experiments  were  made  by  the  Society  and  at  the  same  time 
in  the  different  Pans  theaters. 

For  all  Lisht  Tissues. 

Ammonium  Sulphate 8   parts. 

Pure  .\mmonium  Carbonate 2J  parts. 

Boracic  Acid 3   parts. 

Starch 2   parts. 

Water 100 .  parts. 

Two-fifths  part  of  dextrine  (or  the  same  quantity  of  gelatine)  may  be 
substituted  for  the  2  parts  of  starch.  The  fluid  is  heated  to  8.")  Fahr. 
and  the  tissues  immersed  in  it  until  they  arc  thoroughly  permeated. 
They  are  then  slightly  wrung  and  dried  sufficiently  for  ironing.  The 
quantity  of  the  starch  or  dextrine  or  gelatine  may  be  changed  according 
as  the  tissues  are  to  Ije  more  or  less  stiff. 

For  Painted  Decoratious  and  \>'oO(l. 

Sal-ammoniac l.'i    parts. 

Boracic  Acid 5    i^arts. 

Glue 50    parts. 

Gelatine ' 1}  parts. 

Water 100   parts. 

Add  sufficient  powdered  talc  to  give  the  mass  the  necessary  consist- 
ency. For  use  it  is  heated  to  120  or  140°  Fahr.  and  applied  with  a  brush. 
For  decorations  already  painted  it  suffices  to  apply  it  to  the  back  and 
wooden  frames. 

For  Coarse  Linen,  Ropes,  Stran,  and  Wood. 

Sal-ammoniac 15  parts. 

Boracic  Acid ti  parta. 

Borax 3  parts. 

Water 100  parts. 

The  fluid  is  heated  to  220  Fahr.  and  the  articles  are  submerged  in  it 
for  l.'i  to  20  minutes,  wrung  out  elightly,  and  dried.— Tec/jno-C/icHi/cn/ 
Rtceipt  Book. 

Gol^  aT|«)  Silver  li|Ws. 

Take  equal  parts  of  gold  leaf  (or  silver  leafj  and  honey.  Triturate 
them  in  a  mortar  until  i)crffctly  fint",  add  ahoiit  :!(i  parts  lint  water,  and 
triturate.  Allow  to  sell  k' and  pour  off  the  water.  Triturate  again  with 
fresh  hot  water.  Allow  to  settle  and  pour  olT  as  before.  Repeat  tlie 
washing  several  times  until  the  honey  is  all  washetl  out,  then  dry  the 
]iow(l)Ted  gohl  leaf  and  mix  it  with  water  and  gum  arable.  It  must  be 
shakfU  occa>ionally  while  writing.  Very  line  brunzo  may  bo  made  into 
ink  by  adding  watrr  and  gum  arable  uud  shaking  occasionally  while 
writing.    (l''(ir  other  inks  see  i)age  20.) 


SECBEffS  OF  WISE  MEN,  CHEMISTS,  125 

iVorces^ershire  Salice. 

The  composition  of  this  sauce  is  a  trade  secret,  but  a  variety  of  sim- 
ilar sauces  are  found  on  the  market.  A  good  imitation  may  be  made  as 
follows: 

Chop  the  green  outer  covering  of  unripe  walnuts  5  pounds,  bruise 
them  to  a  pulp  in  a  mortar,  pour  upon  them  6  pints  of  good  strong  vin- 
egar, and  after  standing  a  day  heat  to  boiling  and  strain  with  strong 
pressure.  To  the  liquid  thus  obtained  add  garlic,  grated  to  a  pulp,  2 
ounces;  capsicum,  in  fine  powder,  2  ounces;  black  pepper,  1  ounce;  cin- 
namon, li  ounces;  nutmeg,  i  ounce;  allspice,  1  ounce;  cloves,  i  ounce, 
all  in  fine  powder;  salt,  12  ounces;  brown  sugar,  8  ounces,  and  enough 
good  vinegar  to  make  1  gallon  of  the  finished  product.  This  is  to  stand 
for  some  time,  with  frequent  agitation,  and  then  be  put  up  in  bottles. 


puHer  Color. 

Annatto,  fresh  and  of  good  quality,  2  pounds;  salad  oil  of  good  qual- 
ity without  flavor  (purified  cotton-seed  oil  is  best),  suflBcient  to  make  1 
gallon.  Rub  the  annatto  with  a  portion,  about  one-third,  of  the  oil  and 
macerate  it  by  the  heat  of  a  water-bath  for  13  hours,  stirring  occasion- 
ally, pour  off  the  liquid  and  add  to  the  residue  another  portion,  about 
one-third  of  the  oil,  and  macerate  as  before,  adding  the  product  of  the 
portion  before  reserved,  then  add  the  remainder  of  the  oil  to  the  sedi- 
ment, macerate  as  before  and  add  the  product  to  the  reserved  portions 
to  make  1  gallon  of  butter  color.— Fenner's  Formulary, 

l^arey's  Origii|al  llorse  Lii|ii|tei|i. 

Alcohol  (95 ' ) 8  ounces. 

Spirit  of  Turpentine 8  ounces. 

Oil  of  Sassafras 1  ounce. 

Oil  of  Pennyroyal 1  ounce. 

Oil  of  Origanum ; 1  ounce. 

British  Oil 1  ounce. 

Tincture  of  Arnica 1  ounce. 

Tincture  of  C'antharides 1  ounce. 

Tincture  of  Camphor 1  ounce. 

Aqua  Ammoniae 1  ounce. 

Mix  them,  and  make  a  liniment. 

flog  Ckolera  CUre. 

Powdered  mandrake,  4  pounds;  powdered  charcoal,  2  pounds;  pow- 
dered resin,  1  pound;  powdered  saltpetre,  1  pound;  powdered  madder, 
1  pound;  powdered  bicarbonate  of  soda,  11  pounds.  Mis  thoroughly. 
,pive  a  tablespoonf ul  daily  in  feed;  as  a  preventive,  give  twice  a  week. 


pAVip'S 


Designed  for  me  in  connection  with  any  general  arithmetic  in  schools 

and  business  coUeaes  and  for  special  teaching.    Arranged 

and  expla  ined  particularly  for  self-instruction. 


Kl  SIXESS  AJ>I>ITIOX. 


Not  a  collection  of  special  ndes  and 
trirk.'<,  Imt  an  oriRiiial  system  of 
practical  reckoning  easy,  sim- 
ple, and  general  in  its  adaptability 
to  the  requirements  of  actnal  busi- 
ness in  this  busy  age. 


^  4iirou|>iiie  lIctlHMl  . 

and 

l*racti«"al    I'roof. 

The  only  motliud  of 
PRACTICAL 

i;.\rii> 

Ainu  l'l(>.\ 

|{y  which  a  coliiriiii  of  tii;nrcH 
ciiii  1)1*  iiililrtl  iiH  <|uickly  UH  a 
Huiilenco  iif  worilH  of  ll"'  Humo 
length  can  \>o  pronounci/d. 


HAI'II» 

DISCOUNT  AND  BOOK-KEEPERS' 
SUBTRACTION. 


MFIiTIPLiICATION, 


A  i^hort  and  Simple  Gen- 
eral Rule. 

Look  at  the  illustration  and  see 

the  difference  between  the 

the  old  and  new  way. 

lExtra  cloth,  fine  gilt,  beau-l 

<S        tifiilly  illustrated.        g" 

jBy  mail,  post-paid,  !8>1.30| 

'-;       Address  the  author,       ?> 
Lock  Box  507,  CHicAGO.r 


DAVID'S    DECIMAL. 


INTEREST  RULE. 

A  decided  revolution  in  comput- 
ing INTEREST  and 
TiaiE. 


THE  ADDING  METHOD  OF  DIVISION- 
NEW  METHODS  IN  MIXED  NUM- 
BEKS  AND  FRACTIONS— NEW  DECI- 
MAL CONTRACTIONS— PRACTICAL, 
MEASUREMENTS  OF  SURFACES  AND 
SOLIDS  —  CHRONOLOGY,  OR  TIME 
RECKONING, 

And  a  vast  number  of  other  original 

short  rules,  viathematical  data, 

double-disk  perpetual  calen^ 

dar,  and    labor-saving 

tables  all  contained 

in  this  new  and 

wonderful 

book. 

Do  yon  wish  to  increase  your  ability 
by  becoming  more 

■^R  A  P  I  D^ 

in  your  daily  figuring?    If  so,  send 
for  a  copy  and  learn  these 

-SHORT-CUT- 
^/^  ^  X^  . 

routes  to  your  answers. 

Perpetnal   Disk   Charm 
Calendar. 


(Actual  size  and  shape.) 
A  beatitiful  metal  pendant  for  watch 
ch;iin  i>r  necklace.  Sent  by  maiJ, 
together  with  a  large,  perpetual 
calendar  on  heavy  cardboard  for 
hanging  on  wall,  price,  Sl.OO. 


GETTY  CENTER  LIBRARY 


3  3125  00140  5774 


